 

 

  IBM                    TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA ADAPTER         GC30-3836-03

 

                         INSTALLATION AND TESTING INSTRUCTIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  +--- NOTE -----------------------------------------------------------+

  |                                                                    |

  | Before using this information and the product it supports, be sure |

  | to read the general information under "Notices" on page L-5.       |

  |                                                                    |

  +--------------------------------------------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

  FOURTH EDITION (JANUARY 1997)

 

  THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH DOES NOT APPLY TO THE UNITED KINGDOM OR ANY

  COUNTRY WHERE SUCH PROVISIONS ARE INCONSISTENT WITH LOCAL

  LAW:  INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS

  PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR

  IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF

  MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Some states do

  not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain

  transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.

 

  This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical

  errors.  Changes are periodically made to the information herein;

  these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication.

  IBM may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or

  program(s) described in this publication at any time.

 

  It is possible that this publication may contain reference to, or

  information about, IBM products (machines and programs), programming,

  or services that are not announced in your country.  Such references

  or information must not be construed to mean that IBM intends to

  announce such IBM products, programming, or services in your country.

 

  Requests for technical information about IBM products should be made

  to your IBM Authorized Dealer or your IBM Marketing Representative.

 

  A form for readers' comments appears at the back of this publication.

  If the form has been removed, address your comments to:

 

      Department CGF

      Design & Information Development

      IBM Corporation

      PO Box 12195

      RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK NC 27709-9990

      USA

 

  When you send information to IBM, you grant IBM a nonexclusive right

  to use or distribute the information in any way it believes

  appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.

 

  (C) COPYRIGHT INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION 1997.  ALL

  RIGHTS RESERVED.

  Note to U.S. Government Users -- Documentation related to restricted

  rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions

  set forth in GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CONTENTS

  ________

 

 

 

 

 

                      SAFETY NOTICES   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   XIII

 

                      ABOUT THIS MANUAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   XVII

                      Related Publications   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   xvii

                      Summary of Changes   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   xvii

 

                      CHAPTER 1.  INTRODUCTION   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1-1

                      The TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA Adapter   . . . . . . . . .  1-1

                      The README.1ST File  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1-2

 

                      CHAPTER 2.  PREPARING TO INSTALL THE ADAPTER   . . .  2-1

                      Software Prerequisites   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2-1

                      Hardware Prerequisites   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2-1

                      Special Addresses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2-2

                        Locally Administered Address   . . . . . . . . . .  2-2

                        LES ATM Address  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2-2

                        IP Address   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2-3

                        IP Subnet Mask   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2-3

                        ARP Server ATM Address   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2-3

                      Creating and Using ATMAID and Driver Diskettes   . .  2-4

                        DOS and Windows  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2-4

                        OS/2   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2-5

                        Windows NT   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2-6

                        Windows 95   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2-6

 

                      CHAPTER 3.  CONFIGURING AND TESTING THE ADAPTER  . .  3-1

                      Configuring the Adapter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3-1

                        DOS and Windows Environments   . . . . . . . . . .  3-1

                        Windows NT, Windows 95, and OS/2 Environments  . .  3-3

                      Preparing to Configure an Adapter in an EISA System   3-4

                      Removing the Configuration Settings  . . . . . . . .  3-5

                      Testing the Adapter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3-6

 

                      CHAPTER 4.  INSTALLING THE FORUM-COMPLIANT LE DRIVER

                       IN A DOS OR WINDOWS SYSTEM  . . . . . . . . . . . .  4-1

                      Installing the Driver Using the ATMAID Program   . .  4-1

                      Reconfiguring the Adapter with the ATMAID Program     4-6

                      Removing the Device Driver   . . . . . . . . . . . .  4-6

 

                      CHAPTER 5.  INSTALLING THE CLASSICAL IP DRIVER IN A

                       DOS OR WINDOWS SYSTEM   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5-1

                      Installing the Driver Using the ATMAID Program   . .  5-1

                      Reconfiguring the Adapter with the ATMAID Program     5-5

                      Removing the Device Driver   . . . . . . . . . . . .  5-5

 

                      CHAPTER 6.  INSTALLING THE FORUM-COMPLIANT LE DRIVER

                       IN AN OS/2 SYSTEM   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  6-1

                      Installing the Driver Using LAPS or MPTS   . . . . .  6-1

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              iii

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      Removing the Device Driver   . . . . . . . . . . . .  6-4

 

                      CHAPTER 7.  INSTALLING THE CLASSICAL IP DRIVER IN AN

                       OS/2 SYSTEM   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7-1

                      Installing the Driver Using LAPS or MPTS   . . . . .  7-1

                      Removing the Device Driver   . . . . . . . . . . . .  7-3

 

                      CHAPTER 8.  INSTALLING THE FORUM-COMPLIANT LE DRIVER

                       IN A WINDOWS NT SYSTEM  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8-1

                      Installing the Driver Using Windows NT   . . . . . .  8-1

                      Reconfiguring the Device Driver  . . . . . . . . . .  8-5

                      Removing the Device Driver   . . . . . . . . . . . .  8-7

 

                      CHAPTER 9.  INSTALLING THE CLASSICAL IP DRIVER IN A

                       WINDOWS NT SYSTEM   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9-1

                      Installing the Driver Using Windows NT   . . . . . .  9-1

                      Reconfiguring the Device Driver  . . . . . . . . . .  9-5

                      Removing the Device Driver   . . . . . . . . . . . .  9-7

 

                      CHAPTER 10.  INSTALLING THE FORUM-COMPLIANT LE

                       DRIVER IN A WINDOWS 95 SYSTEM   . . . . . . . . .   10-1

                      Installing the Driver Using Windows 95   . . . . .   10-1

                      Reconfiguring the Device Driver  . . . . . . . . .   10-4

                      Removing the Device Driver   . . . . . . . . . . .   10-4

 

                      CHAPTER 11.  INSTALLING THE CLASSICAL IP DRIVER IN

                       A WINDOWS 95 SYSTEM   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11-1

                      Installing the Driver Using Windows 95   . . . . .   11-1

                      Reconfiguring the Device Driver  . . . . . . . . .   11-5

                      Removing the Device Driver   . . . . . . . . . . .   11-6

 

                      CHAPTER 12.  PROBLEM SOLVING, HELP, AND SERVICE

                       INFORMATION   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-1

                      Problem Solving  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-1

                      Obtaining More Help  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-2

                      Solving Problems with Adapter Installation   . . .   12-3

                      Solving Problems with Driver Installation  . . . .   12-4

                        DOS, Windows, and OS/2   . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-4

                        Windows NT   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-5

                        Windows 95   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-6

                      Solving Problems with Resource Conflicts   . . . .   12-6

                        Viewing Resources (Windows NT)   . . . . . . . .   12-7

                      Solving an Adapter Communication Problem   . . . .   12-7

                        DOS, Windows, and OS/2   . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-7

                        Windows NT   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-9

                        Windows 95   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12-10

                      Solving a NetWare Client Installation Problem (DOS

                       and Windows)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12-12

                      Solving Problems with Protocol Manager (DOS and

                       Windows)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12-12

                      Solving Problems with NETBIND (DOS and Windows)     12-13

                      Help and Service Information   . . . . . . . . . .  12-13

                        Step 1:  Troubleshooting   . . . . . . . . . . .  12-13

                        Step 2:  Preparing for the Call  . . . . . . . .  12-13

 

 

  iv  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                        Step 3:  Placing the Call to IBM   . . . . . . .  12-14

                      Obtaining TURBOWAYS 25 Corrective Service

                       Diskettes   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12-14

                        Available Files  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12-15

 

                      APPENDIX A.  ATM FORUM-COMPLIANT LAN EMULATION

                       CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FOR DOS, WINDOWS, AND OS/2  A-1

                      NDIS MAC Driver Parameters in PROTOCOL.INI   . . . .  A-1

                      ODI-to-NDIS Mapper Parameters in PROTOCOL.INI  . . .  A-8

 

                      APPENDIX B.  CLASSICAL IP CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS

                       FOR DOS, WINDOWS, AND OS/2  . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1

                      NDIS MAC Driver Parameters in PROTOCOL.INI   . . . .  B-1

 

                      APPENDIX C.  ATM FORUM-COMPLIANT LAN EMULATION

                       CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FOR WINDOWS NT AND WINDOWS

                       95  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  C-1

                      NDIS MAC Driver Parameters   . . . . . . . . . . . .  C-1

 

                      APPENDIX D.  CLASSICAL IP CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS

                       FOR WINDOWS NT AND WINDOWS 95   . . . . . . . . . .  D-1

                      NDIS MAC Driver Parameters   . . . . . . . . . . . .  D-1

 

                      APPENDIX E.  ATM FORUM-COMPLIANT LAN EMULATION

                       SPECIFIC DRIVER INSTALLATION PROCEDURES FOR DOS AND

                       WINDOWS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  E-1

                      Novell NetWare Client Environment  . . . . . . . . .  E-2

                        Novell NetWare Client for DOS and Windows  . . . .  E-2

                        Novell ODI Workstation Services  . . . . . . . . .  E-3

                      LSP Environment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  E-3

                        If you are Unfamiliar with LSP   . . . . . . . . .  E-3

                        Types of LSP   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  E-4

                        LSP and LSP NDIS   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  E-4

                        LSP Custom   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  E-4

                        Installing TURBOWAYS 25 Adapter in an Existing LSP

                         Environment   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  E-4

                        Using ATMAID to Install LSP NDIS and the TURBOWAYS

                         25 Software   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  E-5

                      IBM TCP/IP Environments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  E-8

                        Corrective Service Diskette for IBM TCP/IP   . . .  E-8

                        Using the TCP/IP Configuration Program   . . . . .  E-8

                        Using IBM TCP/IP CUSTOM after Driver Installation   E-9

                        TCP/IP and Removing the Driver   . . . . . . . . .  E-9

                      Application Programs That Supply Protocol Drivers     E-9

                      IBM DOS LAN Services   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   E-10

                        Using ATMAID with an Existing DLS System   . . .   E-11

                        Installing a DLS System  . . . . . . . . . . . .   E-13

                      NetManage NEWT or NetManage Chameleon Environments   E-15

                      FTP Software OnNet   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   E-16

 

                      APPENDIX F.  CLASSICAL IP SPECIFIC DRIVER

                       INSTALLATION PROCEDURES FOR DOS AND WINDOWS   . . .  F-1

                      IBM TCP/IP Environments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-2

                        Corrective Service Diskette for IBM TCP/IP   . . .  F-2

 

 

                                                                    Contents  v

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                        Using the TCP/IP Configuration Program   . . . . .  F-2

                        Using IBM TCP/IP CUSTOM after Driver Installation   F-3

                        TCP/IP and Removing the Driver   . . . . . . . . .  F-3

                      Programs with IP Protocol Stacks   . . . . . . . . .  F-3

                      FTP Software OnNet   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-4

                      Novell LAN WorkPlace   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-5

                        LAN WorkPlace Configuration Program Problems   . .  F-5

 

                      APPENDIX G.  DRIVER MESSAGES   . . . . . . . . . . .  G-1

                      NDIS MAC Driver Messages for DOS and Windows   . . .  G-2

                      ODI-to-NDIS Mapper Messages for DOS and Windows  .   G-10

                      OS/2 Driver Messages   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   G-18

                      Windows NT Driver Messages   . . . . . . . . . . .   G-18

 

                      APPENDIX H.  DRIVER FILE NAMES   . . . . . . . . . .  H-1

                      Determining the Names Used by Your Driver  . . . . .  H-1

 

                      APPENDIX I.  ATM 25-MBPS INTERFACE WIRING STANDARDS

                       AND CABLE SPECIFICATIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  I-1

                      ATM 25-Mbps Wiring Standards   . . . . . . . . . . .  I-1

                        Determining Your TURBOWAYS 25 Wiring Standard  . .  I-1

                        RJ-45 Connector Pin Assignments  . . . . . . . . .  I-2

                        Cabling Considerations   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  I-3

                      Cable Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  I-3

                        UTP Adapter Cable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  I-3

                        RJ-45 UTP Conversion Cable   . . . . . . . . . . .  I-3

                        UTP Conversion Cable Usage Guidelines  . . . . . .  I-4

                        STP Adapter Cable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  I-4

                        STP Cable Usage Guidelines   . . . . . . . . . . .  I-5

                      Wiring Specifications  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  I-5

                        UTP Adapter Cable Connectors (Orange Dot)  . . . .  I-5

                        UTP Adapter Cable Connectors (Green Dot)   . . . .  I-6

                        UTP Conversion Cable Wiring  . . . . . . . . . . .  I-6

                        RJ-45 ATM Wrap Plug Specifications   . . . . . . .  I-7

 

                      APPENDIX J.  UNDERSTANDING THE ADAPTER LABELS  . . .  J-1

 

                      APPENDIX K.  CUSTOMIZING DRIVER PARAMETERS FOR THE

                       DOS LAN SUPPORT PROGRAM NDIS  . . . . . . . . . . .  K-1

                      LSP NDIS Driver Summary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-1

                      Parameter for the Interrupt Arbitrator Device Driver

                       (DXMA0MOD.SYS)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-2

                      Parameters for DXME0MOD.SYS  . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-2

                        Syntax Example   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-2

                        List of Parameters   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-3

                        Global and Positional Parameters   . . . . . . . .  K-4

                        Examples of Editing the Parameter List   . . . . .  K-4

                        Editing the Parameter for PROTMAN.DOS  . . . . . .  K-6

                        Descriptions of the DXME0MOD.SYS Parameters  . . .  K-6

                        The N Parameter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-6

                        The X Parameter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-6

                        Adapter Address  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-6

                        Work Space   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-7

                        Transmit/Swap  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-8

 

 

  vi  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                        MINSAP   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-8

                        MINLINK  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-9

                      NetBIOS Driver Parameters (Parameters for

                       DXMT0MOD.SYS)   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  K-9

                        Keyword Values for DXMT0MOD.SYS Old Parameters     K-10

                        Keyword Values for DXMT0MOD.SYS New Parameters     K-10

                        Manually Configuring the OPEN.ON.LOAD Parameter    K-10

                        Editing CONFIG.SYS for DXMT0MOD.SYS Command Line

                         Parameters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   K-10

                        NetBIOS Device Driver Keyword Parameter

                         Descriptions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   K-14

                      DXMT0MOD.SYS Adapter Transmit and Receive Buffer

                       Default Sizes   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   K-23

                      DXMT0MOD.SYS Determination of Session Data Transmit

                       Frame Size  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   K-24

                      Parameters for DXMJ0MOD.SYS  . . . . . . . . . . .   K-24

                        Configuring the Network Adapter Address  . . . .   K-25

                        Editing Parameters for DXMJ0MOD.SYS  . . . . . .   K-25

                        Keyword Values for DXMJ0MOD.SYS  . . . . . . . .   K-26

                        Keyword Parameter Descriptions for the NetBIOS

                         Protocol Driver for NDIS Adapters (DXMJ0MOD.SYS)  K-27

 

                      APPENDIX L.  PRODUCT WARRANTIES, NOTICES, AND

                       TRADEMARKS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  L-1

                      Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  L-5

                      Electronic Emission Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . .  L-6

                        Industry Canada Class B Emission Compliance

                         Statement   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  L-6

                        Avis de conformite aux normes d'Industrie Canada    L-7

                        European Union (EU) Mark of Conformity Statement    L-7

                        Japanese Voluntary Control Council for

                         Interference (VCCI) Statement   . . . . . . . . .  L-7

                      Trademarks   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  L-8

 

                      LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  X-1

 

                      GLOSSARY   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  X-3

 

                      INDEX  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   X-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                  Contents  vii

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  viii  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  FIGURES

  _______

 

 

 

 

 

                       12-1.  Sample STARTNET.BAT File   . . . . . . . .  12-12

                        I-1.  IBM RJ-45 UTP Conversion Cable   . . . . . .  I-3

                        I-2.  RJ-45 and RJ-11 Modular Connectors (ATM

                              Forum-Orange Dot)  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  I-5

                        I-3.  Wiring in a UTP Adapter Cable with RJ-45

                              Connectors (ATM Forum-Orange Dot)  . . . . .  I-5

                        I-4.  Wiring in a UTP Adapter Cable with RJ-45 and

                              RJ-11 Connectors (ATM Forum-Orange Dot)  . .  I-6

                        I-5.  RJ-45 and RJ-11 Modular Connectors

                              (802.5-Green Dot)  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  I-6

                        I-6.  Wiring in a UTP Adapter Cable with RJ-45

                              Connectors (802.5-Green Dot)   . . . . . . .  I-6

                        I-7.  Wiring in a UTP Adapter Cable with RJ-45 and

                              RJ-11 Connectors (802.5-Green Dot)   . . . .  I-6

                        J-1.  The Adapter Labels   . . . . . . . . . . . .  J-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                               ix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  x  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  TABLES

  ______

 

 

 

 

 

                        4-1.  Special Driver Installation Procedures   . .  4-1

                        5-1.  Specific Driver Installation Procedures  . .  5-1

                       12-1.  Problems and Recommended Actions   . . . .   12-1

                       12-2.  Investigating Driver Installation Messages

                              and Problems   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-5

                        A-1.  NDIS MAC Driver Parameters in PROTOCOL.INI    A-1

                        A-2.  ODI-to-NDIS Mapper Parameters in

                              PROTOCOL.INI   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  A-8

                        B-1.  NDIS MAC Driver Parameters in PROTOCOL.INI    B-1

                        C-1.  NDIS.3 MAC Driver Parameters   . . . . . . .  C-1

                        D-1.  NDIS MAC Driver Parameters   . . . . . . . .  D-1

                        E-1.  Specific Driver Installation Procedures  . .  E-1

                        E-2.  Valid LSP Protocol Driver Combinations   . .  E-6

                        E-3.  Guidelines for Selecting LSP Protocol

                              Drivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  E-7

                        F-1.  Specific Driver Installation Procedures  . .  F-1

                        G-1.  Driver Messages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  G-1

                        H-1.  Driver Names and Parameter Tables for the

                              TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA Adapter   . . . . . . .  H-2

                        I-1.  802.5 Pin Assignment (Green Dot)   . . . . .  I-2

                        I-2.  ATM Forum Pin Assignment (Orange Dot)  . . .  I-2

                        I-3.  Specifications for the UTP Cable   . . . . .  I-3

                        I-4.  Specifications for UTP Conversion Cable  . .  I-4

                        I-5.  UTP Conversion Cable Wiring  . . . . . . . .  I-7

                        I-6.  ATM Wrap Plug (P/N 42H0540) Pinouts  . . . .  I-7

                        K-1.  Parameters for DXME0MOD.SYS  . . . . . . . .  K-3

                        K-2.  NetBIOS (DXMT0MOD.SYS) New Keyword Values    K-12

                        K-3.  DLC Timer Values   . . . . . . . . . . . .   K-23

                        K-4.  IBM NDIS Adapter   . . . . . . . . . . . .   K-24

                        K-5.  NetBIOS Protocol Driver for NDIS MAC

                              Drivers (DXMJ0MOD.SYS) Keyword Values  . .   K-26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                               xi

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  xii  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  SAFETY NOTICES

  ______________

 

 

 

 

 

                      DANGER:  Before you begin to install this product, read

                      the safety information in Caution: Safety

                                                _______________

                      Information--Read This First, SD21-0030.  This booklet

                      ____________________________

                      describes safe procedures for cabling and plugging in

                      electrical equipment.

 

                      VARNING -- LIVSFARA:  Innan du boerjar installera den

                      haer produkten boer du laesa saekerhetsinformationen i

                      dokumentet Varning: Saekerhetsfoereskrifter-- Laes detta

                                 _____________________________________________

                      foerst, SD21-0030.  Daer beskrivs hur du pa ett saekert

                      _______

                      saett ansluter elektrisk utrustning.

 

                      FARE:  For du begynner a installere dette produktet, ma

                      du lese sikkerhetsinformasjonen i Advarsel:

                                                        _________

                      Sikkerhetsinformasjon -- Les dette forst, SD21-0030 som

                      ________________________________________

                      beskriver sikkerhetsrutinene for kabling og tilkobling av

                      elektrisk utstyr.

 

                      FARE! For du installerer dette produkt, skal du laese

                      sikkerhedsforskrifterne i NB:

                                                ___

                      Sikkerhedsforskrifter--Laes dette forst SD21-0030.

                      _______________________________________

                      Vejledningen beskriver den fremgangsmade, du skal bruge

                      ved tilslutning af kabler og udstyr.

 

                      GEVAAR: Voordat u begint met de installatie van dit

                      produkt, moet u eerst de veiligheidsinstructies lezen in

                      de brochure PAS OP!  Veiligheidsinstructies--Lees dit

                                  _________________________________________

                      eerst, SD21-0030.  Hierin wordt beschreven hoe u

                      ______

                      electrische apparatuur op een veilige manier moet

                      bekabelen en aansluiten.

 

                      GEVAAR  Voordat u begint met het installeren van dit

                      produkt, dient u eerst de veiligheidsrichtlijnen te lezen

                      die zijn vermeld in de publikatie Caution: Safety

                                                        _______________

                      Information - Read This First, SD21-0030. In dit boekje

                      _____________________________

                      vindt u veilige procedures voor het aansluiten van

                      elektrische appratuur.

 

                      VORSICHT:  Bevor mit der Installation des Produktes

                      begonnen wird, die Sicherheitshinweise in Achtung:

                                                                ________

                      Sicherheitsinformationen--Bitte zuerst lesen, IBM Form

                      _____________________________________________

                      SD21-0030.  Diese Veroeffentlichung beschreibt die

                      Sicherheitsvorkehrungen fuer das Verkabeln und

                      AnschlieBen elektrischer Geraete.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                             xiii

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      DANGER: Avant d'installer le present produit, consultez

                      le livret Attention:  Informations pour la securite --

                                ____________________________________________

                      Lisez-moi d'abord, SD21-0030, qui decrit les procedures a

                      _________________

                      respecter pour effectuer les operations de cablage et

                      brancher les equipements electriques en toute securite.

 

                      DANGER: Avant de proceder a l'installation de ce produit,

                      lisez d'abord les consignes de securite dans la brochure

                      ATTENTION:  Consignes de securite--A lire au prealable,

                      _______________________________________________________

                      SD21-0030.  Cette brochure decrit les procedures pour

                      cabler et connecter les appareils electriques en toute

                      securite.

 

                      PERICOLO: prima di iniziare l'installazione di questo

                      prodotto, leggere le informazioni relative alla sicurezza

                      riportate nell'opuscolo Attenzione: Informazioni di

                                              ___________________________

                      sicurezza -- Prime informazioni da leggere in cui sono

                      __________________________________________

                      descritte le procedure per il cablaggio ed il

                      collegamento di apparecchiature elettriche.

 

                      PERIGO:  Antes de iniciar a instalacao deste produto,

                      leia as informacoes de seguranca Cuidado:  Informacoes de

                                                       ________________________

                      Seguranca -- Leia Primeiro, SD21-0030.  Este documento

                      __________________________

                      descreve como efectuar, de um modo seguro, as ligacoes

                      electricas dos equipamentos.

 

                      PELIGRO: Antes de empezar a instalar este producto, lea

                      la informacion de seguridad en Atencion: Informacion de

                                                     ________________________

                      Seguridad -- Lea Esto Primero, SD21-0030.  Este documento

                      ______________________________

                      describe los procedimientos de seguridad para cablear y

                      enchufar equipos electricos.

 

                      PERIGO:  Antes de comecar a instalar este produto, leia

                      as informacoes de seguranca contidas em Cuidado:

                                                              ________

                      Informacoes Sobre Seguranca--Leia Isto Primeiro,

                      ________________________________________________

                      SD21-0030.  Esse folheto descreve procedimentos de

                      seguranca para a instalacao de cabos e conexoes em

                      equipamentos eletricos.

 

                      VAARA: Ennen kuin aloitat taemaen tuotteen asennuksen,

                      lue julkaisussa Varoitus: Turvaohjeet--Lue taemae ensin,

                                      _______________________________________

                      SD21-0030, olevat turvaohjeet.  Taessae kirjasessa on

                      ohjeet siitae, miten saehkoelaitteet kaapeloidaan ja

                      kytketaeaen turvallisesti.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  xiv  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                       VIGYAZAT: Mielott megkezdi a berendezes uezembe

                      helyezeset, olvassa el a "Caution: Safety Information--

                                               ______________________________

                      Read This First, SD21-0030 koenyvecskeben leirt

                      ________________

                      biztonsagi informaciokat.  Ez a koenyv leirja, milyen

                      biztonsagi intezkedeseket kell megtenni az elektromos

                      berendezes huzalozasakor illetve csatlakoztatasakor.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                             Safety Notices  xv

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  xvi  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  ABOUT THIS MANUAL

  _________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This manual describes the installation and testing

                      procedures for the IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA Adapter

                      (TURBOWAYS 25 adapter).

 

 

  RELATED PUBLICATIONS

  ____________________

 

                      If you need further information about ATM Forum-compliant

                      LAN emulation, you should consult the ATM Forum.

                      Publications discussing this and other ATM topics and

                      issues are available for a fee from the ATM Forum.

                      Address requests for information about these publications

                      to:

 

                          The ATM Forum

                          Worldwide Headquarters

                          2570 West El Camino Real

                          Suite 304

                          MOUNTAIN VIEW CA 94040-1313

                          Tel 1-415-949-6716

                          Fax 1-415-949-6705

                          Internet E-mail "atmforum.com"

                          Internet World Wide Web (WWW) "http://www.atmforum.co

                          m"

 

 

  SUMMARY OF CHANGES

  __________________

 

                      This manual has been revised to include the following

                      changes and enhancements:

 

                      o   Support for Classical IP for Windows NT 4.0

 

                      o   Support for ATM Forum-compliant LAN emulation for

                          Windows NT 4.0

 

                      o   Support to configure the adapter as an address

                          resolution protocol (ARP) server

 

                      Technical changes or additions to the text are indicated

                      by a vertical line (|) to the left of the change.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                             xvii

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  xviii  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CHAPTER 1.  INTRODUCTION

  ________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This manual contains the information you need to install,

                      use, and solve problems with the IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA

                      Adapter (TURBOWAYS 25 adapter).  You should be familiar

                      with the computer in which the adapter will be installed

                      and the computer's operating system and network software.

                      This chapter describes the adapter.

 

 

  THE TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA ADAPTER

  ________________________________

 

                      The TURBOWAYS 25 adapter provides a communications

                      connection for a personal computer system to an

                      Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) network.  It allows

                      personal computer systems to communicate with other

                      devices over the ATM network at a rate of 25.6 Mbps.

 

                      The TURBOWAYS 25 adapter is designed to operate in an

                      Industry Standard Architecture (ISA) bus personal

                      computer equipped with the following hardware:

 

                      o   A 486 or higher processor.

 

                      o   An available, 16-bit, ISA expansion slot with bus

                          master capability.

 

                      o   8 to 32 MB of memory, depending on your operating

                          system.

 

                      Special features of the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter include:

 

                      o   Concurrent transmission and reception at 25.6 Mbps.

 

                      o   Easy-to-use configuration and diagnostics.

 

                      o   Support for up to 30 active virtual circuits through

                          the IBM 8285 Nways ATM Workgroup Switch or a switch

                          or concentrator using the 25.6-Mbps interface.

 

                      o   Support for Classical IP over ATM (RFC 1577).

 

                      o   Conformance with the ATM Forum LAN Emulation Over ATM

                                               ________________________________

                          Specification, Version 1.0.  This adapter

                          _____________

                          interoperates with ATM equipment conforming to this

                          specification.

 

                      o   Compatibility with existing LAN protocols and

                          applications, plus the addition of Microsoft Windows

                          95.

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              1-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      o   Support for the ATM User-Network Interface

                                          __________________________

                          Specification (Versions 3.0 and 3.1) signaling

                          _____________

                          specifications.

 

                      o   A multimedia connector for future use.

 

 

  THE README.1ST FILE

  ___________________

 

                      Before installing the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, perform the

                      following two actions:

 

                      o   Locate the README.1ST file on the CD-ROM.

                      o   Determine if there is a README.1ST file in the root

                          directory of each of your TURBOWAYS 25 diskettes.

 

                      These files contain important information that was not

                      available when this manual was published.  You might want

                      to print the README.1ST files so that you can refer to

                      them while you are installing the adapter.

 

                      You will find the following information in the README.1ST

                      files:

 

                      o   Any limitations and restrictions

                      o   Last-minute information updates

 

                      The README.1ST files also contain a summary of the

                      directories and files on the diskette.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CHAPTER 2.  PREPARING TO INSTALL THE ADAPTER

  ____________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      Refer to the TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA Adapter Hardware

                                   _____________________________________

                      Installation Guide for instructions on how to perform the

                      __________________

                      physical installation of the adapter in your computer,

                      including information on prerequisites that you need to

                      assemble before installation.

 

                      In addition to the prerequisites listed in the hardware

                      installation guide, you will need other materials and

                      information, described in the following sections, to

                      install the drivers.  Ensure that you have everything you

                      need before you begin the installation procedures.

 

 

  SOFTWARE PREREQUISITES

  ______________________

 

                      To install the drivers, you need:

 

                      o   One or more of the following operating system

                          software packages:

 

                          -   IBM DOS 6.3 or higher

                          -   Microsoft DOS 6.2 or higher

                          -   Microsoft** Windows** 3.1 or 3.11

                          -   IBM OS/2 2.11 or higher

                          -   IBM OS/2 Warp 3.0

                          -   IBM OS/2 Warp Connect 3.0

|                         -   Microsoft Windows NT** 3.51 or 4.0

                          -   Microsoft Windows 95

 

                      o   A TCP/IP stack that supports 802.2 LLC/SNAP

                          encapsulation (if you are installing a Classical IP

                          driver)

 

 

  HARDWARE PREREQUISITES

  ______________________

 

                      To install the drivers:

 

                      o   If you are installing ATM Forum-compliant LAN

                          emulation drivers, you need an ATM network path to a

                          LAN emulation server (LES) that conforms to the ATM

                          Forum LAN Emulation Over ATM Specification.  You also

                          might need the address of the LES (see "Special

                          Addresses" on page 2-2 for more information).

 

                      o   If you are installing Classical IP drivers, you need

                          an ATM network path to an address resolution protocol

                          (ARP) server that conforms to RFC 1577.  You also

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              2-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          need the IP address and IP subnet mask of your

                          system, and the ARP server ATM address (see "Special

                          Addresses" on page 2-2 for more information).

 

 

  SPECIAL ADDRESSES

  _________________

 

                      There are several types of special addresses that you

                      might need to know to install the adapter drivers.  The

                      following sections describe these addresses.

 

 

  LOCALLY ADMINISTERED ADDRESS

 

                      For both LAN emulation and Classical IP, most LAN

                      adapters use the universally administered addresses that

                      were encoded in the adapters' memory at the factory.  If

                      the LAN adapters in your network use locally administered

                      addresses instead of the universally administered

                      addresses, you must obtain a unique, 12-character,

                      hexadecimal address (for example, X'40005A300001') for

                      the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.

 

                      Consult your network administrator to ensure that you

                      assign an address that falls in the accepted range for

                      noncanonical (MSB first) local addresses (X'400000000000'

                      to X'7FFFFFFFFFFF'), and record it so that it is

                      available while you are performing driver installation

                      procedures.  The ATMAID program will convert this address

                      to the correct form for use in the network.

 

 

  LES ATM ADDRESS

 

                      For LAN emulation, the LES ATM address is the

                      40-character, hexadecimal address of the LES that

                      provides address resolution services to your workstation.

                      Some networks can configure the TURBOWAYS 25 LES ATM

                      address automatically by using the services of the LAN

                      emulation configuration server (LECS), and some must have

                      the LES address defined for them.

 

                      If your network requires that the user define the LES ATM

                      address, obtain the address from your network

                      administrator and record it so that it is available while

                      you are performing driver installation procedures.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  2-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  IP ADDRESS

 

                      The IP address is the internet address of the adapter's

                      network interface.  It is a unique number in the format

                      xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a decimal number from 0 to

                      _______________        ___

                      255 (for example, 11.253.4.112).

 

                      NOTE:  0.0.0.0 is not a valid IP address.

                             _______

 

                      Obtain the address from your network administrator and

                      record it so that it is available while you are

                      performing driver installation procedures.

 

                      NOTE:  Make sure that this is the same IP address that is

                      used to configure your IP stack.

 

 

  IP SUBNET MASK

 

                      The IP subnet mask is the template that identifies the

                      bits of the host address that are to be used for routing

|                     for specific subnets.  It is a specific number in the

|                     format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, where xxx is a decimal number

                             _______________        ___

|                     from 0 to 255 (for example, 255.255.255.0).

 

|                     NOTE:  255.255.255.255 is not a valid subnet mask.

                             _____________

 

                      Obtain the subnet mask from your network administrator

                      and record it so that it is available while you are

                      performing driver installation procedures.

 

                      NOTE:  Make sure that this is the same subnet mask that

                      is used to configure your IP stack.

 

 

  ARP SERVER ATM ADDRESS

 

                      For Classical IP, the ARP server ATM address is the

                      40-character, hexadecimal address of the ARP server that

                      provides address resolution services to your workstation.

 

|                     You can configure your machine in one of two ways:

 

|                     o   As an ARP server

|                     o   As a client to another ARP server machine

 

|                     If you want to configure your machine as an ARP server,

|                     you must assign to it an ATM address in the following

|                     format:

 

|                              xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxyyyyyyyyyyyy04

                               ________________________________________

 

|                     where xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx is the network prefix,

                            __________________________

|                     yyyyyyyyyyyy is the locally administered network address

                      ____________

 

 

                              Chapter 2.  Preparing to Install the Adapter  2-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

|                     (accepted range X'400000000000' to X'7FFFFFFFFFFF'), and

|                     04 is the ATM address selector byte.

                      __

 

|                     If you want to configure the machine as a client only,

|                     you must have the ATM address of its ARP server.

 

|                     Obtain the appropriate ARP server ATM address from your

|                     network administrator and record it so that it is

|                     available while you are performing driver installation

|                     procedures.

 

 

  CREATING AND USING ATMAID AND DRIVER DISKETTES

  ______________________________________________

 

                      Whether you want to install the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter

                      using the STARTCD program on the CD-ROM or using

                      diskettes, you first must create diskettes.  These

                      diskettes are required to perform certain tasks, such as

                      configuring the adapter and running the adapter

                      diagnostics.  You create the necessary diskettes by

                      copying diskette images from the CD-ROM or, if you do not

                      have access to a CD-ROM drive, downloading the diskette

                      images from the Internet or the IBM Bulletin Board System

                      (BBS).

 

                      NOTE:  Refer to the TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA Adapter Hardware

                                          _____________________________________

                      Installation Guide for information on accessing the

                      __________________

                      CD-ROM, the Internet, and the BBS.

 

                      Which diskette images you need depends upon your

                      environment and the driver that you want to install.

 

 

  DOS AND WINDOWS

 

                      For DOS and Windows environments, you must create a

                      bootable diskette so that, if you have difficulty running

                      the setup program from the hard disk, you can invoke the

                      setup program by booting the computer from the created

                      diskette.  You also need this diskette to configure the

                      adapter and run the adapter diagnostics (see Chapter 3,

                      "Configuring and Testing the Adapter").

 

                      1.  Access either the STARTCD program of the CD-ROM or

                          the Internet or BBS, as appropriate.  (Refer to the

                          TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA Adapter Hardware Installation

                          __________________________________________________

                          Guide for information.)

                          _____

 

                      2.  Copy from the CD-ROM to a diskette one of the

                          following diskette images:

 

                          o   TURBOWAYS 25 ISA DOS/Windows ATM Forum-Compliant

                              LAN Emulation ATMAID Diskette

 

 

 

  2-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          o   TURBOWAYS 25 ISA DOS/Windows Classical IP ATMAID

                              Diskette

 

                          You will use this diskette whenever a procedure calls

                          for the ATMAID Diskette.

                                  _______________

 

                      3.  Label the diskette with the name of the diskette

                          image.

 

 

  OS/2

 

                      For OS/2 environments, you must create a diskette to

                      configure the adapter and run the adapter diagnostics

                      (see Chapter 3, "Configuring and Testing the Adapter").

 

                      1.  Access either the STARTCD program of the CD-ROM, or

                          the Internet or BBS, as appropriate.  (Refer to the

                          TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA Adapter Hardware Installation

                          __________________________________________________

                          Guide for information.)

                          _____

 

                      2.  If you choose to install the adapter and driver using

                          the STARTCD program on the CD-ROM, copy the following

                          diskette image to a diskette:

 

                          o   TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows 95, and OS/2

                              ATMAID Diskette

 

                          You will use the TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows

                          95, and OS/2 ATMAID Diskette whenever a procedure

                          calls for the ATMAID Diskette.

                                        _______________

 

                      3.  If you choose to install the adapter and driver using

                          diskettes instead of using the STARTCD program, copy

                          each of the following diskette images to a diskette:

 

                          o   TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows 95, and OS/2

                              ATMAID Diskette

 

                          o   TURBOWAYS 25 OS/2 Driver Diskette

 

                          You will use the TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows

                          95, and OS/2 ATMAID Diskette whenever a procedure

                          calls for the ATMAID Diskette.

                                        _______________

 

                          You will use the TURBOWAYS 25 OS/2 Driver Diskette

                          whenever a procedure calls for the Driver Diskette.

                                                             _______________

 

                      4.  Label each diskette with the name of the diskette

                          image.

 

 

 

 

 

 

                              Chapter 2.  Preparing to Install the Adapter  2-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  WINDOWS NT

 

                      For Windows NT environments, you must create a diskette

                      to configure the adapter and run the adapter diagnostics

                      (see Chapter 3, "Configuring and Testing the Adapter").

 

                      1.  Access either the STARTCD program of the CD-ROM, or

                          the Internet or BBS, as appropriate.  (Refer to the

                          TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA Adapter Hardware Installation

                          __________________________________________________

                          Guide for information.)

                          _____

 

                      2.  If you choose to install the adapter and driver using

                          the STARTCD program on the CD-ROM, copy the following

                          diskette image to a diskette:

 

                          o   TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows 95, and OS/2

                              ATMAID Diskette

 

                          You will use the TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows

                          95, and OS/2 ATMAID Diskette whenever a procedure

                          calls for the ATMAID Diskette.

                                        _______________

 

                      3.  If you choose to install the adapter and driver from

                          diskettes instead of from the STARTCD program, copy

                          each of the following diskette images to a diskette:

 

                          o   TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows 95, and OS/2

                              ATMAID Diskette

 

                          o   TURBOWAYS 25 Windows NT Driver Diskette

 

                          You will use the TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows

                          95, and OS/2 ATMAID Diskette whenever a procedure

                          calls for the ATMAID Diskette.

                                        _______________

 

                          You will use the TURBOWAYS 25 Windows NT Driver

                          Diskette whenever a procedure calls for the Driver

                                                                      ______

                          Diskette.

                          ________

 

                      4.  Label each diskette with the name of the diskette

                          image.

 

 

  WINDOWS 95

 

                      For Windows 95 environments, you must create a diskette

                      to configure the adapter and run the adapter diagnostics

                      (see Chapter 3, "Configuring and Testing the Adapter").

 

                      NOTE:  At the time of publication of this manual, the

                      Windows 95 ATM Forum-compliant LAN emulation driver

                      diskette image was not available.  It will be available

                      at a later time as a corrective service diskette (CSD).

 

 

 

  2-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      To obtain a copy, see "Obtaining TURBOWAYS 25 Corrective

                      Service Diskettes" on page 12-14.

 

                      1.  Access either the STARTCD program of the CD-ROM, or

                          the Internet or BBS, as appropriate.  (Refer to the

                          TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA Adapter Hardware Installation

                          __________________________________________________

                          Guide for information.)

                          _____

 

                      2.  If you choose to install the adapter and driver using

                          the STARTCD program on the CD-ROM, copy the following

                          diskette image to a diskette:

 

                          o   TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows 95, and OS/2

                              ATMAID Diskette

 

                          You will use the TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows

                          95, and OS/2 ATMAID Diskette whenever a procedure

                          calls for the ATMAID Diskette.

                                        _______________

 

                      3.  If you choose to install the adapter and driver from

                          diskettes instead of from the STARTCD program, copy

                          each of the following diskette images to a diskette:

 

                          o   TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows 95, and OS/2

                              ATMAID Diskette

 

                          o   TURBOWAYS 25 Windows 95 Driver Diskette

 

                          You will use the TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows

                          95, and OS/2 ATMAID Diskette whenever a procedure

                          calls for the ATMAID Diskette.

                                        _______________

 

                          You will use the TURBOWAYS 25 Windows 95 Driver

                          Diskette whenever a procedure calls for the Driver

                                                                      ______

                          Diskette.

                          ________

 

                      4.  Label each diskette with the name of the diskette

                          image.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                              Chapter 2.  Preparing to Install the Adapter  2-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  2-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CHAPTER 3.  CONFIGURING AND TESTING THE ADAPTER

  _______________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This chapter contains instructions for configuring and

                      testing the adapter.

 

 

  CONFIGURING THE ADAPTER

  _______________________

 

                      This section contains instructions for configuring your

                      TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.

 

                      NOTE:  If you are configuring the adapter in an EISA

                      system, go to "Preparing to Configure an Adapter in an

                      EISA System" on page 3-4.

 

 

  DOS AND WINDOWS ENVIRONMENTS

 

                      If you are in Windows, exit Windows before starting this

                      procedure.

 

                      1.  If the TURBOWAYS 25 software is already installed on

                          your computer (that is, if a TURBOWAYS 25

                          installation directory file exists), go to the drive

                          and directory that contain the ATMAID Diskette files,

                          type SETUP, and press ENTER.  The Welcome panel of

                          the ATMAID program appears.  Go to step 5 on

                          page 3-2.

 

                          If the TURBOWAYS 25 software is not already installed

                          on your computer or if you want to reinstall the

                          software, go to your computer's DOS prompt and insert

                          the ATMAID Diskette that you created in "Creating and

                          Using ATMAID and Driver Diskettes" on page 2-4 in

                          your computer's diskette drive.

 

                      2.  At the DOS prompt, type A:SETUP and press ENTER.  A

                          Welcome panel appears.  Press ENTER again.  The setup

                          program begins copying files to your computer's hard

                          disk.  If the TURBOWAYS 25 software has already been

                          installed, the program prompts you for confirmation

                          to reinstall the software.

 

                      3.  When the setup program has finished copying the

                          necessary files, press ENTER.  The Welcome panel of

                          the ATMAID program appears.

 

                          NOTE:  Do not remove the TURBOWAYS 25 files from the

                          hard disk.  These files enable you to reconfigure or

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              3-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          remove adapters should your network needs change in

                          the future.

 

                      4.  Select README and press ENTER.  The README.1ST file

                          appears.  Scan the README.1ST file for information

                          about installing, testing, and configuring the

                          adapter that was not available when this manual was

                          published.  When you want to leave the README.1ST

                          file, press ALT+F4.  The Welcome panel reappears.

 

                      5.  Select CONTINUE.  The Main panel appears.

 

                      6.  Select CONFIGURE ADAPTER.  The Configure Adapter

                          panel appears with suggested values listed for the

                          parameters.

 

                      7.  Record the values that you want to configure for the

                          parameters shown.  You might need to know these

                          values at some future time, and recording them now

                          will keep you from having to use the ATMAID program

                          to look them up.

 

                          NOTE:  If you are using an EISA system, make sure

                          that the values that you configure for these

                          parameters are the same as the values that you

                          recorded in step 5 on page 3-5.

 

                          You can use the Remove push button on the Configure

                          Adapter panel if you ever want to remove the

                          configuration settings from the adapter (see

                          "Removing the Configuration Settings" on page 3-5 for

                          information on this procedure).  You should always

                          remove the configuration settings from the adapter

                          before you remove the adapter from your computer.

 

                      8.  Follow the displayed instructions to configure your

                          adapter.  The program provides help text for the

                          buttons and parameters used during the configuration

                          process.

 

                          NOTE:  If your communication or network needs change

                          in the future, use the Configure adapter option or

                          the Configure device driver option in the ATMAID

                          program to change or remove an adapter configuration.

 

                      9.  Select STORE to load the configuration.  An

                          informational message appears.  Select OK to return

                          to the Main panel.

 

                      10. Continue with one of the following chapters:

 

                          o   Chapter 4, "Installing the Forum-Compliant LE

                              Driver in a DOS or Windows System"

 

 

 

  3-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          o   Chapter 5, "Installing the Classical IP Driver in

                              a DOS or Windows System"

 

 

  WINDOWS NT, WINDOWS 95, AND OS/2 ENVIRONMENTS

 

                      NOTE:  If you are in a Windows 95 environment, you should

                      go to Chapter 10, "Installing the Forum-Compliant LE

                      Driver in a Windows 95 System" or Chapter 11, "Installing

                      the Classical IP Driver in a Windows 95 System" and

                      install the driver before configuring the adapter.

                                         ______

 

                      1.  Shut down your system, insert the ATMAID Diskette

                          that you created in "Creating and Using ATMAID and

                          Driver Diskettes" on page 2-4 in your computer's

                          diskette drive, and reboot.  The Welcome panel of the

                          ATMAID program appears.

 

                      2.  If you are viewing the TURBOWAYS 25 configuration for

                          the first time, continue with step 3.  Otherwise, go

                          to step 4.

 

                      3.  Select README and press ENTER.  The README.1ST file

                          appears.  Scan the README.1ST file for information

                          about installing, testing, and configuring the

                          adapter that was not available when this manual was

                          published.  When you want to leave the README.1ST

                          file, press ALT+F4.  The Welcome panel reappears.

 

                      4.  Select CONTINUE.  The Main panel appears.

 

                      5.  Select CONFIGURE ADAPTER.  The Configure Adapter

                          panel appears with suggested values listed for the

                          parameters.

 

                      6.  Record the values that you want to configure for the

                          parameters.  You might need to know these values at

                          some future time, and recording them now will keep

                          you from having to use the ATMAID program to look

                          them up.

 

                          NOTE:  Be aware of the following situations:

 

                          o   If you are in a Windows 95 environment, make sure

                              that the values that you configure for these

                              parameters are the same as the values that you

                              recorded in step 8 on page 10-2 or step 8 on

                              page 11-2.

 

                          o   If you are using an EISA system, make sure that

                              the values that you configure for these

                              parameters are the same as the values that you

                              recorded in step 5 on page 3-5.

 

 

 

                           Chapter 3.  Configuring and Testing the Adapter  3-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          You can use the Remove push button on the Configure

                          Adapter panel if you ever want to remove the

                          configuration settings from the adapter (see

                          "Removing the Configuration Settings" on page 3-5 for

                          information on this procedure).  You should always

                          remove the configuration settings from the adapter

                          before you remove the adapter from your computer.

 

                      7.  Follow the displayed instructions to configure your

                          adapter.  The program provides help text for the

                          buttons and parameters used during the configuration

                          process.

 

                          NOTE:  If your communication or network needs change

                          in the future, use the Configure adapter option or

                          the Configure device driver option in the ATMAID

                          program to change or remove an adapter configuration.

 

                      8.  Select STORE to load the configuration.  An

                          informational message appears.  Select OK to return

                          to the Main panel.

 

                      9.  If you are in a Windows 95 environment, exit the

                          ATMAID program.  Otherwise, continue with one of the

                          following chapters:

 

                          o   Chapter 6, "Installing the Forum-Compliant LE

                              Driver in an OS/2 System"

 

                          o   Chapter 7, "Installing the Classical IP Driver in

                              an OS/2 System"

 

                          o   Chapter 8, "Installing the Forum-Compliant LE

                              Driver in a Windows NT System"

 

                          o   Chapter 9, "Installing the Classical IP Driver in

                              a Windows NT System"

 

 

  PREPARING TO CONFIGURE AN ADAPTER IN AN EISA SYSTEM

  ___________________________________________________

 

                      Although it is designed as an ISA adapter, the TURBOWAYS

                      25 adapter functions normally in EISA systems.  However,

                      you cannot configure the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter by using

                      the EISA configuration utility.  Instead, you must use

                      the ATMAID program that is shipped with your adapter.

 

                      When you configure the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter in an EISA

                      system, it is important to include the system resources

                      used by the adapter in the EISA configuration database.

                      Doing so will prevent the EISA configuration utility from

                      assigning those resources to other adapters that you

                      might install in the future.

 

 

 

  3-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      NOTE:  This procedure does not apply to Windows 95

                      environments.

 

                      To ensure that the adapter's resources are included in

                      the EISA configuration database:

 

                      1.  Run the EISA configuration utility supplied with your

                          computer.  Refer to the computer's instruction manual

                          for instructions on running this utility.

 

                      2.  Select the option to add an adapter (this is normally

                          ADD OR REMOVE BOARDS).

 

                      3.  Insert the ATMAID Diskette that you created in

                          "Creating and Using ATMAID and Driver Diskettes" on

                          page 2-4 in your computer's diskette drive and press

                          ENTER.  The adapter's resources are added to the EISA

                          configuration database.

 

                      4.  After the EISA utility has added the adapter's

                          resources to the database, select VIEW OR EDIT

                          DETAILS to view the resources.

 

                      5.  Record the resource values assigned by the EISA

                          configuration utility.  (You will need them when you

                          configure the adapter using the ATMAID program.)

 

                      6.  Remove the ATMAID Diskette and go to "Configuring the

                          Adapter" on page 3-1.

 

 

  REMOVING THE CONFIGURATION SETTINGS

  ___________________________________

 

                      If you need to remove the configuration settings in the

                      future, use the following procedure.

 

                      NOTE:  Before you remove the adapter from your computer,

                      always remove both the configuration settings and the

                      device drivers from the adapter.  Failure to remove the

                      configuration settings might mean that the adapter cannot

                      be configured in another machine.

 

                      1.  Boot from the ATMAID Diskette.

 

                          The Welcome panel of the ATMAID program appears.

 

                      2.  Select CONTINUE.  The Main panel appears.

 

                      3.  Select CONFIGURE ADAPTER.  The Configure Adapter

                          panel appears with current values listed for the

                          parameters.

 

                      4.  Select REMOVE and follow the instructions.  When you

                          have finished, select OK.

 

 

                           Chapter 3.  Configuring and Testing the Adapter  3-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      5.  Shut down your computer and unplug it before you

                          remove the adapter from the computer.

 

 

  TESTING THE ADAPTER

  ___________________

 

                      1.  If you have just finished installing your adapter,

                          skip this step and continue with step 2.  Otherwise,

                          perform the following instructions to start the

                          ATMAID program:

 

                          A.  Shut down your system, insert the ATMAID Diskette

                              that you created in "Creating and Using ATMAID

                              and Driver Diskettes" on page 2-4 in your

                              computer's diskette drive, and reboot.

 

                              The Welcome panel of the ATMAID program appears.

 

                          B.  Select CONTINUE.  The Main panel appears.

 

                      2.  Select TEST ADAPTER.  The Test Adapter panel appears.

 

                      3.  Select ADAPTER TEST to begin testing your adapter.

                          The adapter test checks the basic functions on the

                          adapter such as memory and data flow.

 

                          After you have run the test, you might also want to

                          run the wrap test by selecting WRAP TEST and

                          following the displayed instructions.  The wrap test

                          checks the communication interface circuitry.

 

                          If you are using a UTP cable, you will need an RJ-45

                          ATM wrap plug (P/N 42H0540) or equivalent to run the

                          test.  If you are using STP cables (that is, IBM P/N

                          42H0544 or equivalent), you will need to ensure that

                          the adapter end of the STP cable is connected to the

                          adapter and that the network end of the cable is

                          unconnected.  Refer to the TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA

                                                     ____________________

                          Adapter Hardware Installation Guide if you need help

                          ___________________________________

                          identifying which cable you are using.

 

                      4.  If the adapter tests run without error, select

                          CANCEL.  The Main panel appears.

 

                          If an error occurs, see "Solving Problems with

                          Adapter Installation" on page 12-3.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  3-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CHAPTER 4.  INSTALLING THE FORUM-COMPLIANT LE DRIVER IN A DOS OR WINDOWS

  ________________________________________________________________________

  SYSTEM

  ______

 

 

 

 

 

                      This section contains instructions for installing the

                      adapter device driver and one or more protocol drivers

                      that the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter needs to communicate over

                      an ATM network.

 

 

  INSTALLING THE DRIVER USING THE ATMAID PROGRAM

  ______________________________________________

 

                      Network client software and LAN-based application

                      programs use different methods to install adapter

                      drivers.  The TURBOWAYS 25 ATMAID program works with each

                      network environment when installing the drivers.

 

                      To install the ATM Forum-compliant LE drivers, perform

                      the following steps:

 

                      1.  Locate your network environment in Table 4-1.  (If

                          you are not sure what your network environment is,

                          contact your network administrator.)

 

                      2.  Go to the applicable section in Appendix E and

                          perform all necessary steps before continuing with

                          this chapter.  If the special procedures do not apply

                          to your situation, continue with the next step.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  4-1 (Page 1 of 2). Special Driver Installation |

                      |                           Procedures                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IF YOU ARE USING: | GO TO:                            |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | NetWare** Client  | "Novell NetWare Client            |

                      | for DOS and       | Environment" on page E-2.         |

                      | Windows           |                                   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IBM LAN Support   | "LSP Environment" on page E-3.    |

                      | Program (LSP)     |                                   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IBM TCP/IP        | "IBM TCP/IP Environments" on      |

                      |                   | page E-8.                         |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | An application    | "Application Programs That Supply |

                      | program that      | Protocol Drivers" on page E-9.    |

                      | supplies protocol |                                   |

                      | drivers           |                                   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              4-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  4-1 (Page 2 of 2). Special Driver Installation |

                      |                           Procedures                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IF YOU ARE USING: | GO TO:                            |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IBM DOS LAN       | "IBM DOS LAN Services" on         |

                      | Services (DLS)    | page E-10.                        |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | NetManage**       | "NetManage NEWT or NetManage      |

                      | NEWT** or         | Chameleon Environments" on        |

                      | Chameleon**       | page E-15.                        |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | FTP Software      | "FTP Software OnNet" on           |

                      | OnNet             | page E-16.                        |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

                      3.  If you have a CD-ROM drive, install the drivers using

                          the CD-ROM STARTCD program, which provides viewable

                          instructions.  Otherwise, continue with step 4.

 

                      4.  If the TURBOWAYS 25 software is already installed on

                          your computer (that is, if an AT25LEI directory

                          exists) and you are reconfiguring the adapter,

                          continue with step 5.

 

                          If the TURBOWAYS 25 software is not already installed

                          on your computer or if you want to reinstall the

                          software, go to your computer's DOS prompt and insert

                          the ATMAID Diskette that you created in "Creating and

                          Using ATMAID and Driver Diskettes" on page 2-4 in

                          your computer's diskette drive.

 

                      5.  If you have just finished installing or testing your

                          adapter, skip this step and continue with step 6.

                          Otherwise, perform the following instructions to

                          start the ATMAID program.

 

                          A.  Starting from the drive and directory (AT25LEI)

                              that contain the TURBOWAYS 25 files, type SETUP

                              and press ENTER.

 

                              The Welcome panel of the ATMAID program appears.

 

                              NOTE:  If you have difficulty running the setup

                              program from the hard disk, you can invoke the

                              setup program by booting the computer from the

                              ATMAID Diskette.

 

                          B.  Select CONTINUE.  The Main panel appears.

 

                      6.  Select CONFIGURE DEVICE DRIVER.

 

 

 

 

  4-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      7.  If you already have configured another DOS device

                          driver for this adapter (for example, the Classical

                          IP driver), the Disable Current Driver panel appears.

                          Select YES to disable the current driver.  The Basic

                          Adapter Parameters panel appears.

 

                      8.  Select one of the following configuration methods:

 

                          o   AUTOMATIC

                          o   USER-DEFINED

 

                          NOTE:  If your network is able to configure the

                                 TURBOWAYS 25 LES ATM address automatically

                                 (see "Special Addresses" on page 2-2), select

                                 AUTOMATIC.

 

                                 If you select USER-DEFINED, you must type the

                                 40-character, hexadecimal LES ATM address.

                                 (This is the address that you recorded on page

                                 2-2.)

 

                      9.  Select one of the following LAN types:

 

                          o   ETHERNET 802.3+V2 (for an Ethernet connection)

                          o   TOKEN-RING (for a token-ring connection)

 

                      10. Select the type of MAC address that you want to use:

                          UNIVERSALLY ADMINISTERED or LOCALLY ADMINISTERED.

 

                          If you selected Locally administered, type the

                          12-character, hexadecimal address that you want to

                          use.  (This is the address that you recorded on page

                          2-2.)

 

                      11. If you want your computer to join a particular LAN,

                          type the Emulated LAN Name.  Contact your network

                          administrator if you are unsure about the Emulated

                          LAN Name.

 

                      12. Select ADVANCED to see the remaining parameters and

                          their default values.

 

                          NOTE:  The defaults are set to maximize performance

                          for most installations; changing them is not

                          required.  Change the defaults only if you know that

                          you have a specific need to alter their values.

 

                          If you do not want to change the default parameters,

                          go to step 15.

 

                      13. Enter the new parameter values in the appropriate

                          fields.  The program provides the valid values for

                          the parameters.

 

 

 

        Chapter 4.  Installing the Forum-Compliant Driver (DOS or Windows)  4-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      14. When you have finished entering the new parameter

                          values, select OK.  The Basic Adapter Parameters

                          panel reappears.

 

                      15. Select OK.  The Protocol Driver Selection panel

                          appears.

 

                      16. If your application program supplies its own protocol

                          drivers, confirm that the appropriate protocol

                          drivers are in the Current Configuration box of the

                          Protocol Driver Selection panel.  If the protocol

                          drivers are not in the Available Protocols box, see

                          "Application Programs That Supply Protocol Drivers"

                          on page E-9.  Continue with step 17 on page 4-4.

 

                          Select a protocol driver to add to the current

                          configuration, and then select ADD.

 

                          o   If you are using a NetWare Client, select DOS

                              ODI-TO-NDIS MAPPER FOR NETWARE CLIENTS.  If the

                              NetWare Client Support Installation panel

                              appears, the ATMAID program cannot find the

                              NetWare Client program to complete the

                              installation.  Perform one of the following

                              actions:

 

                              -   If the NetWare Client program is installed,

                                  check that the NetWare directory path

                                  displayed in the panel is correct, update it

                                  if necessary, and select OK.

 

                              -   If the NetWare Client program is not

                                  installed, exit the program and install

                                  NetWare Client.  (See "Installing with

                                  NetWare Client for DOS and Windows" on

                                  page E-2.)

 

                          o   If you are installing the adapter for use in LSP,

                              see Table E-3 on page E-7 for guidelines in

                              making your selection.

 

                          o   If you are unsure which protocol drivers to

                              select, contact your network administrator.

 

                          Continue selecting and adding protocol drivers until

                          you have added all of the protocol drivers that you

                          want included in the current configuration.  The

                          protocol drivers that you select appear in the

                          Current Configuration box, along with any protocol

                          drivers already in effect.

 

                      17. Select STORE to accept the current configuration and

                          perform one of the following actions:

 

 

 

  4-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          o   If the Windows Support Installation panel

                              appears, go to step 18 on page 4-5.

 

                          o   If the Device Driver Configuration Stored panel

                              appears, select OK.  The Main panel reappears.

                              Go to step 19.

 

                      18. Perform one of the following actions:

 

                          o   If you are installing the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter in

                              a Windows environment, check that the Windows

                              directory path displayed in the panel is correct,

                              update it, if necessary, and select OK.

 

                          o   If you are not installing the TURBOWAYS 25

                              adapter in a Windows environment, select CANCEL.

 

                          The Main panel reappears.

 

                      19. Select EXIT.  The TURBOWAYS 25 Adapter panel appears.

 

                      20. Select OK to exit the program completely.

 

                      21. Remove the ATMAID Diskette if it is in your

                          computer's diskette drive.

 

                      22. Perform one of the following actions:

 

                          o   If you are installing the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter in

                              a NetWare client environment, continue with step

                              23.

 

                          o   If you have installed an NDIS device driver to

                              act as a placeholder (see step 2 on page E-10),

                              go to step 24 on page 4-6.

 

                          o   If you have installed one of the LSP NDIS

                              protocol drivers AND you want to customize the

                                               ___

                              driver, see Appendix K, "Customizing Driver

                              Parameters for the DOS LAN Support Program NDIS"

                              and then go to step 25 on page 4-6.

 

                          o   If none of these situations applies to you, go to

                              step 25 on page 4-6.

 

                      23. Go to the NetWare configuration file NET.CFG and

                          check to see whether or not the file contains the

                          following statements:

 

                                      LINK SUPPORT

                                        BUFFERS n 9140

                                                _

 

                          where n is at least 1.

                                _

 

 

 

        Chapter 4.  Installing the Forum-Compliant Driver (DOS or Windows)  4-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          If you do not find these statements, add them to the

                          NET.CFG file.

 

                          NOTE:  Higher values for n might yield improved

                                                   _

                          performance.

 

                      24. If you installed an NDIS device driver to act as a

                          placeholder (see "Application Programs That Supply

                          Protocol Drivers" on page E-9), remove all references

                          to that device driver in the CONFIG.SYS and

                          PROTOCOL.INI files.  (You recorded the name of the

                          placeholder device driver on page E-10.)

 

                      25. Reboot the computer to load the drivers.  Look for

                          messages that indicate that the TURBOWAYS 25 driver

                          and the protocol driver are installed.  Press PAUSE

                          to stop the messages from scrolling off the screen.

 

                          o   If the messages indicate that the drivers are

                              installed, the installation is complete, you have

                              finished this procedure, and you are connected to

                              the network.

 

                          o   If error messages are displayed (see Appendix G,

                              "Driver Messages" on page G-1), or if you do not

                              see messages that indicate that the drivers are

                              installed, follow the procedure under "Solving

                              Problems with Driver Installation" on page 12-4.

 

 

  RECONFIGURING THE ADAPTER WITH THE ATMAID PROGRAM

  _________________________________________________

 

                      Once you have installed the drivers on your hard disk,

                      you can run the setup program from the directory that

                      contains the ATMAID Diskette files to reconfigure the

                      adapter.  If you have difficulty running the setup

                      program from either the diskette or the hard disk, you

                      can invoke the setup program by booting the computer from

                      the ATMAID Diskette.

 

 

  REMOVING THE DEVICE DRIVER

  __________________________

 

                      If you need to remove the device drivers in the future,

                      use the following procedure.

 

                      NOTE:  Before you remove the adapter from your computer,

                      always remove both the configuration settings and the

                      device drivers from the adapter.  Failure to remove the

                      configuration settings might mean that the adapter cannot

                      be configured in another machine.

 

                      1.  Boot from the ATMAID Diskette.

 

 

 

  4-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          The Welcome panel of the ATMAID program appears.

 

                      2.  Select CONTINUE.  The Main panel appears.

 

                      3.  Select CONFIGURE ADAPTER.  The Configure Adapter

                          panel appears.

 

                      4.  Select REMOVE and follow the instructions.  When you

                          have finished, select OK.

 

                      5.  If you are planning to remove the adapter from your

                          computer, go to "Removing the Configuration Settings"

                          on page 3-5, remove the adapter configuration, and

                          shut down your computer and unplug it before you

                          remove the adapter from the computer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        Chapter 4.  Installing the Forum-Compliant Driver (DOS or Windows)  4-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  4-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CHAPTER 5.  INSTALLING THE CLASSICAL IP DRIVER IN A DOS OR WINDOWS SYSTEM

  _________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This section contains instructions for installing the

                      Classical IP device driver that the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter

                      needs to communicate over an ATM network.

 

 

  INSTALLING THE DRIVER USING THE ATMAID PROGRAM

  ______________________________________________

 

                      TCP/IP client software and application programs use

                      different methods to install adapter drivers.  The

                      TURBOWAYS 25 ATMAID program works with each network

                      environment when installing the Classical IP driver.

 

                      To install the Classical IP driver, perform the following

                      steps:

 

                      1.  Locate your network environment in Table 5-1.  (If

                          you are not sure what your network environment is,

                          contact your network administrator.)

 

                      2.  Go to the applicable section in Appendix F and

                          perform all necessary steps before continuing with

                          this chapter.  If the special procedures do not apply

                          to your situation, continue with the next step.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  5-1. Specific Driver Installation Procedures   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IF YOU ARE USING: | GO TO:                            |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IBM TCP/IP        | "IBM TCP/IP Environments" on      |

                      |                   | page F-2.                         |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | A program with IP | "Programs with IP Protocol        |

                      | protocol stacks   | Stacks" on page F-3.              |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | FTP Software      | "FTP Software OnNet" on page F-4. |

                      | OnNet             |                                   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Novell** LAN      | "Novell LAN WorkPlace" on         |

                      | WorkPlace**       | page F-5.                         |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              5-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      3.  If you have a CD-ROM drive, install the drivers using

                          the CD-ROM STARTCD program, which provides viewable

                          instructions.  Otherwise, continue with step 4.

 

                      4.  If the TURBOWAYS 25 software is already installed on

                          your computer (that is, if an AT25IPI directory

                          exists) and you are reconfiguring the adapter,

                          continue with step 5.

 

                          If the TURBOWAYS 25 software is not already installed

                          on your computer or if you want to reinstall the

                          software, go to your computer's DOS prompt and insert

                          the ATMAID Diskette that you created in "Creating and

                          Using ATMAID and Driver Diskettes" on page 2-4 in

                          your computer's diskette drive.

 

                      5.  If you have just finished installing or testing your

                          adapter, skip this step and continue with step 6.

                          Otherwise, perform the following instructions to

                          start the ATMAID program.

 

                          A.  Starting from the drive and directory (AT25IPI)

                              that contain the TURBOWAYS 25 files, type SETUP

                              and press ENTER.  The Welcome panel of the ATMAID

                              program appears.

 

                              NOTE:  If you have difficulty running the setup

                              program from the hard disk, you can invoke the

                              setup program by booting the computer from the

                              ATMAID Diskette.

 

                          B.  Select CONTINUE.  The Main panel appears.

 

                      6.  Select CONFIGURE DEVICE DRIVER.

 

                      7.  If you already have configured another DOS device

                          driver for this adapter (for example, the ATM

                          Forum-compliant LAN emulation driver), the Disable

                          Current Driver panel appears.  Select YES to disable

                          the current driver.  The Basic Adapter Parameters

                          panel appears.

 

                      8.  Type the IP address of the adapter.  (This is the IP

                          address that you recorded on page 2-3.)

 

                          NOTE:  Make sure that this is the same address that

                          was used to configure your IP stack.

 

                      9.  Type the IP subnet mask of the adapter.  (This is the

                          subnet mask that you recorded on page 2-3.)

 

                          NOTE:  Make sure that this is the same mask that was

                          used to configure your IP stack.

 

 

 

  5-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      10. Type the ARP server ATM address of the adapter.

                          (This is the address that you recorded on page 2-4.)

 

                      11. Select the type of MAC address that you want to use:

                          UNIVERSALLY ADMINISTERED or LOCALLY ADMINISTERED.

 

                          If you selected Locally administered, type the

                          12-character, hexadecimal address that you want to

                          use.  (This is the address that you recorded on page

                          2-2.)

 

                      12. The remaining parameters have default values

                          assigned.  If you want to change the default

                          parameters for the adapter, select ADVANCED.  The

                          Advanced Adapter Parameters panel appears.

 

                          NOTE:  The defaults are set to maximize performance

                          for most installations; changing them is not

                          required.  Change the defaults only if you know that

                          you have a specific need to alter their values.

 

                          If you do not want to change the default parameters,

                          go to step 15.

 

                      13. Enter the new parameter values in the appropriate

                          fields.  The program provides the valid values for

                          the parameters.

 

                      14. When you have finished entering the new parameter

                          values, select OK.  The Basic Adapter Parameters

                          panel reappears.

 

                      15. Select OK.  The Protocol Driver Selection panel

                          appears.

 

                      16. Confirm that the appropriate protocol drivers are in

                          the Current Configuration box of the Protocol Driver

                          Selection panel.

 

                          If you want to add a protocol driver to the current

                          configuration, select the protocol driver and then

                          select ADD.  If you are unsure which protocol drivers

                          to select, contact your network administrator.  If

                          the protocol drivers are not in the Available

                          Protocols box, see "Programs with IP Protocol Stacks"

                          on page F-3.  Continue with step 17 on page 5-4.

 

                          Continue selecting and adding protocol drivers until

                          you have added all of the protocol drivers that you

                          want included in the current configuration.  The

                          protocol drivers that you select appear in the

                          Current Configuration box, along with any protocol

                          drivers already in effect.

 

 

 

           Chapter 5.  Installing the Classical IP Driver (DOS or Windows)  5-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      17. Select STORE to accept the current configuration.

                          The Device Driver Configuration Stored panel appears.

 

                      18. Select OK.

 

                          o   If the Windows Support Installation panel

                              appears, continue with step 19.

 

                          o   If the Main panel appears, go to step 20.

 

                      19. Perform one of the following actions:

 

                          o   If you are installing the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter in

                              a Windows environment, check that the Windows

                              directory path displayed in the panel is correct,

                              update it, if necessary, and select OK.

 

                          o   If you are not installing the TURBOWAYS 25

                              adapter in a Windows environment, select CANCEL.

 

                          The Main panel appears.

 

                      20. Select EXIT.  The TURBOWAYS 25 Adapter panel appears.

 

                      21. Select OK to exit the program completely.

 

                      22. Remove the ATMAID Diskette if it is in your

                          computer's diskette drive.

 

                      23. If you are installing the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter in a

                          Novell LAN WorkPlace environment, go to the NetWare

                          configuration file, NET.CFG, and check to see whether

                          or not the file contains the following statements:

 

                                      LINK SUPPORT

                                        BUFFERS n 9140

                                                _

 

                          where n is at least 1.

                                _

 

                          If you do not find these statements, add them to the

                          NET.CFG file.

 

                          NOTE:  Higher values for n might yield improved

                                                   _

                          performance.

 

                      24. If you installed an NDIS device driver to act as a

                          placeholder (see "Programs with IP Protocol Stacks"

                          on page F-3), remove all references to that device

                          driver in the CONFIG.SYS and PROTOCOL.INI files.

                          (You recorded the name of the placeholder device

                          driver on page F-4.)

 

                      25. Reboot the computer to load the drivers.  Look for

                          messages that indicate that the TURBOWAYS 25 driver

 

 

  5-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          and the protocol driver are installed.  Press PAUSE

                          to stop the messages from scrolling off the screen.

 

                          o   If the messages indicate that the drivers are

                              installed, the installation is complete, you have

                              finished this procedure, and you are connected to

                              the network.

 

                          o   If error messages are displayed (see Appendix G,

                              "Driver Messages" on page G-1), or if you do not

                              see messages that indicate that the drivers are

                              installed, follow the procedure under "Solving

                              Problems with Driver Installation" on page 12-4.

 

 

  RECONFIGURING THE ADAPTER WITH THE ATMAID PROGRAM

  _________________________________________________

 

                      Once you have installed the drivers on your hard disk,

                      you can run the setup program from the directory that

                      contains the ATMAID Diskette files to reconfigure the

                      adapter.  If you have difficulty running the setup

                      program from either the diskette or the hard disk, you

                      can invoke the setup program by booting the computer from

                      the ATMAID Diskette.

 

 

  REMOVING THE DEVICE DRIVER

  __________________________

 

                      If you need to remove the device drivers in the future,

                      use the following procedure.

 

                      NOTE:  Before you remove the adapter from your computer,

                      always remove both the configuration settings and the

                      device drivers from the adapter.  Failure to remove the

                      configuration settings might mean that the adapter cannot

                      be configured in another machine.

 

                      1.  Boot from the ATMAID Diskette.

 

                          The Welcome panel of the ATMAID program appears.

 

                      2.  Select CONTINUE.  The Main panel appears.

 

                      3.  Select CONFIGURE ADAPTER.  The Configure Adapter

                          panel appears.

 

                      4.  Select REMOVE and follow the instructions.  When you

                          have finished, select OK.

 

                      5.  If you are planning to remove the adapter from your

                          computer, go to "Removing the Configuration Settings"

                          on page 3-5, remove the adapter configuration, and

                          shut down your computer and unplug it before you

                          remove the adapter from the computer.

 

 

           Chapter 5.  Installing the Classical IP Driver (DOS or Windows)  5-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  5-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CHAPTER 6.  INSTALLING THE FORUM-COMPLIANT LE DRIVER IN AN OS/2 SYSTEM

  ______________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This chapter contains instructions for installing the

                      adapter device driver and one or more protocol drivers

                      that the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter needs to communicate over

                      an ATM network.

 

 

  INSTALLING THE DRIVER USING LAPS OR MPTS

  ________________________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to install the

                      driver using the STARTCD program, which invokes the LAN

                      Adapter and Protocol Support (LAPS) program or the

                      Multi-Protocol Transport Services (MPTS) program

                      automatically and provides viewable instructions.

 

                      The following procedure describes the device driver

                      installation procedure using either LAPS or MPTS.

 

                      NOTE:  The procedure uses LAPS 2.2 as the example

                      installation program.  Because MPTS and other versions of

                      LAPS have similar interfaces, the procedure will be

                      similar for those installation programs.

 

                      1.  If you are installing the driver using the STARTCD

                          program, continue with step 2.  Otherwise, start LAPS

                          by double-clicking the LAPS icon or invoking LAPS

                          from the command line.  LAPS is usually found in the

                          IBMCOM directory of the OS/2 boot drive.  The LAN

                          Adapter and Protocol Support panel appears.

 

                      2.  Select INSTALL.  The Install Additional Network

                          Drivers panel appears and asks you for the source of

                          the adapter Network Information Files (.NIF files).

 

                      3.  If you are installing the driver from a diskette,

                          insert the TURBOWAYS 25 OS/2 Driver Diskette that you

                          created in "Creating and Using ATMAID and Driver

                          Diskettes" on page 2-4 in your computer's diskette

                          drive, type the directory path to the driver files

                          (A:\LEC), and then select OK.

 

                          If you are installing the driver from the CD-ROM,

                          type the directory path to the driver files

                          (X:\OS2\ISA_LEC, where X: is the CD-ROM drive), and

                           __                    __

                          then select OK.

 

                          The LAN Adapter and Protocol Support panel reappears.

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              6-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      4.  Select CONFIGURE to integrate the adapter's device

                          driver with the protocol drivers.  The Configuration

                          panel appears.

 

                      5.  Select CONFIGURE LAN TRANSPORTS and then select

                          CONTINUE.  The Configure Workstation panel appears.

 

                      6.  From the Network Adapters group box, select TURBOWAYS

                          25 OS/2 LAN EMULATION FOR ISA ADAPTER, and then

                          select ADD.

 

                          The selected adapter name appears in the Current

                          Configuration group box.

 

                      7.  From the Current Configuration group box, select

                          EDIT.  A panel appears that displays all the driver

                          parameters that you can edit.

 

                      8.  Check the value of the adapter's base I/O address.

                          Make sure that it is the same as the value that you

                          recorded in step 7 on page 3-2.

 

                      9.  The Automatic Configuration Mode parameter determines

                          whether or not your system will try to configure the

                          TURBOWAYS 25 LES ATM address automatically (see

                          "Special Addresses" on page 2-2).  The default is not

                          to use automatic configuration.

 

                          If your network is not able to configure the

                          TURBOWAYS 25 LES ATM address automatically, you must

                          type the 40-character, hexadecimal LAN Emulation

                          Server ATM address.  (This is the address that you

                          recorded on page 2-2.)

 

                          If your network can configure the TURBOWAYS 25 LES

                          ATM address automatically by using a LAN Emulation

                          Configuration Server (LECS), select AUTOMATIC

                          CONFIGURATION MODE.

 

                      10. At the Locally Administered Adapter address, if you

                          want to use a locally administered address instead of

                          the universally administered address, type the

                          12-character, hexadecimal address that you want to

                          use.  (This is the address that you recorded on page

                          2-2.)  If you want to use the universally

                          administered address, leave this address blank.

 

                      11. Select the LAN type by typing either 802.3+V2

                          (Ethernet) or 802.5 (token-ring).

 

                      12. If you want your computer to join a particular LAN,

                          type the Emulated LAN Name.  Contact your network

                          administrator if you are unsure about the Emulated

                          LAN Name.

 

 

  6-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          NOTE:  Some systems convert mixed-case names back to

                          upper-case when the data in included in the

                          PROTOCOL.INI file.  Ensure that this parameter is

                          entered in the PROTOCOL.INI file exactly as it is

                          defined in the network.  If necessary, find the

                          PROTOCOL.INI file and use an editor to change the

                          case.

 

                      13. The remaining parameters have default values

                          assigned.  If you want to change the default

                          parameters for the adapter, type the appropriate

                          parameter values.

 

                          NOTE:  The defaults are set to maximize performance

                          for most installations; changing them is not

                          required.  Change the defaults only if you know that

                          you have a specific need to alter their values.

 

                      14. When you have finished editing the driver parameters,

                          select OK.  The Configure Workstation panel

                          reappears.

 

                      15. Select the appropriate protocols for your adapter.

                          Consult your network administrator if you are not

                          sure of the correct protocols needed.  Select ADD.

 

                      16. If necessary, edit the default parameters for the

                          protocols by selecting EDIT, typing in the

                          appropriate parameter values, and selecting OK.  The

                          Configure Workstation panel reappears.

 

                      17. Select OK to return to the LAN Adapter and Protocol

                          Support panel, and then select EXIT.  The CONFIG.SYS

                          Updates panel appears.

 

                      18. Make sure that the drive shown on the panel is the

                          same as the drive that contains the CONFIG.SYS file.

                          Select CONTINUE.  When the LAPS program has finished

                          updating the CONFIG.SYS file, select OK.  The Exiting

                          LAPS panel appears.

 

                      19. Select EXIT to exit the LAPS program.

 

                      20. Shut down your OS/2 system and reboot your computer

                          to complete the driver installation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                  Chapter 6.  Installing the Forum-Compliant Driver (OS/2)  6-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  REMOVING THE DEVICE DRIVER

  __________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to remove the

                      driver using the STARTCD program, which invokes LAPS or

                      MPTS automatically and provides viewable instructions.

 

                      NOTES:

 

                      1.  Before you remove the adapter from your computer,

                          always remove both the device drivers and the

                          configuration settings from the adapter.  Failure to

                          do so might mean that the adapter cannot be

                          configured in another machine.

 

                      2.  Always remove the device drivers before you remove

                                                           ______

                          the configuration settings from the adapter.

 

                      3.  The following procedure uses LAPS 2.2 as the example

                          program.  Because MPTS and other versions of LAPS

                          have similar interfaces, the procedure will be

                          similar for those installation programs.

 

                      If you need to remove the device drivers in the future,

                      use the following procedure.

 

                      1.  If you are removing the driver using the STARTCD

                          program, continue with step 2.  Otherwise, start LAPS

                          by double-clicking the LAPS icon or invoking LAPS

                          from the command line.  LAPS is usually found in the

                          IBMCOM directory of the OS/2 boot drive.  The

                          Multi-Protocol Transport Services panel appears.

 

                      2.  Select CONFIGURE.  The Configure panel appears.

 

                      3.  Select CONFIGURE.  The LAPS Configuration panel

                          appears.

 

                      4.  In the Current Configuration group box, select

                          TURBOWAYS 25 OS/2 LAN EMULATION FOR ISA ADAPTER, and

                          then select REMOVE.

 

                      5.  Select OK and exit LAPS.

 

                      6.  Shut down your OS/2 system and reboot your computer

                          to complete the driver removal.

 

                      7.  If you are planning to remove the adapter from your

                          computer, go to "Removing the Configuration Settings"

                          on page 3-5, remove the adapter configuration, and

                          shut down your computer and unplug it before you

                          remove the adapter from the computer.

 

 

 

 

 

  6-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CHAPTER 7.  INSTALLING THE CLASSICAL IP DRIVER IN AN OS/2 SYSTEM

  ________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This chapter contains instructions for installing the

                      adapter device driver and one or more protocol drivers

                      that the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter needs to communicate over

                      an ATM network.

 

 

  INSTALLING THE DRIVER USING LAPS OR MPTS

  ________________________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to install the

                      drivers using the STARTCD program, which invokes LAPS or

                      MPTS automatically and provides viewable instructions.

 

                      The following procedure describes the device driver

                      installation procedure using either LAPS or MPTS.

 

                      NOTE:  The procedure uses LAPS 2.2 as the example

                      installation program.  Because MPTS and other versions of

                      LAPS have similar interfaces, the procedure will be

                      similar for those installation programs.

 

                      1.  If you are installing the driver using the STARTCD

                          program, continue with step 2.  Otherwise, start LAPS

                          by double-clicking the LAPS icon or invoking LAPS

                          from the command line.  LAPS is usually found in the

                          IBMCOM directory of the OS/2 boot drive.  The LAN

                          Adapter and Protocol Support panel appears.

 

                      2.  Select INSTALL.  The Install Additional Network

                          Drivers panel appears and asks you for the source of

                          the adapter Network Information Files (.NIF files).

 

                      3.  If you are installing the driver from a diskette,

                          insert the TURBOWAYS 25 OS/2 Driver Diskette that you

                          created in "Creating and Using ATMAID and Driver

                          Diskettes" on page 2-4 in your computer's diskette

                          drive, type the directory path to the driver files

                          (A:\CIP), and then select OK.

 

                          If you are installing the driver from the CD-ROM,

                          type the directory path to the driver files

                          (X:\OS2\ISA_CIP, where X: is the CD-ROM drive), and

                           __                    __

                          then select OK.

 

                          The LAN Adapter and Protocol Support panel reappears.

 

                      4.  Select CONFIGURE to integrate the adapter's device

                          driver with the protocol drivers.  The Configuration

                          panel appears.

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              7-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      5.  Select CONFIGURE LAN TRANSPORTS and then select

                          CONTINUE.  The Configure Workstation panel appears.

 

                      6.  From the Network Adapters group box, select TURBOWAYS

                          25 OS/2 CLASSICAL IP FOR ISA ADAPTER, and then select

                          ADD.

 

                          The selected adapter name appears in the Current

                          Configuration group box.

 

                      7.  From the Current Configuration group box, select

                          EDIT.  A panel appears that displays all the driver

                          parameters that you can edit.

 

                      8.  Type the IP address of the adapter.  (This is the IP

                          address that you recorded on page 2-3.)

 

                          NOTE:  Make sure that this is the same address that

                          was used to configure your IP stack.

 

                      9.  Type the IP subnet mask of the adapter.  (This is the

                          subnet mask that you recorded on page 2-3.)

 

                          NOTE:  Make sure that this is the same mask that was

                          used to configure your IP stack.

 

                      10. Type the ARP server ATM address of the adapter.

                          (This is the address that you recorded on page 2-4.)

 

                      11. Check the value of the adapter's base I/O address.

                          Make sure that it is the same as the value that you

                          recorded in step 7 on page 3-2.

 

                      12. At the Locally Administered Adapter address, if you

                          want to use a locally administered address instead of

                          the universally administered address, type the

                          12-character, hexadecimal address that you want to

                          use.  (This is the address that you recorded on page

                          2-2.)  If you want to use the universally

                          administered address, leave this address blank.

 

                      13. The remaining parameters have default values

                          assigned.  If you want to change the default

                          parameters for the adapter, type the appropriate

                          parameter values.

 

                          NOTE:  The defaults are set to maximize performance

                          for most installations; changing them is not

                          required.  Change the defaults only if you know that

                          you have a specific need to alter their values.

 

                      14. When you have finished editing the driver parameters,

                          select OK.  The Configure Workstation panel

                          reappears.

 

 

  7-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      15. Select the appropriate protocols for your adapter.

                          Consult your network administrator if you are not

                          sure of the correct protocols needed.  Select ADD.

 

                      16. If necessary, edit the default parameters for the

                          protocols by selecting EDIT, typing in the

                          appropriate parameter values, and selecting OK.  The

                          Configure Workstation panel reappears.

 

                      17. Select OK to return to the LAN Adapter and Protocol

                          Support panel, and then select EXIT.  The CONFIG.SYS

                          Updates panel appears.

 

                      18. Make sure that the drive shown on the panel is the

                          same as the drive that contains the CONFIG.SYS file.

                          Select CONTINUE.  When the LAPS program has finished

                          updating the CONFIG.SYS file, select OK.  The Exiting

                          LAPS panel appears.

 

                      19. Select EXIT to exit the LAPS program.

 

                      20. Shut down your OS/2 system and reboot your computer

                          to complete the driver installation.

 

 

  REMOVING THE DEVICE DRIVER

  __________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to remove the

                      drivers using the STARTCD program, which invokes LAPS or

                      MPTS automatically and provides viewable instructions.

 

                      NOTES:

 

                      1.  Before you remove the adapter from your computer,

                          always remove both the device drivers and the

                          configuration settings from the adapter.  Failure to

                          do so might mean that the adapter cannot be

                          configured in another machine.

 

                      2.  Always remove the device drivers before you remove

                                                           ______

                          the configuration settings from the adapter.

 

                      3.  The following procedure uses LAPS 2.2 as the example

                          program.  Because MPTS and other versions of LAPS

                          have similar interfaces, the procedure will be

                          similar for those installation programs.

 

                      If you need to remove the device drivers in the future,

                      use the following procedure.

 

                      1.  If you are removing the driver using the STARTCD

                          program, continue with step 2 on page 7-4.

                          Otherwise, start LAPS by double-clicking the LAPS

                          icon or invoking LAPS from the command line.  LAPS is

 

 

                     Chapter 7.  Installing the Classical IP Driver (OS/2)  7-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          usually found in the IBMCOM directory of the OS/2

                          boot drive.  The Multi-Protocol Transport Services

                          panel appears.

 

                      2.  Select CONFIGURE.  The Configure panel appears.

 

                      3.  Select CONFIGURE.  The LAPS Configuration panel

                          appears.

 

                      4.  In the Current Configuration group box, select

                          TURBOWAYS 25 OS/2 CLASSICAL IP FOR ISA ADAPTER, and

                          then select REMOVE.

 

                      5.  Select OK and exit LAPS.

 

                      6.  Shut down your OS/2 system and reboot your computer

                          to complete the driver removal.

 

                      7.  If you are planning to remove the adapter from your

                          computer, go to "Removing the Configuration Settings"

                          on page 3-5, remove the adapter configuration, and

                          shut down your computer and unplug it before you

                          remove the adapter from the computer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  7-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CHAPTER 8.  INSTALLING THE FORUM-COMPLIANT LE DRIVER IN A WINDOWS NT SYSTEM

  ___________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This chapter contains instructions for installing the ATM

                      Forum-compliant device driver that the TURBOWAYS 25

                      adapter needs to communicate over an ATM network.

 

 

  INSTALLING THE DRIVER USING WINDOWS NT

  ______________________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to install the

                      driver using the STARTCD program, which invokes the

                      Windows NT Network program automatically and provides

                      viewable instructions.

 

                      To install the ATM Forum-compliant LE driver, perform the

                      following steps:

 

                      1.  If you are installing the driver using the STARTCD

|                         program, go to step 4.  Otherwise,

 

|                     2.  Determine the version of Windows NT that you are

|                         using.

 

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 3.51, continue with

|                             step 3.

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 4.0, go to step 7.

 

|                     3.  Start Windows NT, go to the Program Manager, and

|                         select MAIN.  From the Main group, select CONTROL

                          PANEL, and then select NETWORK.

 

                      4.  Select ADD ADAPTER.  Windows NT presents you with a

                          list of known network adapters that you can install.

 

                      5.  Select <OTHER> REQUIRES DISK FROM MANUFACTURER (the

                          last option in the list), and then select CONTINUE.

                          The Insert Disk prompt appears.

 

|                     6.  Go to step 11 on page 8-2.

 

|                     7.  Log into Windows NT, select START, select SETTINGS,

|                         and then select CONTROL PANEL.  The Control Panel

|                         appears.

 

|                     8.  Select NETWORK.  The Network window appears.

 

|                     9.  Select the ADAPTERS tab.  The Network Adapters dialog

|                         box opens.  Select ADD.

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              8-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

|                     10. Select the HAVE DISK... push button.  The Insert Disk

|                         prompt appears, asking you for the location of the

|                         device driver and the installation files.

 

                      11. Insert the TURBOWAYS 25 Windows NT Driver Diskette

                          that you created in "Creating and Using ATMAID and

|                         Driver Diskettes" on page 2-4  or downloaded from the

|                         Internet in your computer's diskette drive, type the

                          directory path to the driver files (usually A:\), and

                          then select OK.

 

                          The Select OEM Option dialog box opens.

 

                      12. Select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ADAPTER WITH LAN EMULATION,

                          and then select OK.

 

                      13. If your computer has more than one type of bus, the

                          Bus Location dialog box opens.  Select ISA for the

                          Bus Type, and then select OK.  The LAN Emulation

                          Parameter Configuration dialog box opens.

 

                      14. From the pull-down menu, select the appropriate I/O

                          address (this is the address that you recorded when

                          you configured your adapter on page 3-2 or 3-4).

 

                      15. From the pull-down menu, select the appropriate LAN

                          type.

 

                      16. From the pull-down menu, select the maximum frame

                          size that is appropriate for your network.  Contact

                          your network administrator if you are unsure about

                          the maximum frame size value.

 

                      17. The next parameter, Automatic Configuration Mode,

                          determines whether or not your system will try to

                          configure the TURBOWAYS 25 LES ATM address

                          automatically (see "Special Addresses" on page 2-2).

                          The default is not to use automatic configuration.

 

                          If your network is not able to configure the

                          TURBOWAYS 25 LES ATM address automatically, you must

                          type the 40-character, hexadecimal LAN Emulation

                          Server ATM address.  (This is the address that you

                          recorded on page 2-2.)

 

                          If your network can configure the TURBOWAYS 25 LES

                          ATM address automatically by using a LAN Emulation

                          Configuration Server (LECS), select AUTOMATIC

                          CONFIGURATION MODE.

 

                      18. If you want to use the universally administered MAC

                          address, leave the next parameter, Network Address,

                          blank.  If you want to use a locally administered MAC

 

 

 

  8-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          address, type the 12-character, hexadecimal address

                          that you recorded on page 2-2.

 

                      19. If you want your computer to join a particular LAN,

                          type the optional Emulated LAN Name.  Contact your

                          network administrator if you are unsure about the

                          Emulated LAN Name.

 

                          NOTE:  Emulated LAN Names can be case-sensitive.

 

                      20. If you want your computer to continue to communicate

                          with other stations also using Enhanced Mode during

                          certain types of network failure (such as an LES

                          failure), select ENHANCED MODE.

 

                      21. Select ADVANCED to see the remaining parameters and

                          their default values.

 

                          NOTE:  The optional parameters have default values

                          assigned to them.  The defaults are set to maximize

                          performance for most installations; changing them is

                          not required.  Change the defaults only if you know

                          that you have a specific need to alter their values.

 

                          If you need information about any parameter value,

                          select that parameter field, and then select HELP.

 

                      22. When you have finished, select OK.  The program

                          checks the validity of each value and informs you of

                          any values that are not valid.  If a parameter value

                          is not valid, use the Help function to determine a

                          valid value, enter it, and select OK.

 

                          o   If you are using Windows NT 3.51, continue with

                              step 23.

                          o   If you are using Windows NT 4.0, go to step 25 on

                              page 8-4.

 

                      23. The Network Settings dialog box opens with the entry

                          IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter in the Installed Adapter

                          Cards section.  Select OK to complete the

                          installation.

 

                          NOTE:  If TCP/IP is installed on your computer, the

                                 TCP/IP Configuration dialog box opens.

                                 Perform the following steps:

 

                                 A.  Select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER in the

                                     adapter list.

 

                                 B.  Type the following values:

 

 

 

 

 

            Chapter 8.  Installing the Forum-Compliant Driver (Windows NT)  8-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                     o   The IP address for the adapter.  (This

                                         is the IP address that you recorded on

                                         page 2-3.)

 

                                     o   The subnet mask for the adapter.

                                         (This is the subnet mask that you

                                         recorded on page 2-3.)

 

                                 C.  Select OK.

 

                      24. Go to step 29.

 

                      25. The Network dialog box opens with the entry IBM

                          TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter in the Installed Adapter

                          Cards section.  Select CLOSE.  The Microsoft TCP/IP

                          Properties dialog box opens.

 

                      26. At the IP Address tab under Adapter, select IBM

                          TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER.

 

                      27. Select SPECIFY AN IP ADDRESS.

 

                      28. Type the following values, and then select OK:

 

                          o   The IP address for the adapter.  (This is the (IP

                              address that you recorded on page 2-3.)

 

                          o   The IP subnet mask for the adapter.  (This is the

                              subnet mask that you recorded on page 2-3.)

 

                      29. At the end of the driver installation, Windows NT

                          displays a message to restart the system.  Select the

                          option to restart the system, and remove any

                          diskettes in the diskette drive.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  8-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  RECONFIGURING THE DEVICE DRIVER

  _______________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to reconfigure

                      the driver using the STARTCD program, which invokes the

                      Windows NT Network program automatically and provides

                      viewable instructions.

 

                      After you have installed the device driver, you can

                      change the parameter values by performing the following

                      steps:

 

                      1.  If you are reconfiguring the driver using the STARTCD

|                         program, continue with step 4.  Otherwise,

 

|                     2.  Determine the version of Windows NT that you are

|                         using.

 

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 3.51, continue with

|                             step 3.

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 4.0, go to step 6.

 

                      3.  From the Main group, select CONTROL PANEL, and then

                          select NETWORK.

 

|                     4.    In the Installed Adapter Cards list, select IBM

|                         TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER, and then select CONFIGURE

|                         ....  The LAN Emulation Parameter Configuration

                          window appears, listing the driver parameters as they

                          were configured last.

 

                          NOTE:  Use the Help function if you want to see the

                          parameter defaults.

 

|                     5.  Go to step 10.

 

|                     6.  Log into Windows NT, select START, select SETTINGS,

|                         and then select CONTROL PANEL.  The Control Panel

|                         appears.

 

|                     7.  Select NETWORK.  The Network window appears.

 

|                     8.  Select the ADAPTERS tab.  The Network Adapters dialog

|                         box opens.

 

|                     9.  Select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER and then select

|                         PROPERTIES.  The LAN Emulation Parameter

|                         Configuration window appears, listing the driver

|                         parameters as they were configured last.

 

|                         NOTE:  Use the Help function if you want to see the

|                         parameter defaults.

 

                      10. Change parameter values as is appropriate for your

                          host and network environment.

 

 

            Chapter 8.  Installing the Forum-Compliant Driver (Windows NT)  8-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      11. Select ADVANCED and then NEXT to see optional

                          parameters and their default values, and make any

                          appropriate changes.

 

                          NOTE:  The optional parameters have default values

                          assigned to them.  The defaults are set to maximize

                          performance for most installations; changing them is

                          not required.  Change the defaults only if you know

                          that you have a specific need to alter their values.

 

                          If you need information about any parameter value,

                          select that parameter field, and then select HELP.

 

                      12. When you have finished, select OK.

 

                          The program checks the validity of each value and

                          informs you of any values that are not valid.  If a

                          parameter value is not valid, use the Help function

                          to determine a valid value, enter it, and select OK.

 

|                     13. To complete the reconfiguration:

 

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 3.51, the Network

|                             Settings dialog box opens with the entry IBM

|                             TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER displayed in the

|                             Installed Adapter Cards section.  Select OK.

 

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 4.0, the Adapters

|                             dialog box reappears with the entry IBM TURBOWAYS

|                             25 ISA ADAPTER displayed.  Select CLOSE.

 

                      14. At the end of the driver reconfiguration, Windows NT

                          displays a message to restart the system.  Select the

                          option to restart the system.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  8-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  REMOVING THE DEVICE DRIVER

  __________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to remove the

                      driver using the STARTCD program, which invokes the

                      Windows NT Network program automatically and provides

                      viewable instructions.

 

                      NOTES:

 

                      1.  Before you remove the adapter from your computer,

                          always remove both the device drivers and the

                          configuration settings from the adapter.  Failure to

                          do so might mean that the adapter cannot be

                          configured in another machine.

 

                      2.  Always remove the device drivers before you remove

                                                           ______

                          the configuration settings from the adapter.

 

                      If you need to remove the device drivers in the future,

                      use the following procedure.

 

                      1.  If you are removing the device driver using the

|                         STARTCD program, continue with step 4.  Otherwise,

 

|                     2.  Determine the version of Windows NT that you are

|                         using.

 

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 3.51, continue with

|                             step 3.

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 4.0, go to step 6.

 

                      3.  Start Windows NT, go to the Program Manager, and

                          select MAIN.  From the Main group, select CONTROL

                          PANEL, and then select NETWORK.  The Network Settings

                          dialog box opens.

 

                      4.  In the Installed Adapter Cards list, select IBM

                          TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER, and then select REMOVE.

 

|                     5.  Go to step 10 on page 8-8.

 

|                     6.  Log into Windows NT, select START, select SETTINGS,

|                         and then select CONTROL PANEL.  The Control Panel

|                         appears.

 

|                     7.  Select NETWORK.  The Network window opens.

 

|                     8.  Select the ADAPTERS tab.  The Network Adapters dialog

|                         box opens.

 

|                     9.  Select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER, and then select

|                         REMOVE.

 

 

 

 

            Chapter 8.  Installing the Forum-Compliant Driver (Windows NT)  8-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      10. At the end of the driver removal, Windows NT displays

                          a message to restart the system.  Select the option

                          to restart the system.

 

                      11. If you are planning to remove the adapter from your

                          computer, go to "Removing the Configuration Settings"

                          on page 3-5, remove the adapter configuration, and

                          shut down your computer and unplug it before you

                          remove the adapter from the computer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  8-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CHAPTER 9.  INSTALLING THE CLASSICAL IP DRIVER IN A WINDOWS NT SYSTEM

  _____________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This chapter contains instructions for installing the

                      Classical IP device driver that the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter

                      needs to communicate over an ATM network.

 

 

  INSTALLING THE DRIVER USING WINDOWS NT

  ______________________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to install the

                      driver using the STARTCD program, which invokes the

                      Windows NT Network program automatically and provides

                      viewable instructions.

 

                      To install the Classical IP driver, perform the following

                      steps:

 

                      1.  If you are installing the driver using the STARTCD

|                         program, continue with step 5.  Otherwise,

 

|                     2.  Determine the version of Windows NT that you are

|                         using.

 

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 3.51, continue with

|                             step 3.

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 4.0, go to step 8.

 

|                     3.  Start Windows NT, go to the Program Manager, and

|                         select MAIN.  From the Main group, select CONTROL

                          PANEL, and then select NETWORK.

 

|                     4.  If you are prompted whether or not to install Windows

|                         NT Networking, select NO.

 

                      5.  Select ADD ADAPTER.  Windows NT presents you with a

                          list of known network adapters that you can install.

 

                      6.  Select <OTHER> REQUIRES DISK FROM MANUFACTURER (the

                          last option in the list), and then select CONTINUE.

                          The Insert Disk prompt appears.

 

|                     7.  Go to step 13 on page 9-2.

 

|                     8.  Log into Windows NT, select START, select SETTINGS

|                         and then select CONTROL PANEL.  The Control Panel

|                         appears.

 

|                     9.  Select NETWORK.

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              9-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

|                         NOTE:  If you are prompted whether or not to install

|                         Windows NT Networking, select NO.

 

|                         The Network window appears.

 

|                     10. Select the ADAPTERS tab.  The Network Adapters dialog

|                         box opens.

 

|                     11. Select ADD.  The Select Network Adapter window

|                         appears.

 

|                     12. Select the HAVE DISK... push button.  The Insert Disk

|                         prompt appears, asking you for the location of the

|                         device driver and the installation files.

 

                      13. Insert the TURBOWAYS 25 Windows NT Driver Diskette

                          that you created in "Creating and Using ATMAID and

|                         Driver Diskettes" on page 2-4  or downloaded from the

|                         Internet in your computer's diskette drive, type the

                          directory path to the driver files (usually A:\), and

                          then select OK.

 

                          The Select OEM Option dialog box opens.

 

                      14. Select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ADAPTER WITH CLASSICAL IP,

                          and then select OK.

 

                      15. If your computer has more than one type of bus, the

                          Bus Location dialog box opens.  Select ISA for the

                          Bus Type, and then select OK.  The Classical IP

                          Parameter Configuration dialog box opens.

 

|                     16. You can configure this machine either as a client

|                         (the default) or as an ARP server.  If you want to

|                         configure the machine as an ARP server, select YES

|                         for MAKE THIS STATION AN ARP SERVER.

 

                      17. Enter the following required parameter values:

 

                          o   The ARP server ATM address.  (This is the address

                              that you recorded on page 2-4.)

 

                          o   The IP address for the adapter.  (This is the IP

                              address that you recorded on page 2-3.)

 

                              NOTE:  Make sure that this is the same IP address

                              that is used to configure your IP stack.

 

                          o   The IP subnet mask for the adapter.  (This is the

                              subnet mask that you recorded on page 2-3.)

 

                              NOTE:  Make sure that this is the same subnet

                              mask that is used to configure your IP stack.

 

 

 

  9-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          o   The I/O address of the adapter.  (This is the

                              address that you recorded on page 3-2.)

 

                      18. The optional parameters have default values assigned

                          to them.  The defaults are set to maximize

                          performance for most installations; changing them is

                          not required.  Change the defaults only if you know

                          that you have a specific need to alter their values.

 

                          If you need information about any parameter value,

                          select that parameter field and then select HELP.

 

                      19. If you want to view additional optional parameters,

                          select ADVANCED....  The Advanced Parameter

                          Configuration dialog box opens with default values

                          assigned to the parameters.  Change the defaults only

                          if you know that you have a specific need to alter

                          their values.

 

                      20. When you have finished, select OK.  The program

                          checks the validity of each value and informs you of

                          any values that are not valid.  If a parameter value

                          is not valid, use the Help function to determine a

                          valid value, enter it, and select OK.

 

                          o   If you are using Windows NT 3.51, continue with

                              step 21.

 

                          o   If you are using Windows NT 4.0, go to step 24 on

                              page 9-4.

 

                      21. The Network Settings dialog box opens with the entry

                          IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER in the Installed Adapter

                          Cards section.

 

|                         o   If TCP/IP is not installed on your computer,

|                             continue with step 22.

 

|                         o   If TCP/IP is installed on your computer, Select

|                             OK to complete the installation and go to step

|                             23.

 

|                     22. Install TCP/IP on your computer.  Refer to your

|                         TCP/IP documentation for installation instructions.

|                         When the Network Settings dialog box reappears,

|                         select OK to complete the installation.

 

                      23. The TCP/IP Configuration dialog box opens.  Perform

                          the following steps:

 

                          A.  Select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER in the

                              adapter list.

 

                          B.  Type the following values:

 

 

               Chapter 9.  Installing the Classical IP Driver (Windows NT)  9-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                              o   The IP address for the adapter.  (This is the

                                  IP address that you recorded on page 2-3 and

                                  used in step 17 on page 9-2.)

 

                              o   The IP subnet mask for the adapter.  (This is

                                  the subnet mask that you recorded on page 2-3

                                  and used in step 17 on page 9-2.)

 

|                         C.  Select OK, and go to step 27.

 

|                     24. The Network dialog box opens with the entry IBM

|                         TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter in the Network Adapters

|                         section.

 

|                         o   If TCP/IP is not installed on your computer,

|                             continue with step 25.

 

|                         o   If TCP/IP is installed on your computer, Select

|                             CLOSE to complete the installation and go to step

|                             26.

 

|                     25. Install TCP/IP on your computer.  Refer to your

|                         TCP/IP documentation for installation instructions.

|                         When the Network dialog box reappears, select CLOSE

|                         to complete the installation.

 

                      26. The Microsoft TCP/IP Properties dialog box opens.

                          Perform the following steps:

 

                          A.  Select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER in the

                              adapter list.

 

                          B.  Type the following values:

 

                              o   The IP address for the adapter.  (This is the

                                  IP address that you recorded on page 2-3 and

                                  used in step 17 on page 9-2.)

 

                              o   The IP subnet mask for the adapter.  (This is

                                  the subnet mask that you recorded on page 2-3

                                  and used in step 17 on page 9-2.)

 

                          C.  Select CLOSE.

 

                      27. At the end of the driver installation, Windows NT

                          displays a message to restart the system.  Select the

                          option to restart the system, and remove any

                          diskettes in the diskette drive.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  9-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  RECONFIGURING THE DEVICE DRIVER

  _______________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to reconfigure

                      the driver using the STARTCD program, which invokes the

                      Windows NT Network program automatically and provides

                      viewable instructions.

 

                      After you have installed the device driver, you can

                      change the parameter values by performing the following

                      steps:

 

                      1.  If you are reconfiguring the driver using the STARTCD

|                         program, continue with step 4.  Otherwise,

 

|                     2.  Determine the version of Windows NT that you are

|                         using.

 

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 3.51, continue with

|                             step 3.

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 4.0, go to step 6.

 

                      3.  From the Main group, select CONTROL PANEL, and then

                          select NETWORK.

 

|                     4.    In the Installed Adapter Cards list, select IBM

|                         TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER, and then select

|                         CONFIGURE....  The Classical IP Parameter

                          Configuration window appears, listing the driver

                          parameters as they were configured last.

 

                          NOTE:  Use the Help function if you want to see the

                          parameter defaults.

 

|                     5.  Go to step 10.

 

|                     6.  Log into Windows NT, select START, select SETTINGS,

|                         and then select CONTROL PANEL.  The Control Panel

|                         appears.

 

|                     7.  Select NETWORK.  The Network window appears.

 

|                     8.  Select the ADAPTERS tab.  The Network Adapters dialog

|                         box opens.

 

|                     9.  Select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER and then select

|                         PROPERTIES.  The Classical IP Parameter Configuration

|                         window appears, listing the driver parameters as they

|                         were configured last.

 

|                         NOTE:  Use the Help function if you want to see the

|                         parameter defaults.

 

                      10. Change parameter values as is appropriate for your

                          host and network environment.

 

 

               Chapter 9.  Installing the Classical IP Driver (Windows NT)  9-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      11. Select ADVANCED to see optional parameters and their

                          default values, and make any appropriate changes.

 

                          NOTE:  The optional parameters have default values

                          assigned to them.  The defaults are set to maximize

                          performance for most installations; changing them is

                          not required.  Change the defaults only if you know

                          that you have a specific need to alter their values.

 

                          If you need information about any parameter value,

                          select that parameter field, and then select HELP.

 

                      12. When you have finished, select OK.

 

                          The program checks the validity of each value and

                          informs you of any values that are not valid.  If a

                          parameter value is not valid, use the Help function

                          to determine a valid value, enter it, and select OK.

 

|                     13. To complete the reconfiguration:

 

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 3.51, the Network

|                             Settings dialog box opens with the entry IBM

|                             TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER displayed in the

|                             Installed Adapter Cards section.  Select OK.

 

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 4.0, the Adapters

|                             dialog box reappears with the entry IBM TURBOWAYS

|                             25 ISA ADAPTER displayed.  Select CLOSE.

 

                      14. At the end of the driver reconfiguration, Windows NT

                          displays a message to restart the system.  Select the

                          option to restart the system.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  9-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  REMOVING THE DEVICE DRIVER

  __________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to remove the

                      driver using the STARTCD program, which invokes the

                      Windows NT Network program automatically and provides

                      viewable instructions.

 

                      NOTES:

 

                      1.  Before you remove the adapter from your computer,

                          always remove both the device drivers and the

                          configuration settings from the adapter.  Failure to

                          do so might mean that the adapter cannot be

                          configured in another machine.

 

                      2.  Always remove the device drivers before you remove

                                                           ______

                          the configuration settings from the adapter.

 

                      If you need to remove the device drivers in the future,

                      use the following procedure.

 

                      1.  If you are removing the device driver using the

|                         STARTCD program, continue with step 4.  Otherwise,

 

|                     2.  Determine the version of Windows NT that you are

|                         using.

 

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 3.51, continue with

|                             step 3.

|                         o   If you are using Windows NT 4.0, go to step 6.

 

                      3.  Start Windows NT, go to the Program Manager, and

                          select MAIN.  From the Main group, select CONTROL

                          PANEL, and then select NETWORK.  The Network Settings

                          dialog box opens.

 

|                     4.  In the Installed Adapter Cards list, select IBM

|                         TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER, select REMOVE, and then

|                         select YES.

 

|                     5.  Go to step 10 on page 9-8.

 

|                     6.  Log into Windows NT, select START, select SETTINGS,

|                         and then select CONTROL PANEL.  The Control Panel

|                         appears.

 

|                     7.  Select NETWORK.  The Network window opens.

 

|                     8.  Select the ADAPTERS tab.  The Network Adapters dialog

|                         box opens.

 

|                     9.  Select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER, select REMOVE,

|                         and then select YES.

 

 

 

               Chapter 9.  Installing the Classical IP Driver (Windows NT)  9-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      10. At the end of the driver removal, Windows NT displays

                          a message to restart the system.  Select the option

                          to restart the system.

 

                      11. If you are planning to remove the adapter from your

                          computer, go to "Removing the Configuration Settings"

                          on page 3-5, remove the adapter configuration, and

                          shut down your computer and unplug it before you

                          remove the adapter from the computer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  9-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CHAPTER 10.  INSTALLING THE FORUM-COMPLIANT LE DRIVER IN A WINDOWS 95 SYSTEM

  ____________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This chapter contains instructions for installing the ATM

                      Forum-compliant LAN emulation device driver that the

                      TURBOWAYS 25 adapter needs to communicate over an ATM

                      network.

 

                      NOTE:  At the time of publication of this manual, the

                      Windows 95 ATM Forum-compliant LAN emulation driver

                      diskette image was not available.  It will be available

                      at a later time as a corrective service diskette (CSD).

                      To obtain a copy, see "Obtaining TURBOWAYS 25 Corrective

                      Service Diskettes" on page 12-14.

 

 

  INSTALLING THE DRIVER USING WINDOWS 95

  ______________________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to install the

                      driver using the STARTCD program, which invokes the

                      Windows 95 Add New Hardware program automatically and

                      provides viewable instructions.

 

                      NOTES:

 

                      1.  It is recommended that you install the ATM

                          Forum-compliant LAN emulation driver before you

                                                               ______

                          configure the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter in your computer.

                          By installing the driver first, you can ensure that

                          the adapter's configuration parameters do not

                          conflict with your computer's existing devices.

 

                      2.  Before beginning this procedure, make sure that you

                          have your Windows 95 diskettes or CD-ROM.  You will

                          need them to install the device driver.

 

                      1.  If you are installing the driver using the STARTCD

                          program, go to step 3.  Otherwise, select START,

                          SETTINGS, and CONTROL PANEL.  The Control Panel

                          appears.

 

                      2.  Select ADD NEW HARDWARE.  The Add New Hardware window

                          appears.

 

                      3.  Select NEXT in the Add New Hardware window.  The Add

                          New Hardware Wizard window appears.

 

                      4.  Select NO to choose manual installation, and then

                          select NEXT.  The Hardware Types window appears.

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                             10-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      5.  Select NETWORK ADAPTERS, and then select NEXT.  The

                          Manufacturers and Models dialog boxes appear.

 

                      6.  Select the HAVE DISK push button.  The Install from

                          Disk window appears.

 

                      7.  If you are installing the driver from the CD-ROM,

                          type the directory path to the driver files

                          (X:\WIN95, where X: is the CD-ROM drive), and then

                           __              __

                          select OK.

 

                          If you are installing the driver from a diskette,

                          insert the TURBOWAYS 25 Windows 95 Driver Diskette

                          that you created in "Creating and Using ATMAID and

                          Driver Diskettes" on page 2-4 in your computer's

                          diskette drive, type the directory path to the driver

                          files (usually A:\), and then select OK.

 

                          The Select Device window appears with a list of

                          available drivers.

 

                      8.  Select TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER WITH LAN EMULATION

                          (ETHERNET), or TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER WITH LAN

                          EMULATION (TOKEN-RING), and then select OK.

 

                      9.  The Add New Hardware Wizard window reappears and

                          displays the resource parameter values that Windows

                          95 has selected for your adapter.  Record these

                          values.  You need to know these values when you

                          configure the adapter.

 

                      10. Select NEXT.  The Properties window appears with a

                          list of adapter parameters.

 

                      11. The Automatic Configuration Mode parameter determines

                          whether or not your system will try to configure the

                          TURBOWAYS 25 LES ATM address automatically (see

                          "Special Addresses" on page 2-2).  The default is No.

 

                          If your network is not able to configure the

                          TURBOWAYS 25 LES ATM address automatically, you must

                          type the 40-character, hexadecimal LE Server ATM

                          address.  (This is the address that you recorded on

                          page 2-2.)

 

                          If your network can configure the TURBOWAYS 25 LES

                          ATM address automatically by using a LAN Emulation

                          Configuration Server (LECS), select Automatic

                          Configuration Mode by choosing YES.

 

                      12. If you want your computer to join a particular LAN,

                          type the optional Emulated LAN Name.  Contact your

                          network administrator if you are unsure about the

                          Emulated LAN Name.

 

 

  10-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          NOTE:  Emulated LAN Names can be case-sensitive.

 

                      13. If you want your computer to continue to communicate

                          with other stations also using Enhanced Mode during

                          certain types of network failure (such as an LES

                          failure), select ENHANCED MODE.

 

                      14. Select the I/O address.  (Make sure that this address

                          is the same as the address that you recorded in step

                          8 on page 10-2.)

 

                      15. Make sure that the value of Maximum Frame Size is

                          appropriate for your network.  Contact your network

                          administrator if you are unsure about the maximum

                          frame size value.

 

                      16. If you want to use the universally administered MAC

                          address, leave the next parameter, Network Address,

                          blank.  If you want to use a locally administered MAC

                          address, type the 12-character, hexadecimal address

                          that you recorded on page 2-2.

 

                      17. When you have finished entering these values, select

                          OK.  Windows 95 begins copying files to your

                          computer's hard disk.

 

                      18. If the program prompts you to insert the Windows 95

                          diskettes or CD-ROM, follow the instructions in the

                          window.

 

                          If you are installing the driver from the CD-ROM,

                          type the directory path to the driver files

                          (X:\WIN95, where X: is the CD-ROM drive), and then

                           __              __

                          select OK.

 

                          If you are installing the driver from a diskette,

                          type the directory path to the driver files (usually

                          A:\), and then select OK.

 

                      19. The Add New Hardware Wizard window reappears.  Select

                          FINISH.  The System Settings Change window appears.

 

                      20. Select the option to shut down your computer.

 

                      21. Insert the ATMAID Diskette in your computer's

                          diskette drive, and switch on your computer.  The

                          Main panel of the ATMAID program appears.

 

                      22. Select CONFIGURE ADAPTER.  Make sure that the values

                          configure for the parameters are the same as the

                          values that you recorded in step 8 on page 10-2.

 

                      23. Exit the ATMAID program, remove the ATMAID Diskette

                          from your computer, and restart Windows 95.

 

 

          Chapter 10.  Installing the Forum-Compliant Driver (Windows 95)  10-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  RECONFIGURING THE DEVICE DRIVER

  _______________________________

 

                      The parameters have default values assigned to them.  The

                      defaults are set to maximize performance for most

                      installations; changing them is not required.  Change the

                      defaults only if you know that you have a specific need

                      to alter their values.

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to change the

                      advanced parameters using the STARTCD program, which

                      invokes the Windows 95 Network program automatically and

                      provides viewable instructions.

 

                      1.  If you are reconfiguring the device driver using the

                          STARTCD program, go to step 3.  Otherwise, select

                          START, SETTINGS, and CONTROL PANEL.  The Control

                          Panel appears.

 

                      2.  Select NETWORK.  The Network settings window appears.

 

                      3.  In the CONFIGURATION tab, select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA

                          ADAPTER WITH LAN EMULATION, and then select

                          PROPERTIES.  The TURBOWAYS 25 Adapter Properties

                          window appears,

 

                      4.  Select the ADVANCED tab to see all the driver

                          parameters as they were configured last.

 

                      5.  Change parameter values as is appropriate for your

                          host and network environment.

 

                      6.  When you have finished, select OK to complete the

                          reconfiguration.

 

                      7.  At the end of the driver reconfiguration, Windows 95

                          displays a message to shut down the system.  Select

                          the option to shut down and restart the system.

 

 

  REMOVING THE DEVICE DRIVER

  __________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to remove the

                      device driver using the STARTCD program, which invokes

                      the Windows 95 System program automatically and provides

                      viewable instructions.

 

                      NOTES:

 

                      1.  Before you remove the adapter from your computer,

                          always remove both the device driver and the

                          configuration settings from the adapter.  Failure to

                          do so might mean that the adapter cannot be

                          configured in another machine.

 

 

 

  10-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      2.  Always remove the device drivers before you remove

                                                           ______

                          the configuration settings from the adapter.

 

                      If you need to remove the device driver in the future,

                      use the following procedure.

 

                      1.  If you are removing the device driver using the

                          STARTCD program, go to step 4.  Otherwise, select

                          START, SETTINGS, and CONTROL PANEL.  The Control

                          Panel appears.

 

                      2.  Select SYSTEM.  The System Properties window appears.

 

                      3.  Select the DEVICE MANAGER tab.  A list of hardware

                          devices appears.

 

                      4.  Select the + next to NETWORK ADAPTERS, select

                          TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER WITH LAN EMULATION, and then

                          select REMOVE.

 

                      5.  At the end of the driver removal, Windows 95 displays

                          a message to shut down the system.  Select the option

                          to shut down the system.

 

                      6.  If you are planning to remove the adapter from your

                          computer, go to "Removing the Configuration Settings"

                          on page 3-5, remove the adapter configuration, and

                          shut down your computer and unplug it before you

                          remove the adapter from the computer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

          Chapter 10.  Installing the Forum-Compliant Driver (Windows 95)  10-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  10-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CHAPTER 11.  INSTALLING THE CLASSICAL IP DRIVER IN A WINDOWS 95 SYSTEM

  ______________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This chapter contains instructions for installing the

                      Classical IP device driver that the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter

                      needs to communicate over an ATM network.

 

 

  INSTALLING THE DRIVER USING WINDOWS 95

  ______________________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to install the

                      driver using the STARTCD program, which invokes the

                      Windows 95 Add New Hardware program automatically and

                      provides viewable instructions.

 

                      NOTES:

 

                      1.  It is recommended that you install the Classical IP

                          driver before you configure the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter

                                 ______

                          in your computer.  By installing the driver first,

                          you can ensure that the adapter's configuration

                          parameters do not conflict with your computer's

                          existing devices.

 

                      2.  Before beginning this procedure, make sure that you

                          have your Windows 95 diskettes or CD-ROM.  You will

                          need them to install the device driver.

 

                      1.  If you are installing the driver using the STARTCD

                          program, go to step 3.  Otherwise, select START,

                          SETTINGS, and CONTROL PANEL.  The Control Panel

                          appears.

 

                      2.  Select ADD NEW HARDWARE.  The Add New Hardware window

                          appears.

 

                      3.  Select NEXT in the Add New Hardware window.  The Add

                          New Hardware Wizard window appears.

 

                      4.  Select NO to choose manual installation, and then

                          select NEXT.  The Hardware Type window appears.

 

                      5.  Select NETWORK ADAPTERS, and then select NEXT.  The

                          Manufacturers and Models dialog box appears.

 

                      6.  Select the HAVE DISK push button.  The Install from

                          Disk window appears.

 

                      7.  If you are installing the driver from the CD-ROM,

                          type the directory path to the driver files

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                             11-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          (X:\WIN95, where X: is the CD-ROM drive), and then

                           __              __

                          select OK.

 

                          If you are installing the driver from a diskette,

                          insert the TURBOWAYS 25 Windows 95 Driver Diskette

                          that you created in "Creating and Using ATMAID and

                          Driver Diskettes" on page 2-4 in your computer's

                          diskette drive, type the directory path to the driver

                          files (usually A:\), and then select OK.

 

                          The Select Device window appears with a list of

                          available drivers.

 

                      8.  Select TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER WITH CLASSICAL IP,

                          and then select OK.

 

                      9.  The Add New Hardware Wizard window reappears and

                          displays the resource parameter values that Windows

                          95 has selected for your adapter.  Record these

                          values.  You will need to know these values to

                          configure the adapter.

 

                      10. Select NEXT.  The TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter with

                          Classical IP Properties window appears.

 

                      11. Type the ARP server ATM address of the adapter.

                          (This is the address that you recorded on page 2-4.)

 

                      12. Select the I/O address of the adapter.  (This is the

                          I/O address that you recorded in step 8.)

 

                      13. Type the IP address of the adapter.  (This is the IP

                          address that you recorded on page 2-3.)

 

                          NOTE:  Make sure that this is the same address that

                          is used to configure your IP stack.

 

                      14. Type the IP subnet mask of the adapter.  (This is the

                          subnet mask that you recorded on page 2-3.)

 

                          NOTE:  Make sure that this is the same subnet mask

                          that is used to configure your IP stack.

 

                      15. When you have finished entering these values, select

                          OK.  Windows 95 begins copying files to your

                          computer's hard disk.

 

                      16. If the program prompts you to insert the Windows 95

                          diskettes or CD-ROM, follow the instructions in the

                          window.

 

                          If you are installing the driver from the CD-ROM,

                          type the directory path to the driver files

 

 

 

  11-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          (X:\WIN95, where X: is the CD-ROM drive), and then

                           __              __

                          select OK.

 

                          If you are installing the driver from a diskette,

                          type the directory path to the driver files (usually

                          A:\), and then select OK.

 

                      17. The Add New Hardware Wizard window reappears.  Select

                          FINISH.  The System Settings Change window appears.

 

                      18. Remove any diskette from your computer's diskette

                          drive, and select the option not to shut down your

                          computer.

 

                      19. Select START, SETTINGS, and CONTROL PANEL.  The

                          Control Panel appears.

 

                      20. Select NETWORK.  The Network window appears.

 

                      21. In the CONFIGURATION tab, perform one of the

                          following actions:

 

                          o   If the TCP/IP protocol is not listed in the

                              configuration list, select ADD, and continue with

                              step 22.

 

                          o   If the TCP/IP protocol is listed in the

                              configuration list, go to step 24.

 

                      22. Select PROTOCOL from the Network Component Type list,

                          and then select ADD.

 

                      23. Select MICROSOFT from the Manufacturers list and

                          TCP/IP from the Network Protocols list, and then

                          select OK.  The TCP/IP protocol appears in the

                          configuration list.

 

                          NOTE:  This procedure uses Microsoft as the example.

                          If you select another manufacturer, the following

                          steps will be similar for that choice.

 

                      24. From the Network window, select the appropriate

                          TCP/IP protocol.

 

                      25. Select PROPERTIES.  The TCP/IP Properties window

                          appears.

 

                      26. Select the IP ADDRESS tab, and then select SPECIFY AN

                          IP ADDRESS.

 

                      27. Type the following values:

 

 

 

 

 

             Chapter 11.  Installing the Classical IP Driver (Windows 95)  11-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          o   The IP address of the adapter.  (This is the IP

                              address that you recorded on page 2-3 and used in

                              step 13 on page 11-2.)

 

                          o   The IP subnet mask of the adapter.  (This is the

                              subnet mask that you recorded on page 2-3 and

                              used in step 14 on page 11-2.)

 

                          and then select OK.

 

                      28. If other protocols have been installed by Windows 95

                          (such as NetBEUI and IPX/SPX), remove them by

                          selecting the protocol, and then selecting REMOVE.

                          Only TCP/IP can be used with the TURBOWAYS 25

                          Classical IP driver.

 

                      29. When you have finished, select OK to exit the Network

                          program.

 

                      30. Shut down your system, insert the ATMAID Diskette in

                          your computer's diskette drive, and switch on your

                          computer.  The Welcome panel of the ATMAID program

                          appears.

 

                      31. Select CONTINUE.  The Main panel appears.

 

                      32. Select CONFIGURE ADAPTER.  Make sure that the values

                          configured for the parameters are the same as the

                          values that you recorded in step 8 on page 11-2.

 

                      33. Select STORE and then OK.

 

                      34. Exit the ATMAID program, remove the ATMAID Diskette

                          from your computer, and restart Windows 95.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  11-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  RECONFIGURING THE DEVICE DRIVER

  _______________________________

 

                      The parameters have default values assigned to them.  The

                      defaults are set to maximize performance for most

                      installations; changing them is not required.  Change the

                      defaults only if you know that you have a specific need

                      to alter their values.

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to change the

                      advanced parameters using the STARTCD program, which

                      invokes the Windows 95 Network program automatically and

                      provides viewable instructions.

 

                      1.  If you are reconfiguring the device driver using the

                          STARTCD program, go to step 3.  Otherwise, select

                          START, SETTINGS, and CONTROL PANEL.  The Control

                          Panel appears.

 

                      2.  Select NETWORK.  The Network settings window appears.

 

                      3.  In the CONFIGURATION tab, select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA

                          ADAPTER WITH CLASSICAL IP, and then select

                          PROPERTIES.  The TURBOWAYS 25 Adapter Properties

                          window appears,

 

                      4.  Select the ADVANCED tab to see all the driver

                          parameters as they were configured last.

 

                      5.  Change parameter values as is appropriate for your

                          host and network environment.

 

                      6.  When you have finished, select OK to complete the

                          reconfiguration.

 

                      7.  At the end of the driver reconfiguration, Windows 95

                          displays a message to shut down the system.  Select

                          the option to shut down the system.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

             Chapter 11.  Installing the Classical IP Driver (Windows 95)  11-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  REMOVING THE DEVICE DRIVER

  __________________________

 

                      If you have a CD-ROM drive, it is better to remove the

                      device driver using the STARTCD program, which invokes

                      the Windows 95 System program automatically and provides

                      viewable instructions.

 

                      NOTES:

 

                      1.  Before you remove the adapter from your computer,

                          always remove both the device driver and the

                          configuration settings from the adapter.  Failure to

                          do so might mean that the adapter cannot be

                          configured in another machine.

 

                      2.  Always remove the device drivers before you remove

                                                           ______

                          the configuration settings from the adapter.

 

                      If you need to remove the device driver in the future,

                      use the following procedure.

 

                      1.  If you are removing the device driver using the

                          STARTCD program, go to step 4.  Otherwise, select

                          START, SETTINGS, and CONTROL PANEL.  The Control

                          Panel appears.

 

                      2.  Select SYSTEM.  The System Properties window appears.

 

                      3.  Select the DEVICE MANAGER tab.  A list of hardware

                          devices appears.

 

                      4.  Select the + next to NETWORK ADAPTERS, select

                          TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER WITH CLASSICAL IP, and then

                          select REMOVE.

 

                      5.  At the end of the driver removal, Windows 95 displays

                          a message to shut down the system.  Select the option

                          to shut down the system.

 

                      6.  If you are planning to remove the adapter from your

                          computer, go to "Removing the Configuration Settings"

                          on page 3-5, remove the adapter configuration, and

                          shut down your computer and unplug it before you

                          remove the adapter from the computer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  11-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CHAPTER 12.  PROBLEM SOLVING, HELP, AND SERVICE INFORMATION

  ___________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This chapter contains procedures that help you

                      troubleshoot problems with the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter and

                      obtain additional assistance and service for your

                      adapter.

 

 

  PROBLEM SOLVING

  _______________

 

                      If you were not able to complete the driver installation

                      procedures successfully, or if a TURBOWAYS 25 adapter is

                      not operating correctly, use the following steps to start

                      the problem-solving process:

 

                      1.  In Table 12-1, locate the symptom that best describes

                          the problem.

 

                      2.  Follow the recommended actions for resolving the

                          problem.

 

                          +---------------------------------------------------+

                          | Table 12-1 (Page 1 of 2). Problems and            |

                          |            Recommended Actions                    |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | PROBLEM         | RECOMMENDED ACTION              |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | The system      | Invoke the ATMAID program by    |

                          | halts while     | booting the computer from the   |

                          | running the     | ATMAID Diskette.  If the        |

                          | ATMAID program  | problem persists, go to         |

                          |                 | "Solving Problems with Resource |

                          |                 | Conflicts" on page 12-6.        |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | Errors noted    | Go to "Solving Problems with    |

                          | while testing   | Adapter Installation" on        |

                          | the adapter     | page 12-3.                      |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | Problem with    | Go to "Solving Problems with    |

                          | loading the     | Driver Installation" on         |

                          | drivers         | page 12-4.                      |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | Problem with    | Go to "Testing the Adapter" on  |

                          | the adapter's   | page 3-6.                       |

                          | operation       |                                 |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                             12-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          +---------------------------------------------------+

                          | Table 12-1 (Page 2 of 2). Problems and            |

                          |            Recommended Actions                    |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | PROBLEM         | RECOMMENDED ACTION              |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | The adapter     | Go to "Solving an Adapter       |

                          | cannot          | Communication Problem" on       |

                          | communicate on  | page 12-7.                      |

                          | the network,    |                                 |

                          | but other       |                                 |

                          | stations on the |                                 |

                          | network can     |                                 |

                          | communicate     |                                 |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | NetWare client  | Go to "Solving a NetWare Client |

                          | software is not | Installation Problem (DOS and   |

                          | functioning     | Windows)" on page 12-12.        |

                          | correctly       |                                 |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | Graphics are    | Use a VGA or better monitor.    |

                          | not appearing   |                                 |

                          | correctly       |                                 |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | The system      | Go to "Solving Problems with    |

                          | cannot boot     | Resource Conflicts" on          |

                          |                 | page 12-6.                      |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | You have        | Make sure that the conditions   |

                          | difficulty      | described in "IBM TCP/IP        |

                          | using the       | Environments" on page E-8 (for  |

                          | adapter with    | LAN emulation) or "IBM TCP/IP   |

                          | IBM TCP/IP for  | Environments" on page F-2 (for  |

                          | DOS             | Classical IP) have been met.    |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | Protocol        | Go to "Solving Problems with    |

                          | Manager fails   | Protocol Manager (DOS and       |

                          |                 | Windows)" on page 12-12.        |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

                          | NETBIND fails   | Go to "Solving Problems with    |

                          |                 | NETBIND (DOS and Windows)" on   |

                          |                 | page 12-13.                     |

                          +-----------------+---------------------------------+

 

 

  OBTAINING MORE HELP

  ___________________

 

                      If you are still having problems after trying the

                      suggested actions in Table 12-1, see "Help and Service

                      Information" on page 12-13 for information on obtaining

                      service for your adapter.

 

 

 

 

 

  12-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  SOLVING PROBLEMS WITH ADAPTER INSTALLATION

  __________________________________________

 

                      This section contains information about problems that you

                      might encounter during adapter installation.  Use this

                      section if you suspect a problem with the adapter.

 

                      1.  Follow the instructions under "Testing the Adapter"

                          on page 3-6 to begin testing the adapter.

 

                          If an error occurs, the diagnostics program will

                          display an error message, a suggested action to

                          correct the problem, and an error code.  Make a note

                          of the error message and error code.

 

                      2.  If you receive an error message, try the suggested

                          action and run the test again, starting at "Testing

                          the Adapter."

 

                      3.  If the problem persists after testing the adapter

                          again, verify that the following conditions have been

                          met before having the computer serviced:

 

                          o   The cable or wrap plug is firmly attached to the

                              adapter.

 

                          o   The adapter is firmly seated in the expansion

                              slot.

 

                          o   You are using the appropriate adapter cables for

                              your system.  Failure to use ATM Forum-compliant

                              cabling when necessary can hinder successful

                              adapter installation.  See Appendix I, "ATM

                              25-Mbps Interface Wiring Standards and Cable

                              Specifications" for a description of the

                              compatible adapter cables.

 

                          o   If you are using a wrap plug, you are using an

                              ATM wrap plug (P/N 42H0540) or equivalent.  See

                              "RJ-45 ATM Wrap Plug Specifications" on page I-7

                              for more information on the RJ-45 ATM wrap plug.

 

                          If any of the above conditions have not been met,

                          correct any problems and run the test again, starting

                          with the first step under "Testing the Adapter" on

                          page 3-6.

 

                          If all of the above conditions have been met, have

                          your computer, adapter, or adapter cable serviced if

                          necessary.  See "Help and Service Information" on

                          page 12-13 for information on obtaining help and

                          service.

 

 

 

 

 

              Chapter 12.  Problem Solving, Help, and Service Information  12-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  SOLVING PROBLEMS WITH DRIVER INSTALLATION

  _________________________________________

 

                      Use these procedures if the TURBOWAYS 25 drivers are not

                      loading correctly.

 

 

  DOS, WINDOWS, AND OS/2

 

                      The drivers are not loading correctly if:

 

                      o   You do NOT see a series of driver messages similar to

                                 ___

                          these:

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ADAPTER DEVICE DRIVER VERSION    |

                      | X.XX                                                  |

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | (C) COPYRIGHT IBM CORP. 1994, 1996.  ALL RIGHTS       |

                      | RESERVED.                                             |

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | ATW0003 TURBOWAYS ATM ADAPTER UNIVERSAL ADDRESS IS    |

                      | XXXXXXXXXXXX                                          |

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

 

                      o   You receive an error message in the form ATWxxxx,

                          LT8xxxx, or DXMxxxx.

 

                      o   You receive no messages at all.

 

                      1.  Ensure that you correctly followed the procedures in

                          one of the following chapters:

 

                          o   Chapter 4, "Installing the Forum-Compliant LE

                              Driver in a DOS or Windows System"

 

                          o   Chapter 5, "Installing the Classical IP Driver in

                              a DOS or Windows System"

 

                          o   Chapter 6, "Installing the Forum-Compliant LE

                              Driver in an OS/2 System"

 

                          o   Chapter 7, "Installing the Classical IP Driver in

                              an OS/2 System"

 

                      2.  In Table 12-2 on page 12-5, locate the symptom or

                          message you are receiving and perform the recommended

                          actions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  12-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table 12-2. Investigating Driver Installation         |

                      |             Messages and Problems                     |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | SYMPTOM/MESSAGE  | RECOMMENDED ACTION                 |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | Message prefix   | Go to "NDIS MAC Driver Messages    |

                      | ATW              | for DOS and Windows" on page G-2   |

                      |                  | or "OS/2 Driver Messages" on       |

                      |                  | page G-18.                         |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | Message prefix   | Go to "ODI-to-NDIS Mapper Messages |

                      | LT8              | for DOS and Windows" on page G-10. |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | Message prefix   | Refer to your LSP documentation.   |

                      | DXM              |                                    |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | Other messages   | Consult your network application   |

                      |                  | documentation:  for example, your  |

                      |                  | NetWare documentation.             |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | You receive no   | Reinstall the driver.  If the      |

                      | messages at all  | problem persists, contact your     |

                      |                  | service personnel.                 |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | Adapter software | Invoke the setup program by        |

                      | has been         | booting the computer from the      |

                      | installed on     | ATMAID Diskette.                   |

                      | your hard disk,  |                                    |

                      | but the setup    |                                    |

                      | program does not |                                    |

                      | run              |                                    |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

 

 

  WINDOWS NT

 

                      Use this procedure if the TURBOWAYS 25 drivers are not

                      loading correctly.

 

                      1.  Ensure that you correctly followed the procedures in

                          one of the following chapters:

 

                          o   Chapter 8, "Installing the Forum-Compliant LE

                              Driver in a Windows NT System"

 

                          o   Chapter 9, "Installing the Classical IP Driver in

                              a Windows NT System"

 

                      2.  Go to the Program Manager and select ADMINISTRATIVE

                          TOOLS.  The Administrative Tools group appears.

 

                      3.  Select EVENT VIEWER and look for the events from the

                          device driver source (AT25LE for LAN emulation or

 

 

              Chapter 12.  Problem Solving, Help, and Service Information  12-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          AT25IP for Classical IP).  These events have the

                          following event numbers assigned:

 

                          o   5001

                          o   5002

                          o   5004

                          o   5005

                          o   5008

                          o   5009

                          o   5010

 

                      4.  Select the event that you want to examine.  The Event

                          Detail dialog box opens.  Its Description window

                          contains information about the event.

 

                      5.  In "Windows NT Driver Messages" on page G-18, locate

                          the event number and driver message of the event and

                          follow the recommended actions for resolving the

                          problem.

 

 

  WINDOWS 95

 

                      Use this procedure if the TURBOWAYS 25 drivers are not

                      loading correctly.

 

                      1.  Ensure that you correctly followed the procedures in

                          one of the following chapters:

 

                          o   Chapter 10, "Installing the Forum-Compliant LE

                              Driver in a Windows 95 System"

 

                          o   Chapter 11, "Installing the Classical IP Driver

                              in a Windows 95 System"

 

                      2.  Make sure that the configured parameters are correct.

 

                      3.  If the problem persists, contact your service

                          personnel.

 

 

  SOLVING PROBLEMS WITH RESOURCE CONFLICTS

  ________________________________________

 

                      A TURBOWAYS 25 adapter that contains a previous

                      configuration can cause problems.  This can occur when a

                      TURBOWAYS 25 adapter has been configured in one machine

                      for use in another machine or when a TURBOWAYS 25 adapter

                      has been moved from one machine to another without first

                      removing the existing adapter configuration.

 

                      To correct the problem, remove the existing adapter

                      configuration settings by running the ATMAID program (see

                      "Removing the Configuration Settings" on page 3-5) and

 

 

 

  12-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      using the Remove push button on the Configure Adapter

                      panel.

 

                      If your system will not boot, remove the adapter, install

                      it in the machine that was used to configure it, and then

                      remove the existing adapter configuration settings.

 

 

  VIEWING RESOURCES (WINDOWS NT)

 

                      In a Windows NT 3.51 system, it is possible that your

                      adapter has been configured in such a way that it has a

                      conflict with another adapter in your machine.  You can

                      perform the following steps to see which resources are

                      assigned to the system.

 

                      1.  Go to the Program Manager and select ADMINISTRATIVE

                          TOOLS.  The Administrative Tools group appears.

 

                      2.  Select WINDOWS NT DIAGNOSTICS.  The Windows NT

                          Diagnostics dialog box opens.

 

                      3.  Select IRQ/PORT STATUS to see the interrupt levels

                          and I/O addresses that are in use.

 

                      4.  Select DMA/MEMORY to see the DMA channels that are in

                          use.

 

 

  SOLVING AN ADAPTER COMMUNICATION PROBLEM

  ________________________________________

 

                      Use these procedures if the adapter loads but is unable

                      to communicate in the network while other stations are

                      able to communicate.

 

 

  DOS, WINDOWS, AND OS/2

 

                      You would have an adapter communication problem if:

 

                      o   You see a series of driver messages similar to these:

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ADAPTER DEVICE DRIVER VERSION    |

                      | X.XX                                                  |

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | (C) COPYRIGHT IBM CORP. 1994, 1996.  ALL RIGHTS       |

                      | RESERVED.                                             |

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | ATW0003 TURBOWAYS ATM ADAPTER UNIVERSAL ADDRESS IS    |

                      | XXXXXXXXXXXX                                          |

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

 

                          but the adapter cannot communicate with the network.

 

 

              Chapter 12.  Problem Solving, Help, and Service Information  12-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      o   You see error messages such as:

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | ATW009 AN UNRECOVERABLE ERROR OCCURRED WHILE THE      |

                      |        TURBOWAYS 25 ATM DEVICE DRIVER PROGRAM WAS     |

                      |        ATTEMPTING TO REGISTER WITH THE PROTOCOL       |

                      |        MANAGER.                                       |

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

 

                          or

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | ATW015 A MEDIA ERROR OCCURRED.  ENSURE THAT THE       |

                      |        ADAPTER IS CONNECTED TO THE NETWORK.           |

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

 

                      1.  Verify that the appropriate adapter cable is

                          connected to the adapter and to the network.  Failure

                          to use ATM Forum-compliant cabling when necessary

                          will prevent the adapter from communicating with the

                          network.  See Appendix I, "ATM 25-Mbps Interface

                          Wiring Standards and Cable Specifications" for a

                          description of the compatible adapter cables.

 

                      2.  Replace the adapter cable with a known, good cable.

 

                      3.  Verify that the adapter is firmly seated in the

                          expansion slot.

 

                      4.  If you used a locally administered MAC address during

                          device driver installation, verify that you entered

                          the correct MAC address.  (This is the address that

                          you recorded on page 2-2.)  The value of the MAC_ADDR

                          parameter is located in the appropriate PROTOCOL.INI

                          file.

 

                      5.  For LAN emulation, if you entered an LES ATM address

                          during device driver installation, verify that it is

                          correct.  (This is the address that you recorded on

                          page 2-2.)  The value of the LES_ATM_ADDR parameter

                          is located in the appropriate PROTOCOL.INI file.

 

                      6.  If you are using Classical IP, verify that you

                          entered the correct IP address, IP subnet mask, and

                          ARP server ATM address during device driver

                          installation.  (These are the values that you

                          recorded on page 2-3.)  The values of the IP_ADDR,

                          IP_MASK, and ARPSERV_ATM_ADDR parameters are located

                          in the appropriate PROTOCOL.INI file.

 

                          NOTE:  Make sure that the IP address and IP subnet

                          mask are the same as those used to configure your IP

                          stack.

 

 

 

  12-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      7.  Verify that the network application or other network

                          software is operating correctly on the computer in

                          which the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter is installed.

 

                      8.  Use "Testing the Adapter" on page 3-6 to run the

                          adapter diagnostics.  If the tests are completed

                          successfully, contact your network administrator.

 

 

  WINDOWS NT

 

                      Use the following procedure if the adapter loads but is

                      unable to communicate in the network while other stations

                      are able to communicate.

 

                      1.  Go to the Program Manager and select ADMINISTRATIVE

                          TOOLS.  The Administrative Tools group appears.

 

                      2.  Select EVENT VIEWER and look for the events from the

                          device driver source (AT25LE for LAN emulation or

                          AT25IP for Classical IP).  These events have the

                          following event numbers assigned:

 

                          o   5001

                          o   5002

                          o   5004

                          o   5005

                          o   5008

                          o   5009

                          o   5010

 

                      3.  Select the event that you want to examine.  The Event

                          Detail dialog box opens.  Its Description window

                          contains information about the event.

 

                      4.  In "Windows NT Driver Messages" on page G-18, locate

                          the event number and driver message of the event and

                          follow the recommended actions for resolving the

                          problem.

 

                      5.  Verify that the appropriate adapter cable is

                          connected to the adapter and to the network.  Failure

                          to use ATM Forum-compliant cabling when necessary

                          will prevent the adapter from communicating with the

                          network.  See Appendix I, "ATM 25-Mbps Interface

                          Wiring Standards and Cable Specifications" for a

                          description of the compatible adapter cables.

 

                      6.  Replace the adapter cable with a known, good cable.

 

                      7.  Verify that the adapter is firmly seated in the

                          expansion slot.

 

 

 

 

              Chapter 12.  Problem Solving, Help, and Service Information  12-9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      8.  If you used a locally administered network address

                          during device driver installation, verify that you

                          entered the correct network address.  (This is the

                          address that you recorded on page 2-2.)  View your

                          adapter configuration to determine the configured

                          network address.

 

                      9.  For LAN emulation, if you entered an LES ATM address

                          during device driver installation, verify that it is

                          correct.  (This is the address that you recorded on

                          page 2-2.)  View your adapter configuration to

                          determine the configured LES ATM address.

 

                      10. If you are using Classical IP, verify that you

                          entered the correct IP address, IP subnet mask, and

                          ARP server ATM address during device driver

                          installation.  (These are the values that you

                          recorded on page 2-3.)  View your adapter

                          configuration to determine the configured IP address,

                          IP subnet mask, and ARP server ATM address.

 

                          NOTE:  Make sure that the IP address and IP subnet

                          mask are the same as those used to configure your IP

                          stack.

 

                      11. Verify that the network application or other network

                          software is operating correctly on the computer in

                          which the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter is installed.

 

                      12. Use "Testing the Adapter" on page 3-6 to run the

                          adapter diagnostics.  If the tests are completed

                          successfully, contact your network administrator.

 

 

  WINDOWS 95

 

                      Use the following procedure if the adapter loads but is

                      unable to communicate in the network while other stations

                      are able to communicate.

 

                      1.  Ensure that you correctly followed the procedures in

                          one of the following chapters:

 

                          o   Chapter 10, "Installing the Forum-Compliant LE

                              Driver in a Windows 95 System"

 

                          o   Chapter 11, "Installing the Classical IP Driver

                              in a Windows 95 System"

 

                      2.  Verify that the appropriate adapter cable is

                          connected to the adapter and to the network.  Failure

                          to use ATM Forum-compliant cabling when necessary

                          will prevent the adapter from communicating with the

                          network.  See Appendix I, "ATM 25-Mbps Interface

 

 

  12-10  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          Wiring Standards and Cable Specifications" for a

                          description of the compatible adapter cables.

 

                      3.  Replace the adapter cable with a known, good cable.

 

                      4.  Verify that the adapter is firmly seated in the

                          expansion slot.

 

                      5.  If you used a locally administered network address

                          during device driver installation, verify that you

                          entered the correct network address.  (This is the

                          address that you recorded on page 2-2.)  View your

                          adapter configuration to determine the configured

                          network address.

 

                      6.  For LAN emulation, if you entered an LES ATM address

                          during device driver installation, verify that it is

                          correct.  (This is the address that you recorded on

                          page 2-2.)  View your adapter configuration to

                          determine the configured LES ATM address.

 

                      7.  If you are using Classical IP, verify that you

                          entered the correct IP address, IP subnet mask, and

                          ARP server ATM address during device driver

                          installation.  (These are the values that you

                          recorded on page 2-3.)  View your adapter

                          configuration to determine the configured IP address,

                          IP subnet mask, and ARP server ATM address.

 

                          NOTE:  Make sure that the IP address and IP subnet

                          mask are the same as those used to configure your IP

                          stack.

 

                      8.  Verify that the network application or other network

                          software is operating correctly on the computer in

                          which the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter is installed.

 

                      9.  Use "Testing the Adapter" on page 3-6 to run the

                          adapter diagnostics.  If the tests are completed

                          successfully, contact your network administrator.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

             Chapter 12.  Problem Solving, Help, and Service Information  12-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  SOLVING A NETWARE CLIENT INSTALLATION PROBLEM (DOS AND WINDOWS)

  _______________________________________________________________

 

                      The TURBOWAYS 25 adapter must be the only LAN adapter

                      used with a NetWare client.  To ensure this, the ATMAID

                      program disables any other LAN adapter drivers that it

                      finds with the client software by commenting out the

                      pertinent statements (that is, by marking the lines with

                      a comment preceding the line and inserting REM at the

                      beginning of each line).

 

                      NOTE:  The original copies of all files that were changed

                      are given a filetype of ATM and are saved so that you can

                      refer to them later if necessary.

 

                      If your client installation does not function correctly,

                      check your STARTNET.BAT or AUTOEXEC.BAT files to ensure

                      that the TURBOWAYS driver was installed correctly and

                      that other drivers were removed.  It might be necessary

                      for you to manually remove other ODI drivers.  These

                      drivers will normally have a filetype of COM and will be

                      located after the LSL statement and before the IPXODI

                      statement in the STARTNET.BAT or AUTOEXEC.BAT files.

                      Figure 12-1 is an example of an operational STARTNET.BAT

                      file used with the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.

 

 

                       SET NWLANGUAGE = ENGLISH

                       C:\NWCLIENT\LSL

                       C:\AT25LEP\ODI2NDI     (inserted by ATMAID)                       C:\AT25LEP\NETBIND"    (inserted by ATMAID) "                     C:\NWCLIENT\IPXODI

                       C:\AT25LEP\NETBIND     (inserted by ATMAID)                       C:\AT25LEP\NETBIND"    (inserted by ATMAID) "                     C:\NWCLIENT\IPXODI

                       C:\NWCLIENT\IPXODI

                       C:\NWCLIENT\VLM

 

  Figure 12-1. Sample STARTNET.BAT File

 

 

 

  SOLVING PROBLEMS WITH PROTOCOL MANAGER (DOS AND WINDOWS)

  ________________________________________________________

 

                      When updating the PROTOCOL.INI file, some configuration

                      programs remove quotation marks from various fields in

                      the PROTOCOL.INI file.  When this happens, Protocol

                      Manager fails with the following message:

 

                      PRO0006E:  INTEGER OVERFLOW IN PROTOCOL.INI PARAMETER

 

                      To restore the quotation marks, go to the TURBOWAYS 25

                      installation directory and run the QUOTEINI utility by

                      entering the command QUOTEINI and rebooting your

                      computer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  12-12  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  SOLVING PROBLEMS WITH NETBIND (DOS AND WINDOWS)

  _______________________________________________

 

                      IBM AntiVirus (IBMAV) software can cause the NETBIND

                      program to fail.  If this occurs, edit the AUTOEXEC.BAT

                      file so that the statement loading the IBMAV software

                      follows the NETBIND statement or, if you have a NetWare

                      Client environment, so that it follows the STARTNET

                      statement.

 

 

  HELP AND SERVICE INFORMATION

  ____________________________

 

                      During the warranty period, you can get toll-free

                      technical support 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to

                      answer any questions about your new IBM adapter.  If you

                      need warranty service, return or exchange is available.

                      In addition, if your IBM adapter is installed in an IBM

                      computer, you might be entitled to service at your

                      location.  Your technical support representative can help

                      you determine the best alternative.

 

                      Before calling, please prepare for your call by following

                      these steps.

 

 

  STEP 1:  TROUBLESHOOTING

 

                      You might be able to solve the problem yourself.  If you

                      have not done so already, try the procedures in "Problem

                      Solving" on page 12-1 before calling IBM.  Additionally,

                      here are some other things you might want to try:

 

                      o   Install the adapter in a different slot, if one is

                          available.

 

                      o   Inspect the adapter for damage.

 

                      o   Check the computer manual for instructions about the

                          installation of upgrades.  Look for a section about

                          system setup or system configuration.  Follow all

                          procedures.

 

 

  STEP 2:  PREPARING FOR THE CALL

 

                      To assist the technical support representative, have

                      available as much of the following information as

                      possible:

 

                      o   Part number, serial number, and date code listed on

                          the paper label located on the side of the adapter

 

                      o   Proof of purchase

 

 

 

             Chapter 12.  Problem Solving, Help, and Service Information  12-13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      o   Computer manufacturer, model, serial number (if IBM),

                          and manual

 

                      o   Exact wording of the error message and error code (if

                          any)

 

                      o   Description of the problem

 

                      o   Hardware and software configuration information for

                          your system

 

                      If possible, be at your computer.  Your technical support

                      representative might want to walk you through the problem

                      during the call.

 

 

  STEP 3:  PLACING THE CALL TO IBM

 

                      Use one of the following numbers:

 

                      o   Within the United States, call the Options by IBM

                          HelpCenter at 1-800-426-7299.

 

                      o   Within Canada

 

                          -   For support, call HelpPC at 1-800-565-3344.

 

                          -   For more information or to place an order, call

                              1-800-465-7999.

 

                      o   Outside the United States and Canada, contact your

                          IBM HelpWare number, your place of purchase, or your

                          local branch office.

 

 

  OBTAINING TURBOWAYS 25 CORRECTIVE SERVICE DISKETTES

  ___________________________________________________

 

                      As updated versions of the diskettes described in this

                      manual are produced, they will be made available for you

                      in several ways.

 

                      o   From the World Wide Web:

 

                          On the World Wide Web, use the following Universal

                          Resource Locator (URL) to obtain a listing of

                          available diskettes:

 

                                  http://www.raleigh.ibm.com/nes/nesatm.htm

 

                          You can then copy any of the files listed in

                          "Available Files" on page 12-15 to your local disk.

 

                      o   By anonymous file transfer protocol (FTP):

 

 

 

  12-14  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          From the FTP site:

 

                                 lansupport.raleigh.ibm.com

 

                          Change to the subdirectory

                          /pub/products/lanprods/atm.  Read the INDEX.TXT file

                          for information on this directory.  You can then get

                          the diskettes listed in "Available Files."

 

                          NOTE:  All of these files must be downloaded as

                          binary files.

 

                      o   From the IBM Bulletin Board System (BBS):

 

                          You can access the IBM BBS by dialing 919-517-0001.

                          Go to directory 32.  You can then download any of the

                          files listed in "Available Files."

 

 

  AVAILABLE FILES

 

                      The files listed in this section contain the current

                      TURBOWAYS 25 diskette images.  As later levels become

                      available, the same files will be updated to contain the

                      most recent versions.

 

                      Each file is a self-extracting diskette image.

 

                      o   TURBOWAYS 25 ISA DOS/Windows ATM Forum-Compliant LAN

                          Emulation ATMAID Diskette

 

                      o   TURBOWAYS 25 ISA DOS/Windows Classical IP ATMAID

                          Diskette

 

                      o   TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Windows NT, Windows 95, and OS/2

                          ATMAID Diskette

 

                      o   TURBOWAYS 25 OS/2 Driver Diskette (ATM

                          Forum-Compliant LAN Emulation and Classical IP)

 

                      o   TURBOWAYS 25 Windows NT Driver Diskette (ATM

                          Forum-Compliant LAN Emulation and Classical IP)

 

                      o   TURBOWAYS 25 Windows 95 Driver Diskette (ATM

                          Forum-Compliant LAN Emulation and Classical IP)

 

                      NOTE:  Files for other ATM products are available also.

                      If you have difficulty locating them, call one of the

                      numbers listed in "Step 3:  Placing the Call to IBM" on

                      page 12-14.

 

 

 

 

 

 

             Chapter 12.  Problem Solving, Help, and Service Information  12-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  12-16  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPENDIX A.  ATM FORUM-COMPLIANT LAN EMULATION CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FOR

  ___________________________________________________________________________

  DOS, WINDOWS, AND OS/2

  ______________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This appendix lists the ATM Forum-compliant LAN emulation

                      configuration parameters that are supported by the

                      TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, with a brief explanation of each

                      parameter.

 

 

  NDIS MAC DRIVER PARAMETERS IN PROTOCOL.INI

  __________________________________________

 

                      For LAN emulation, the parameters supported by the NDIS

                      MAC driver (see Appendix H, "Driver File Names") are

                      described in Table A-1.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  A-1 (Page 1 of 7). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      |                           in PROTOCOL.INI             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | ADAPTER_TYPE      | The type of adapter.              |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  2                         |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | AGING_TIMEOUT     | The maximum time (in seconds)     |

                      |                   | that an ARP table entry is        |

                      |                   | maintained without verification.  |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  10 to 300  (Default =     |

                      |                   | 300)                              |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | BEST_E_PK_RATE    | The peak rate for best-effort     |

                      |                   | (data) connections (Kbps).        |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1000 to 25 600, in        |

                      |                   | increments of 100 (Default =      |

                      |                   | 25 600)                           |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              A-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  A-1 (Page 2 of 7). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      |                           in PROTOCOL.INI             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | CNTRL_P_PK _RATE  | The peak rate for the control     |

                      |                   | plane (signalling and Interim     |

                      |                   | Local Management Interface        |

                      |                   | [ILMI]) connections (Kbps).       |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1000 to 25 600, in        |

                      |                   | increments of 100 (Default =      |

                      |                   | 25 600)                           |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | CONN_COMP_TIMER   | The time (in seconds) in which    |

                      |                   | data or a READY_IND message is    |

                      |                   | expected from the calling party.  |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1 to 10  (Default = 4)    |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | CONTROL_TIMEOUT   | The timeout period (in seconds)   |

                      |                   | for most request and response     |

                      |                   | control frame interactions.       |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  10 to 300  (Default =     |

                      |                   | 120)                              |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Drivername        | AT25LE$                           |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | ELAN_NAME         | The name of the emulated LAN that |

                      |                   | the end system attempts to join.  |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Character string           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1 to 32 characters (this  |

                      |                   | parameter is optional)            |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  A-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  A-1 (Page 3 of 7). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      |                           in PROTOCOL.INI             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | ENHANCED_MODE     | The mode that determines whether  |

                      |                   | or not this station can continue  |

                      |                   | to communicate with other         |

                      |                   | stations also using Enhanced Mode |

                      |                   | during certain types of network   |

                      |                   | failure (such as an LES failure). |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Character string           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  "YES" or "NO"  (Default = |

                      |                   | "NO")                             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | FLUSH_TIMEOUT     | The maximum time (in seconds)     |

                      |                   | allowed to receive the            |

                      |                   | LE_FLUSH_RESPONSE after the       |

                      |                   | LE_FLUSH_REQUEST has been sent    |

                      |                   | before recovery action is taken.  |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1 to 4  (Default = 4)     |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | FRWRD_DELAY _TME  | The maximum time (in seconds)     |

                      |                   | that an ARP entry for a non-local |

                      |                   | MAC address is maintained without |

                      |                   | verification.                     |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  4 to 30  (Default = 15)   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IO_ADDR           | The base I/O address for the      |

                      |                   | adapter.  (This is the address    |

                      |                   | that you recorded on page 3-2.)   |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal number         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  100, 120, 140, 160, 220,  |

                      |                   | 240, 300, 320, 340, or 360        |

                      |                   | (Default = 120)                   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         Appendix A.  LE Configuration Parameters (DOS, Windows, and OS/2)  A-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  A-1 (Page 4 of 7). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      |                           in PROTOCOL.INI             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | LAN_TYPE          | The type of LAN to emulate.       |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Character string           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE (ETHERNET):  "802.3+V2"     |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE (TOKEN-RING):  "802.5"      |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | LE_ARP_CACHE_SZ   | The number of entries in the ARP  |

                      |                   | table that maintains the ATM      |

                      |                   | addresses for LAN destinations.   |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  16 to 50  (Default = 16   |

                      |                   | for DOS and Windows, 30 for OS/2) |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | LE_ARP_RSP_TIME   | The maximum expected time (in     |

                      |                   | seconds) for the                  |

                      |                   | LE_ARP_REQUEST/LE_ARP_RESPONSE    |

                      |                   | cycle to complete.                |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1 to 30  (Default = 4)    |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | LEC_AUTO_CFG      | The configuration mode that       |

                      |                   | determines how the adapter        |

                      |                   | obtains the LES ATM address.  A   |

                      |                   | value of "NO" directs the driver  |

                      |                   | to use the user-defined value of  |

                      |                   | the LES_ATM_ADDR parameter for    |

                      |                   | the LES ATM address.  If your     |

                      |                   | network has an LECS, a value of   |

                      |                   | "YES" directs the adapter to      |

                      |                   | contact the LECS to determine the |

                      |                   | LES ATM address automatically.    |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Character string           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  "YES" or "NO"  (Default = |

                      |                   | "NO")                             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  A-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  A-1 (Page 5 of 7). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      |                           in PROTOCOL.INI             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | LES_ATM_ADDR      | The ATM address of the LES.  This |

                      |                   | parameter is required if the      |

                      |                   | value of LEC_AUTO_CFG = "NO".     |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal string         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  A 40-character,           |

                      |                   | hexadecimal address, enclosed in  |

                      |                   | double quotes (" ")               |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | MAC_ADDR          | The MAC address for the adapter.  |

                      |                   | The adapter can be known on the   |

                      |                   | network by its universally        |

                      |                   | administered address (encoded in  |

                      |                   | the adapter memory at the         |

                      |                   | factory) or a locally             |

                      |                   | administered address (a unique,   |

                      |                   | user-assigned address).           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | The universally administered      |

                      |                   | address is the default.  The      |

                      |                   | address appears on the TURBOWAYS  |

                      |                   | 25 bracket.  See Figure J-1 on    |

                      |                   | page J-1 for an illustration.     |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | If you use a locally administered |

                      |                   | address, it should appear with    |

                      |                   | this parameter.  (This is the     |

                      |                   | address that you recorded on page |

                      |                   | 2-2.)  Omit this parameter if you |

                      |                   | use a universally administered    |

                      |                   | address.                          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal string         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  400000000000 to           |

                      |                   | 7FFFFFFFFFFF, enclosed in double  |

                      |                   | quotes (" ")                      |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         Appendix A.  LE Configuration Parameters (DOS, Windows, and OS/2)  A-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  A-1 (Page 6 of 7). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      |                           in PROTOCOL.INI             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | MAX_CFG_RETRIES   | The maximum number of times that  |

                      |                   | a CONFIG_REQUEST is re-sent to    |

                      |                   | the LECS and a JOIN_REQUEST is    |

                      |                   | re-sent to the LES in the absence |

                      |                   | of a response during the join     |

                      |                   | process.                          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  0 to 2  (Default = 1)     |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | MAX_CONNECTIONS   | The maximum number of             |

                      |                   | connections.                      |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | NOTE:  This parameter is valid    |

                      |                   | for OS/2 only.                    |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  16 to 30 (Default = 30)   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | MAX_FRAME_SIZE    | The maximum AAL-5 service data    |

                      |                   | unit (SDU) size of a data frame   |

                      |                   | that can be transmitted or        |

                      |                   | received.                         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1516, 4544, 9234, or      |

                      |                   | 18 190                            |

                      |                   | (Default = 1516 for Ethernet,     |

                      |                   | 4544 for Token-Ring)              |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | MAX_MULTIC_ADDR   | The maximum number of multicast   |

                      |                   | addresses that this station       |

                      |                   | supports.                         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  8 to 64  (Default = 8)    |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | MAX_RETRY_CNT     | The number of times that an       |

                      |                   | LE_ARP request is retried.        |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  0 to 2  (Default = 1)     |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

  A-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  A-1 (Page 7 of 7). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      |                           in PROTOCOL.INI             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | MAX_UNKN_FR_CNT   | The maximum number of frames for  |

                      |                   | a given unicast MAC address that  |

                      |                   | can be sent to the Broadcast and  |

                      |                   | Unknown Server (BUS).             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1 to 10  (Default = 1)    |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PATH_SWTCH_DELY   | The time (in seconds) allowed     |

                      |                   | from the sending of a frame to    |

                      |                   | the BUS until the LEC assumes     |

                      |                   | that the frame either has been    |

                      |                   | discarded or has been delivered   |

                      |                   | to the recipient.                 |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1 to 8  (Default = 6)     |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | UNI_VERSION       | Which version of the ATM Forum    |

                      |                   | User Network Interface (UNI)      |

                      |                   | specification is used by the      |

                      |                   | driver, or whether the driver     |

                      |                   | uses ILMI to determine the        |

                      |                   | appropriate UNI version.          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Character string           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  UNI3.0, UNI3.1, AUTO      |

                      |                   | (Default = AUTO)                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | VCC_TIMEOUT       | The time (in seconds) that the    |

                      |                   | adapter maintains inactive data   |

                      |                   | connections.                      |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  30 to 99 999 999          |

                      |                   | (Default = 1200)                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         Appendix A.  LE Configuration Parameters (DOS, Windows, and OS/2)  A-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  ODI-TO-NDIS MAPPER PARAMETERS IN PROTOCOL.INI

  _____________________________________________

 

                      Table A-2 explains the PROTOCOL.INI parameters supported

                      by the DOS ODI-to-NDIS mapper for LAN emulation.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  A-2 (Page 1 of 3). ODI-to-NDIS Mapper          |

                      |                           Parameters in PROTOCOL.INI  |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER   | EXPLANATION                             |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | Drivername  | The value of this parameter is          |

                      |             | ODI2NDI$.  Drivername must be specified |

                      |             | for the mapper to function correctly.   |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | Bindings    | The value of this parameter is the name |

                      |             | of an NDIS MAC driver section in the    |

                      |             | PROTOCOL.INI file.  Bindings must be    |

                      |             | specified for the mapper to function    |

                      |             | correctly.                              |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | The mapper can be loaded only once.     |

                      |             | For a DOS system, the mapper can be     |

                      |             | bound to only one NDIS MAC driver.      |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | ETHERNET_802|2This parameter indicates whether or not |

                      |             | the mapper is to use an 802.2 Ethernet  |

                      |             | frame.                                  |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | This frame type is the default frame    |

                      |             | type for the mapper.                    |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NOTE:  This parameter is valid for      |

                      |             | Ethernet LAN emulation only.            |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | VALID VALUES: Yes or No                 |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NOTE:  Only one frame type can be equal |

                      |             | to Yes.                                 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  A-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  A-2 (Page 2 of 3). ODI-to-NDIS Mapper          |

                      |                           Parameters in PROTOCOL.INI  |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER   | EXPLANATION                             |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | ETHERNET_SNA| This parameter indicates whether or not |

                      |             | the mapper is to use an Ethernet frame  |

                      |             | with an encapsulated Sub-Network Access |

                      |             | Protocol (SNAP) header.  The SNAP       |

                      |             | header is used to transport network     |

                      |             | protocols that do not use IEEE 802.2    |

                      |             | Logical Link Control (LLC), such as the |

                      |             | Internet Protocol (IP) and NetWare      |

                      |             | Internetwork Packet Exchange** (IPX**). |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NOTE:  This parameter is valid for      |

                      |             | Ethernet LAN emulation only.            |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | VALID VALUES: Yes or No                 |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NOTE:  Only one frame type can be equal |

                      |             | to Yes.                                 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | ETHERNET_802|3This parameter indicates whether or not |

                      |             | the mapper is to use an 802.3 Ethernet  |

                      |             | frame.                                  |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NOTE:  This parameter is valid for      |

                      |             | Ethernet LAN emulation only.            |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | VALID VALUES: Yes or No                 |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NOTE:  Only one frame type can be equal |

                      |             | to Yes.                                 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | ETHERNET_II | This parameter indicates whether or not |

                      |             | the mapper is to use an Ethernet II     |

                      |             | frame.                                  |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NOTE:  This parameter is valid for      |

                      |             | Ethernet LAN emulation only.            |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | VALID VALUES: Yes or No                 |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NOTE:  Only one frame type can be equal |

                      |             | to Yes.                                 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         Appendix A.  LE Configuration Parameters (DOS, Windows, and OS/2)  A-9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  A-2 (Page 3 of 3). ODI-to-NDIS Mapper          |

                      |                           Parameters in PROTOCOL.INI  |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER   | EXPLANATION                             |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | TOKEN-RING  | This parameter indicates whether or not |

                      |             | the mapper is to use the standard       |

                      |             | token-ring frame.                       |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | This frame type is the default frame    |

                      |             | type for the mapper.                    |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NOTE:  This parameter is valid for      |

                      |             | token-ring LAN emulation only.          |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | VALID VALUES: Yes or No                 |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NOTE:  Only one frame type can be equal |

                      |             | to Yes.                                 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | TOKEN-RING  | This parameter indicates whether or not |

                      | _SNAP       | the mapper is to use a token-ring frame |

                      |             | with an encapsulated SNAP header.  The  |

                      |             | SNAP header is used to transport        |

                      |             | network protocols that do not use IEEE  |

                      |             | 802.2 LLC, such as the IP and IPX.      |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NOTE:  This parameter is valid for      |

                      |             | token-ring LAN emulation only.          |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | VALID VALUES: Yes or No                 |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NOTE:  Only one frame type can be equal |

                      |             | to Yes.                                 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  A-10  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPENDIX B.  CLASSICAL IP CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FOR DOS, WINDOWS, AND OS/2

  _____________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This appendix lists the configuration parameters that are

                      supported by the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, with a brief

                      explanation of each parameter.

 

 

  NDIS MAC DRIVER PARAMETERS IN PROTOCOL.INI

  __________________________________________

 

                      For Classical IP, the parameters supported by the NDIS

                      MAC driver (see Appendix H, "Driver File Names") are

                      described in Table B-1.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  B-1 (Page 1 of 5). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      |                           in PROTOCOL.INI             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | ADAPTER_TYPE      | The type of adapter.              |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  2                         |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | ARPSRV_ATM_ADDR   | The ATM address of the ARP        |

                      |                   | server.  This parameter is        |

                      |                   | required and must be set to the   |

                      |                   | ARP server's actual (non-0) ATM   |

                      |                   | address.                          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal string         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  A 40-character,           |

                      |                   | hexadecimal address               |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | ARP_SRV_ENABLE    | This parameter, when enabled,     |

                      |                   | makes a client act as the server  |

                      |                   | in a workgroup.                   |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  0 (Disable) or 1 (Enable) |

                      |                   | (Default = 0)                     |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | NOTE:  For OS/2, this value must  |

                      |                   | equal 0.                          |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              B-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  B-1 (Page 2 of 5). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      |                           in PROTOCOL.INI             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | BEST_E_PK_RATE    | The peak rate for best-effort     |

                      |                   | (data) connections (Kbps).        |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1000 to 25 600, in        |

                      |                   | increments of 100 (Default =      |

                      |                   | 25 600)                           |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | CNTRL_P_PK _RATE  | The peak rate for the control     |

                      |                   | plane (signalling and ILMI)       |

                      |                   | connections (Kbps).               |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1000 to 25 600, in        |

                      |                   | increments of 100 (Default =      |

                      |                   | 25 600)                           |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Drivername        | AT25IP$                           |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IO_ADDR           | The base I/O address for the      |

                      |                   | adapter.  (This is the address    |

                      |                   | that you recorded on page 3-2.)   |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal number         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  100, 120, 140, 160, 220,  |

                      |                   | 240, 300, 320, 340, or 360        |

                      |                   | (Default = 120)                   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IP_ADDR           | The unique IP address for the     |

                      |                   | adapter.                          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Dotted-decimal number      |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  Four numbers (0 to 255),  |

                      |                   | separated by periods              |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | NOTE:  0.0.0.0 is not a valid     |

                                                   _______

                      |                   | address.                          |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  B-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  B-1 (Page 3 of 5). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      |                           in PROTOCOL.INI             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IP_IDLE_TIMEOUT   | The maximum time (in seconds)     |

                      |                   | that an ARP table entry is        |

                      |                   | maintained without verification.  |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | NOTE:  This parameter is valid    |

                      |                   | for DOS and Windows only.         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  10 to 900  (Default =     |

                      |                   | 300)                              |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IP_MASK           | The specific IP subnet mask of    |

                      |                   | the adapter.                      |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Dotted-decimal number      |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  Four numbers (0 to 255),  |

                      |                   | separated by periods              |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | NOTE:  0.0.0.0 is not a valid     |

                                                   _______

                      |                   | value.                            |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        Appendix B.  CIP Configuration Parameters (DOS, Windows, and OS/2)  B-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  B-1 (Page 4 of 5). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      |                           in PROTOCOL.INI             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | MAC_ADDR          | The MAC address for the adapter.  |

                      |                   | The adapter can be known on the   |

                      |                   | network by its universally        |

                      |                   | administered address (encoded in  |

                      |                   | the adapter memory at the         |

                      |                   | factory) or a locally             |

                      |                   | administered address (a unique,   |

                      |                   | user-assigned address).           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | The universally administered      |

                      |                   | address is the default.  The      |

                      |                   | address appears on the TURBOWAYS  |

                      |                   | 25 ATM PCI Adapter bracket.  See  |

                      |                   | Figure J-1 on page J-1 for an     |

                      |                   | illustration.                     |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | If you use a locally administered |

                      |                   | address, it should appear with    |

                      |                   | this parameter.  (This is the     |

                      |                   | address that you recorded on page |

                      |                   | 2-2.)  Omit this parameter if you |

                      |                   | use a universally administered    |

                      |                   | address.                          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal string         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  400000000000 to           |

                      |                   | 7FFFFFFFFFFF                      |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | MAX_CONNECTIONS   | The maximum number of             |

                      |                   | connections.                      |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE (DOS AND WINDOWS):  3 to 16 |

                      |                   | (Default = 16)                    |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE (OS/2):  16 to 30 (Default  |

                      |                   | = 30)                             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  B-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  B-1 (Page 5 of 5). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      |                           in PROTOCOL.INI             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | MAX_FRAME_SIZE    | The maximum AAL-5 service data    |

                      |                   | unit (SDU) size of a data frame   |

                      |                   | that can be transmitted or        |

                      |                   | received.                         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  34 to 20 000 (Default =   |

                      |                   | 9180)                             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | UNI_VERSION       | Which version of the ATM Forum    |

                      |                   | User Network Interface (UNI)      |

                      |                   | specification is used by the      |

                      |                   | driver, or whether the driver     |

                      |                   | uses ILMI to determine the        |

                      |                   | appropriate UNI version.          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Character string           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  UNI3.0, UNI3.1, AUTO      |

                      |                   | (Default = AUTO)                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

        Appendix B.  CIP Configuration Parameters (DOS, Windows, and OS/2)  B-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  B-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPENDIX C.  ATM FORUM-COMPLIANT LAN EMULATION CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FOR

  ___________________________________________________________________________

  WINDOWS NT AND WINDOWS 95

  _________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This appendix lists the ATM Forum-compliant LAN emulation

                      configuration parameters that are supported by the

                      TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, with a brief explanation of each

                      parameter.  These parameters appear in the LAN Emulation

                      parameter configuration dialog boxes during driver

                      installation.

 

 

  NDIS MAC DRIVER PARAMETERS

  __________________________

 

                      For LAN emulation, the parameters supported by the NDIS

                      MAC driver are described in Table C-1.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  C-1 (Page 1 of 8). NDIS.3 MAC Driver           |

                      |                           Parameters                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Aging Timeout     | The maximum time (in seconds)     |

                      |                   | that an ARP table entry is        |

                      |                   | maintained without verification   |

                      |                   | of its associated ATM address.    |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  10 to 300  (Default =     |

                      |                   | 300)                              |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Best Effort Peak  | The peak rate for best-effort     |

                      | Rate              | (data) connections (Kbps).        |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1000 to 25 600, in        |

                      |                   | increments of 100 (Default =      |

                      |                   | 25 600)                           |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              C-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  C-1 (Page 2 of 8). NDIS.3 MAC Driver           |

                      |                           Parameters                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Control Plane     | The peak rate for the control     |

                      | Peak Rate         | plane (signalling and ILMI)       |

                      |                   | connections (Kbps).               |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1000 to 25 600, in        |

                      |                   | increments of 100 (Default =      |

                      |                   | 25 600)                           |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Connection        | The time (in seconds) in which    |

                      | Completion Timer  | data or a Ready Indication        |

                      |                   | message is expected from the      |

                      |                   | calling party.                    |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1 to 10  (Default = 4)    |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Control Timeout   | The timeout period (in seconds)   |

                      |                   | for most request and response     |

                      |                   | control frame interactions.       |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  10 to 300  (Default =     |

                      |                   | 120)                              |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Emulated LAN Name | The name of the emulated LAN that |

                      |                   | this station attempts to join.    |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Character string           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1 to 32 characters (this  |

                      |                   | parameter is optional)            |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  C-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  C-1 (Page 3 of 8). NDIS.3 MAC Driver           |

                      |                           Parameters                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Enhanced Mode     | The mode that determines whether  |

                      |                   | or not this station can continue  |

                      |                   | to communicate with other         |

                      |                   | stations also using Enhanced Mode |

                      |                   | during certain types of network   |

                      |                   | failure (such as an LES failure). |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE (WINDOWS 95):  Character     |

                      |                   | string                            |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE (WINDOWS NT):  "Selected"   |

                      |                   | or "Not selected"                 |

                      |                   | (Default = "Not selected")        |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE (WINDOWS 95):  "YES" or     |

                      |                   | "NO"                              |

                      |                   | (Default = "NO")                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Flush Timeout     | The maximum time (in seconds)     |

                      |                   | allowed to receive the response   |

                      |                   | to a Flush Request before         |

                      |                   | recovery action is taken.         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1 to 4  (Default = 4)     |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Forward Delay     | The maximum time (in seconds)     |

                      | Time              | that an ARP entry for a non-local |

                      |                   | MAC address is maintained without |

                      |                   | verification.                     |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  4 to 30  (Default = 15)   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | I/O Address       | The unique, physical I/O address  |

                      |                   | range for the adapter.  (This is  |

                      |                   | the address that you recorded on  |

                      |                   | page 3-2.)                        |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal number         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  100-11F, 120-13F,         |

                      |                   | 140-15F, 160-21F, 220-23F,        |

                      |                   | 240-2FF, 300-31F, 320-33F,        |

                      |                   | 340-35F, or 360-41F               |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

      Appendix C.  LE Configuration Parameters (Windows NT and Windows 95)  C-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  C-1 (Page 4 of 8). NDIS.3 MAC Driver           |

                      |                           Parameters                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | LAN Type          | The type of LAN that is used by   |

                      |                   | the system.                       |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Character string           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  "Ethernet" (802.3+V2)     |

                      |                   | with both IEEE 802.3 and Ethernet |

                      |                   | DIX V2 supported, or "Token-Ring" |

                      |                   | (802.5)                           |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | LAN Emulation ARP | The number of entries in the ARP  |

                      | Cache Size        | table that maintains the ATM      |

                      |                   | addresses for LAN destinations.   |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  16 to 50  (Default = 32)  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | LAN Emulation ARP | The maximum expected time (in     |

                      | Time              | seconds) for the LAN Emulation    |

                      |                   | ARP Request/LAN Emulation ARP     |

                      |                   | Response cycle to complete.       |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1 to 30  (Default = 4)    |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  C-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  C-1 (Page 5 of 8). NDIS.3 MAC Driver           |

                      |                           Parameters                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | LAN Emulation     | The configuration mode that       |

                      | Client Automatic  | determines how the adapter        |

                      | Configuration     | obtains the LES ATM address.  A   |

                      |                   | value of "Not selected" directs   |

                      |                   | the driver to use the             |

                      |                   | user-defined value of the LES ATM |

                      |                   | Address parameter for the LES ATM |

                      |                   | address.  If your network has an  |

                      |                   | LECS, a value of "Selected"       |

                      |                   | directs the adapter to contact    |

                      |                   | the LECS to determine the LES ATM |

                      |                   | address automatically.            |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE (WINDOWS 95):  Character     |

                      |                   | string                            |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE (WINDOWS NT):  "Selected"   |

                      |                   | or "Not selected"                 |

                      |                   | (Default = "Not Selected")        |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE (WINDOWS 95):  "YES" or     |

                      |                   | "NO"                              |

                      |                   | (Default = "NO")                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | LAN Emulation     | The ATM address of the LES.  This |

                      | Server ATM        | parameter is required if LEC      |

                      | Address           | Automatic Configuration is not    |

                      |                   | selected.                         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal string         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  A 40-character,           |

                      |                   | hexadecimal address               |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Maximum           | The maximum number of times that  |

                      | Configuration     | a Configuration Request is        |

                      | Retries           | re-sent to the LECS and a Join    |

                      |                   | Request is re-sent to the LES in  |

                      |                   | the absence of a response during  |

                      |                   | the join process.                 |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  0 to 2  (Default = 1)     |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

      Appendix C.  LE Configuration Parameters (Windows NT and Windows 95)  C-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  C-1 (Page 6 of 8). NDIS.3 MAC Driver           |

                      |                           Parameters                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Maximum ATM       | The maximum number of             |

                      | Connections       | connections.                      |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  8 to 30 (Default = 30)    |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Max Frame Size    | The maximum AAL-5 service data    |

                      |                   | unit (SDU) size of a data frame   |

                      |                   | that can be transmitted or        |

                      |                   | received.                         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1516, 4544, 9234, or      |

                      |                   | 18 190                            |

                      |                   | (Default = 1516 for Ethernet,     |

                      |                   | 4544 for Token-Ring)              |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Maximum Number of | The maximum number of multicast   |

                      | Multicast         | addresses that this station       |

                      | Addresses         | supports.                         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  8 to 64  (Default = 8)    |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Maximum Retry     | The number of times that an LAN   |

                      | Count             | Emulation ARP request is retried. |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  0 to 2  (Default = 1)     |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Maximum Unknown   | The maximum number of frames for  |

                      | Frame Count       | a given unicast MAC address that  |

                      |                   | can be sent to the Broadcast and  |

                      |                   | Unknown Server (BUS).             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1 to 10  (Default = 1)    |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  C-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  C-1 (Page 7 of 8). NDIS.3 MAC Driver           |

                      |                           Parameters                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Network Address   | The MAC address for the adapter.  |

                      |                   | The adapter can be known on the   |

                      |                   | network by its universally        |

                      |                   | administered address (encoded in  |

                      |                   | the adapter memory at the         |

                      |                   | factory) or by a locally          |

                      |                   | administered address (a unique,   |

                      |                   | user-assigned address).           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | The universally administered      |

                      |                   | address is the default.  The      |

                      |                   | address appears on the TURBOWAYS  |

                      |                   | 25 bracket.  See Figure J-1 on    |

                      |                   | page J-1 for an illustration.     |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | If you use a locally administered |

                      |                   | address, it should appear with    |

                      |                   | this parameter.  (This is the     |

                      |                   | address that you recorded on page |

                      |                   | 2-2.)  Omit this parameter if you |

                      |                   | use a universally administered    |

                      |                   | address.                          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal string         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  400000000000 to           |

                      |                   | 7FFFFFFFFFFF                      |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Path Switch Delay | The time (in seconds) allowed     |

                      |                   | from the sending of a frame to    |

                      |                   | the BUS until the LEC assumes     |

                      |                   | that the frame either has been    |

                      |                   | discarded or has been delivered   |

                      |                   | to the recipient.                 |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1 to 8  (Default = 6)     |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | System Minimum    | A problem determination           |

                      | Error Level       | parameter.  Do not change the     |

                      |                   | value.                            |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1                         |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

      Appendix C.  LE Configuration Parameters (Windows NT and Windows 95)  C-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  C-1 (Page 8 of 8). NDIS.3 MAC Driver           |

                      |                           Parameters                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | System Trace Kind | A problem determination           |

                      | Mask              | parameter.  Do not change the     |

                      |                   | value.                            |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal number         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  40000000                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | System Trace      | A problem determination           |

                      | Signal Mask       | parameter.  Do not change the     |

                      |                   | value.                            |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal number         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  00000000                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Uni Version       | Which version of the ATM Forum    |

                      |                   | User Network Interface (UNI)      |

                      |                   | specification is used by the      |

                      |                   | driver, or whether the driver     |

                      |                   | uses ILMI to determine the        |

                      |                   | appropriate UNI version.          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Character string           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  Uni 3.0, Uni 3.1, Auto    |

                      |                   | Detect  (Default = Auto Detect)   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Virtual Circuit   | The time (in seconds) that the    |

                      | Timeout           | adapter maintains inactive data   |

                      |                   | connections.                      |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  30 (seconds), 300 (5      |

                      |                   | minutes), 1200 (20 minutes), 3600 |

                      |                   | (1 hour), 86 400 (1 day), 604 800 |

                      |                   | (1 week), No Timeout              |

                      |                   | (Default = 1200)                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  C-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPENDIX D.  CLASSICAL IP CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FOR WINDOWS NT AND WINDOWS

  _____________________________________________________________________________

  95

  __

 

 

 

 

 

                      This appendix lists the configuration parameters that are

                      supported by the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, with a brief

                      explanation of each parameter.  These parameters appear

                      in the Classical IP parameter configuration dialog boxes

                      during driver installation.

 

 

  NDIS MAC DRIVER PARAMETERS

  __________________________

 

                      For Classical IP, the parameters supported by the NDIS

                      MAC driver are described in Table D-1.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  D-1 (Page 1 of 5). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | ARP Idle          | The maximum time (in seconds)     |

                      | Connection        | that an ARP connection is         |

                      | Timeout           | maintained without verification.  |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  20 to 900 (Default = 300) |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | NOTE:  A value of 0 is also       |

                      |                   | permitted, which indicates no     |

                      |                   | timeout (infinite).               |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | ARP Server ATM    | The ATM address of the ARP        |

                      | Address           | server.  This parameter is        |

                      |                   | required and must be set to the   |

                      |                   | ARP server's actual (non-0) ATM   |

                      |                   | address.                          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal string         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  A 40-character,           |

                      |                   | hexadecimal address               |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              D-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  D-1 (Page 2 of 5). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Best Effort Peak  | The peak rate for best-effort     |

                      | Rate              | (data) connections (Kbps).        |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1000 to 25 600, in        |

                      |                   | increments of 100 (Default =      |

                      |                   | 25 600)                           |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Control Plane     | The peak rate for the control     |

                      | Peak Rate         | plane (signalling and ILMI)       |

                      |                   | connections (Kbps).               |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1000 to 25 600, in        |

                      |                   | increments of 100 (Default =      |

                      |                   | 25 600)                           |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | I/O Address       | The unique, physical I/O address  |

                      |                   | range for the adapter.  (This is  |

                      |                   | the address that you recorded on  |

                      |                   | page 3-2.)                        |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal number         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  100-11F, 120-13F,         |

                      |                   | 140-15F, 160-21F, 220-23F,        |

                      |                   | 240-2FF, 300-31F, 320-33F,        |

                      |                   | 340-35F, or 360-41F               |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IP Address        | The unique IP address for the     |

                      |                   | adapter.                          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Dotted-decimal number      |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  Four numbers (0 to 255),  |

                      |                   | separated by periods              |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | NOTE:  0.0.0.0 is not a valid IP  |

                                                   _______

                      |                   | address.                          |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  D-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  D-1 (Page 3 of 5). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IP Subnet Mask    | The specific IP subnet mask of    |

                      |                   | the adapter.                      |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Dotted-decimal number      |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  Four numbers (0 to 255),  |

                      |                   | separated by periods              |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | NOTE:  0.0.0.0 is not a valid     |

                                                   _______

                      |                   | value.                            |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IP Idle           | The maximum time (in seconds)     |

                      | Connection        | that an ATM table entry is        |

                      | Timeout           | maintained without verification.  |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  20 to 900  (Default =     |

                      |                   | 300)                              |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | NOTE:  A value of 0 is also       |

                      |                   | permitted, which indicates no     |

                      |                   | timeout (infinite).               |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Maximum ATM       | The maximum number of             |

                      | Connections       | connections.                      |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  8 to 30 (Default = 30)    |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Max Frame Size    | The maximum AAL-5 service data    |

                      |                   | unit (SDU) size of a data frame   |

                      |                   | that can be transmitted or        |

                      |                   | received.                         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1514 to 20 000 (Default = |

                      |                   | 9180)                             |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Appendix D.  CIP Configuration Parameters (Windows NT and Windows 95)  D-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  D-1 (Page 4 of 5). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Network Address   | The MAC address for the adapter.  |

                      |                   | The adapter can be known on the   |

                      |                   | network by its universally        |

                      |                   | administered address (encoded in  |

                      |                   | the adapter memory at the         |

                      |                   | factory) or by a locally          |

                      |                   | administered address (a unique,   |

                      |                   | user-assigned address).           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | The universally administered      |

                      |                   | address is the default.  The      |

                      |                   | address appears on the TURBOWAYS  |

                      |                   | 25 ATM PCI Adapter bracket.  See  |

                      |                   | Figure J-1 on page J-1 for an     |

                      |                   | illustration.                     |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | If you use a locally administered |

                      |                   | address, it should appear with    |

                      |                   | this parameter.  (This is the     |

                      |                   | address that you recorded on page |

                      |                   | 2-2.)  Omit this parameter if you |

                      |                   | use a universally administered    |

                      |                   | address.                          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal string         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  400000000000 to           |

                      |                   | 7FFFFFFFFFFF                      |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | System Minimum    | A problem determination           |

                      | Error Level       | parameter.  Do not change the     |

                      |                   | value.                            |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Decimal number             |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  1                         |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | System Trace Kind | A problem determination           |

                      | Mask              | parameter.  Do not change the     |

                      |                   | value.                            |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal number         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  40000000                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

  D-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  D-1 (Page 5 of 5). NDIS MAC Driver Parameters  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | PARAMETER         | EXPLANATION                       |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | System Trace      | A problem determination           |

                      | Signal Mask       | parameter.  Do not change the     |

                      |                   | value.                            |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Hexadecimal number         |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  00000000                  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Uni Version       | Which version of the ATM Forum    |

                      |                   | User Network Interface (UNI)      |

                      |                   | specification is used by the      |

                      |                   | driver, or whether the driver     |

                      |                   | uses ILMI to determine the        |

                      |                   | appropriate UNI version.          |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | TYPE:  Character string           |

                      |                   |                                   |

                      |                   | VALUE:  Uni 3.0, Uni 3.1, Auto    |

                      |                   | Detect  (Default = Auto Detect)   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Appendix D.  CIP Configuration Parameters (Windows NT and Windows 95)  D-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  D-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPENDIX E.  ATM FORUM-COMPLIANT LAN EMULATION SPECIFIC DRIVER INSTALLATION

  ___________________________________________________________________________

  PROCEDURES FOR DOS AND WINDOWS

  ______________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      The TURBOWAYS 25 adapter supports several different

                      communication environments, each of which uses different

                      methods to install adapter drivers.  This appendix

                      describes the specific steps necessary to install adapter

                      device drivers and protocol drivers that are required by

                      the network client software and LAN-based application

                      programs for DOS and Windows.

 

                      Use Table E-1 to identify your network environment and

                      the appropriate section that describes the specific

                      procedures necessary to install the drivers, go to the

                      applicable section, and perform the necessary steps

                      before continuing with Chapter 4, "Installing the

                      Forum-Compliant LE Driver in a DOS or Windows System."

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  E-1. Specific Driver Installation Procedures   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IF YOU ARE USING: | GO TO:                            |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | NetWare Client    | "Installing with NetWare Client   |

                      | for DOS and       | for DOS and Windows" on page E-2. |

                      | Windows           |                                   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IBM LAN Support   | "LSP Environment" on page E-3.    |

                      | Program (LSP)     |                                   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IBM TCP/IP        | "IBM TCP/IP Environments" on      |

                      |                   | page E-8.                         |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | An application    | "Application Programs That Supply |

                      | program that      | Protocol Drivers" on page E-9.    |

                      | supplies protocol |                                   |

                      | drivers           |                                   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IBM DOS LAN       | "IBM DOS LAN Services" on         |

                      | Services (DLS)    | page E-10.                        |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | NetManage NEWT or | "NetManage NEWT or NetManage      |

                      | Chameleon         | Chameleon Environments" on        |

                      |                   | page E-15.                        |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | FTP Software      | "FTP Software OnNet" on           |

                      | OnNet             | page E-16.                        |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              E-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  NOVELL NETWARE CLIENT ENVIRONMENT

  _________________________________

 

                      The TURBOWAYS 25 adapter works with the two most recent

                      types of Novell NetWare client software.  The

                      installation procedure differs with the type of client

                      software in use.

 

                      NOTE:  The TURBOWAYS 25 adapter must be the only LAN

                      adapter used with the NetWare client software.

 

 

  NOVELL NETWARE CLIENT FOR DOS AND WINDOWS

 

                      Novell NetWare Client for DOS and Windows is the current

                      type of NetWare client software.  It allows access to

                      NetWare 4.x servers and includes an installation program

                      that you can use to start installing the TURBOWAYS 25

                      adapter.  This type uses several NetWare Virtual Loadable

                      Modules (VLMs), collectively known as a requester.

                                                              _________

 

                      NOTE:  If you are using NetWare Client for DOS and

                      Windows, you MUST use VLM.EXE Version 1.02 or higher.

                                   ____

 

 

  Installing with NetWare Client for DOS and Windows

 

                      If you have already installed NetWare Client for DOS and

                      Windows, go to step 3 on page 4-2.

 

                      If you are installing NetWare Client for DOS and Windows

                      at the same time that you are installing the TURBOWAYS 25

                      adapter, you can use the NetWare installation program for

                      the first step in installing the TURBOWAYS 25 drivers.

 

                      NOTE:  Do NOT install the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter BEFORE you

                                ___                                  ______

                      install the NetWare client software.

 

                      1.  If you are in the ATMAID program, select EXIT at the

                          ATMAID program Main panel and remove the ATMAID

                          Diskette.

 

                      2.  Run the NetWare installation program.  You might need

                          to refer to your NetWare documentation for

                          information on running the program.

 

                      3.  Whenever the NetWare installation program asks for a

                          driver diskette, insert the ATMAID Diskette.  Choose

                          DOS ODI-TO-NDIS MAPPER FOR NETWARE CLIENTS.  The

                          NetWare installation program then uses the NetWare

                          client driver file and the installation file in the

                          root directory of the ATMAID Diskette to set up files

                          for use by the NetWare client.

 

 

 

 

  E-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          Because this is only the first step in the

                          installation of the TURBOWAYS 25 drivers, the

                          information panel presented by the NetWare

                          installation program does not display any parameter

                          fields that you can set.  Allow the NetWare program

                          to continue without setting any parameters.

 

                      4.  When you have finished installing NetWare Client for

                          DOS and Windows, go to step 3 on page 4-2.

 

 

  NOVELL ODI WORKSTATION SERVICES

 

                      Novell ODI Workstation Services is a previous type of

                      NetWare client software.  It has no installation program,

                      but the TURBOWAYS 25 ATMAID program helps you to install

                      the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter with this type of NetWare

                      client.  This type of NetWare client software includes

                      various network shells:  NETX.EXE, EMSNETX.EXE,

                      XMSNETX.EXE, and BNETX.EXE, for example.  Some earlier

                      shells, such as NET3, NET4, and NET5, could be

                      incompatible with the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.

 

 

  Installing with Novell ODI Workstation Services

 

                      To use the ATMAID program to install the TURBOWAYS 25

                      adapter for use with a NetWare shell:

 

                      1.  Install the shell.

 

                      2.  Go to step 3 on page 4-2.

 

 

  LSP ENVIRONMENT

  _______________

 

                      The following sections tell how to use the ATMAID program

                      to install the chosen components of the IBM LSP.  They

                      assume that the reader is familiar with LSP and

                      understands how LSP is used to support LAN-based

                      application programs.

 

 

  IF YOU ARE UNFAMILIAR WITH LSP

 

                      If you are not familiar with the IBM LAN Support Program

                      (LSP) and you want to use the adapter for communication

                      with an existing LSP environment or you want to use the

                      ATMAID program to install the LSP environment, it is

                      recommended that you review the LSP publications or seek

                      the help of an LSP-knowledgeable person before continuing

                      this procedure.  You will need to know:

 

 

 

 

          Appendix E.  LAN Emulation Driver Procedures for DOS and Windows  E-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      o   Whether or not LSP is already installed on your

                          system

                      o   If LSP is installed, what version is installed

                      o   What interfaces are needed by the application

                          programs that use LSP on your system

 

 

  TYPES OF LSP

 

                      There are three different versions of the IBM LSP:

 

                      o   LSP

                      o   LSP NDIS

                      o   LSP Custom

 

 

  LSP AND LSP NDIS

 

                      The TURBOWAYS 25 adapter works with two of the IBM LSP

                      versions, LSP and LSP NDIS.  LSP is a separately

                      purchased, stand-alone program.  LSP NDIS is a version of

                      LSP that is distributed with certain NDIS LAN adapters,

                      including the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.

 

 

  LSP CUSTOM

 

                      The TURBOWAYS 25 adapter is incompatible with the third

                      version of LSP, LSP Custom, which is distributed with

                      certain IBM LAN adapters.

 

                      Because the ATMAID program installs LSP NDIS and the

                      TURBOWAYS 25 adapter separately from an existing LSP

                      Custom installation, LSP Custom can coexist in the same

                      computer with LSP or LSP NDIS if it is installed on a

                      different (non-TURBOWAYS 25) adapter.  However, if you no

                      longer need the LSP Custom installation, you should

                      remove it.

 

 

  INSTALLING TURBOWAYS 25 ADAPTER IN AN EXISTING LSP ENVIRONMENT

 

                      The TURBOWAYS 25 adapter can be installed and configured

                      to work with an existing configuration involving LSP or

                      LSP NDIS.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  E-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Replacing an Existing LAN Adapter

 

                      If you want to use the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter to replace an

                      existing LAN adapter for communication through LSP or LSP

                      NDIS, remove all references to the existing adapter in

                      the CONFIG.SYS and PROTOCOL.INI files, but leave

                      references to the LSP protocol drivers.  For example, if

                      you wanted to replace a token-ring adapter with the

                      TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, you would remove a statement

                      similar to the following statement:

 

                             DEVICE=C:\LSP\IBMTOK.DOS

 

                      from the CONFIG.SYS file.  From the PROTOCOL.INI file,

                      you would remove the entire stanza with a heading similar

                      to the following heading:

 

                             [IBMTOK]

 

                      and remove references to this heading BINDINGS statements

                      in protocol driver sections of the PROTOCOL.INI file.

 

                      After editing the PROTOCOL.INI and CONFIG.SYS files, go

                      to step 3 on page 4-2.  The ATMAID program will recognize

                      the existing LSP environment and configure the TURBOWAYS

                      25 adapter to work in the environment.

 

 

  Adding an Additional LAN Adapter

 

                      If you want to use the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter in addition

                      to an existing LAN adapter for communication through LSP

                      or LSP NDIS, you need not edit the existing

                      configuration.  Go to step 3 on page 4-2.  The ATMAID

                      program will recognize the configuration and add the

                      TURBOWAYS 25 adapter to it.

 

 

  USING ATMAID TO INSTALL LSP NDIS AND THE TURBOWAYS 25 SOFTWARE

 

                      The TURBOWAYS 25 adapter provides protocol drivers from

                      the IBM LSP NDIS for application programs that can use

                      them.  Each protocol driver provides a different

                      interface as described in the following list:

 

                      o   An IEEE 802.2 interface

 

                          In the ATMAID program, the protocol driver that

                          provides this interface is known by its title, DOS

                          IEEE 802.2 PROTOCOL FOR NDIS.

 

                      o   A NetBIOS interface

 

 

 

 

          Appendix E.  LAN Emulation Driver Procedures for DOS and Windows  E-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          In the ATMAID program, the protocol driver that

                          provides this interface is known by its title, DOS

                          NETBIOS.

 

                      o   An NDIS NetBIOS interface

 

                          This NetBIOS interface is distinguished from the

                          previous NetBIOS interface because it is optimized

                          for throughput at the expense of memory consumption.

                          In the ATMAID program, the protocol driver that

                          provides this interface is known by its title, DOS

                          NETBIOS PROTOCOL FOR NDIS.

 

                      The valid combinations of these protocol drivers are

                      shown in Table E-2.  The ATMAID program ensures that the

                      protocol drivers cannot be installed in a non-valid

                      combination.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  E-2. Valid LSP Protocol Driver Combinations    |

                      +-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+

                      |             | IEEE 802.2  | NETBIOS     | NETBIOS FOR |

                      |             |             |             | NDIS        |

                      +-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+

                      | IEEE 802.2  |             | Required    | Coexists    |

                      +-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+

                      | NETBIOS     | Required    |             | Incompatible|

                      +-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+

                      | NETBIOS FOR | Coexists    | Incompatible|             |

                      | NDIS        |             |             |             |

                      +-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+

 

                      1.  Select the LSP protocol drivers that you want to

                          install.  Table E-3 offers guidelines to help you

                          select the appropriate protocol drivers for your

                          system.  Refer to IBM LSP documentation, available

                          from your IBM representative, for more detailed

                          information about the use of these drivers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  E-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  E-3. Guidelines for Selecting LSP Protocol     |

                      |             Drivers                                   |

                      +-------+---------------+---------------+---------------+

                      |  IEEE |               |               |               |

                      | 802.2 |               |               |               |

                      | INTERF|CE             |               |               |

                      | NEEDED| SELECT        | ADVANTAGES    | DISADVANTAGES |

                      +-------+---------------+---------------+---------------+

                      |   No  | NetBIOS for   | Better        |               |

                      |       | NDIS          | performance   |               |

                      +-------+---------------+---------------+---------------+

                      |  Yes  | IEEE 802.2    | Better        | Greater       |

                      |       | and           | performance   | memory        |

                      |       | NetBIOS for   |               | requirements  |

                      |       | NDIS          |               |               |

                      +-------+---------------+---------------+---------------+

                      |  Yes  | IEEE 802.2    | Lower memory  | Lower         |

                      |       | and           | requirements  | performance   |

                      |       | NetBIOS       |               |               |

                      +-------+---------------+---------------+---------------+

 

                      2.  Record the names of the protocol drivers that you

                          have selected.

 

                          For each of these protocol drivers that you choose,

                          the ATMAID program installs a fixed configuration of

                          parameters by inserting the following lines in the

                          CONFIG.SYS file of your computer:

 

                      +----------+--------------------------------------------+

                      | IEEE     | "DEVICE=c:\AT25LEI\DXME0MOD.SYS N          |

                      | 802.2    | ,16,0,0,0"                                 |

                      |          |                                            |

                      +----------+--------------------------------------------+

                      | NETBIOS  | "DEVICE=c:\AT25LEI\DXMT0MOD.SYS ST=12 S=12 |

                      |          | ES=1 EST=2 CF=Y O=N"                       |

                      +----------+--------------------------------------------+

                      | NETBIOS  | "DEVICE=c:\AT25LEI\DXMJ0MOD.SYS"           |

                      | FOR NDIS |                                            |

                      +----------+--------------------------------------------+

 

                          These parameters are representative of typical LSP

                          applications.  Refer to your LSP documentation for

                          more specific information.  If you must change these

                          parameters, see Appendix K, "Customizing Driver

                          Parameters for the DOS LAN Support Program NDIS" for

                          a complete description of LSP protocol driver

                          parameters.

 

                      3.  Go to step 3 on page 4-2.

 

 

 

 

 

          Appendix E.  LAN Emulation Driver Procedures for DOS and Windows  E-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  IBM TCP/IP ENVIRONMENTS

  _______________________

 

                      If you are installing the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter to work

                      with the IBM TCP/IP for DOS application program, you can

                      install and configure the adapter in one of the following

                      ways:

 

                      o   If the IBM TCP/IP program is already installed, go to

                          step 3 on page 4-2.  The ATMAID program configures

                          the device driver so that it can run with IBM TCP/IP.

 

                          NOTE:  If you are replacing another adapter as a part

                          of this process, you might need to edit your

                          CONFIG.SYS and PROTOCOL.INI files manually in order

                          to remove any references to the previous adapter.

 

                      o   If you are installing the IBM TCP/IP application

                          program and the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter at the same

                          time, you can use the AT25LED.DDI file, supplied with

                          the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, to do this.  See "Using the

                          TCP/IP Configuration Program."

 

                      o   If you do not want to use the AT25IPD.DDI file to

                          install IBM TCP/IP, you can install IBM TCP/IP by

                          using a placeholder device driver.  See "Application

                          Programs That Supply Protocol Drivers" on page E-9.

 

 

  CORRECTIVE SERVICE DISKETTE FOR IBM TCP/IP

 

                      To ensure correct functioning of IBM TCP/IP for DOS

                      Version 2.1.1 with the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, you must

                      apply corrective service diskette (CSD) UB10767.

                      Application of the CSD upgrades the level of TCP/IP to

                      2.1.1.4.  If you have difficulty running TCP/IP

                      applications such as File Transfer Protocol (FTP) and

                      PING, contact your IBM technical support representative

                      (see "Help and Service Information" on page 12-13) to

                      obtain the CSD.

 

 

  USING THE TCP/IP CONFIGURATION PROGRAM

 

                      You can use the configuration program that is included in

                      the TCP/IP application program to facilitate TURBOWAYS 25

                      driver installation by performing the following steps:

 

                      1.  Each of the two subdirectories of the ATMAID Diskette

                          includes a file (AT25LED.DDI) that can supplement the

                          NDIS.DDI file that is included in the IBM TCP/IP

                          application program.

 

                          o   If you are working in an Ethernet network, append

                              the a:\ETH\AT25LED.DDI file to the NDIS.DDI file.

 

 

  E-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          o   If you are working in a token-ring network,

                              append the a:\TOK\AT25LED.DDI file to the

                              NDIS.DDI file.

 

                      2.  Invoke the TCP/IP CUSTOM program.  If necessary,

                          refer to your TCP/IP documentation for information

                          about the CUSTOM program.

 

                      3.  Using the NDIS Interfaces function from the

                          Configuration pull-down menu, select TURBOWAYS 25 LAN

                          EMULATION ADAPTER.

 

                      4.  Exit the CUSTOM program, and go to step 3 on

                          page 4-2.

 

                          NOTE:  When you use the TCP/IP configuration program

                          in this manner, the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter

                          automatically sets a predetermined value for the

                          adapter's locally administered address parameter.  If

                          the LAN adapters in your network use locally

                          administered addresses instead of universally

                          administered addresses, make sure that, during step

                          10 on page 4-3, you change this preset address to the

                          address that you recorded on page 2-2.

 

 

  USING IBM TCP/IP CUSTOM AFTER DRIVER INSTALLATION

 

                      When you run the IBM TCP/IP CUSTOM  program after you

                      have configured the TURBOWAYS 25 device driver, CUSTOM

                      asks you if you want to replace certain TURBOWAYS 25

                      DEVICE= statements in the CONFIG.SYS file with other TCP

                      DEVICE= statements.  Do not let CUSTOM change the DEVICE=

                      statements.  Doing so can cause your system to fail.

 

 

  TCP/IP AND REMOVING THE DRIVER

 

                      In a computer that has no other bound driver and uses the

                      TCP Auto-Start facility to start TCP/IP automatically,

                      removal of the TURBOWAYS 25 device driver can cause the

                      computer to halt.  To prevent this, you must either

                      install another device driver or disable TCP Auto-Start.

 

 

  APPLICATION PROGRAMS THAT SUPPLY PROTOCOL DRIVERS

  _________________________________________________

 

                      Some application programs, such as IBM TCP/IP for DOS,

                      provide their own protocol drivers so that it is not

                      necessary to install the protocol drivers from the IBM

                      LSP.

 

                      To use these programs with the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter:

 

 

 

          Appendix E.  LAN Emulation Driver Procedures for DOS and Windows  E-9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      1.  Completely install the application program and its

                          protocol drivers and communication files.  Refer to

                          your application program documentation for

                          installation instructions.

 

                      2.  If possible, install your application program without

                          naming an adapter or MAC device driver.  The ATMAID

                          program will allow you to configure your application

                          program to work with the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.  In

                          some cases, you must install an adapter or MAC device

                          driver in order to complete the installation of the

                          application program.  If so, install one of the NDIS

                          device drivers that are included with the application

                          program.  This device driver will be used as a

                          placeholder until you can install the TURBOWAYS 25

                          device driver AT25LE.LDR (see step 24 on page 4-6).

                          Record the name of this driver so that it will be

                          available when you replace it.

 

                      3.  The ATMAID program recognizes any other protocols

                          already installed and will configure the TURBOWAYS 25

                          device driver to work with these protocols.

 

                          After the application program has been fully

                          installed, perform one of the following actions:

 

                          o   If you are in an IBM TCP/IP environment, go to

                              "Corrective Service Diskette for IBM TCP/IP" on

                              page E-8.

 

                          o   If you are not using an IBM TCP/IP environment,

                              go to step 3 on page 4-2.

 

 

  IBM DOS LAN SERVICES

  ____________________

 

                      The ATMAID Diskette includes installation files that

                      simplify configuration of the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter with

                      IBM DOS LAN Services (DLS).  You can use these files with

                      an existing DLS system or you can install a DLS program

                      and configure the adapter driver simultaneously.  If you

                      have the DLS program already installed, continue with

                      "Using ATMAID with an Existing DLS System" on page E-11.

                      If you are installing the DLS program, go to "Installing

                      a DLS System" on page E-13.

 

                      The DLS installation program works with a file on the

                      ATMAID Diskette, OEMSETUP.INF, that defines installation

                      parameters for the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.  Because there

                      are more adapter parameters than the DLS installation

                      program can process, seven of the least-important

                      parameters have been "commented out" in the OEMSETUP

                      files.  Using the truncated OEMSETUP files as described

                      in this section has the following effects:

 

 

  E-10  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      o   When the system is started, default values are

                          assigned to these parameters.

 

                      o   You are not able to change the settings of these

                          parameters.

 

                      o   The parameters are not entered into system

                          configuration files such as PROTOCOL.INI.

 

                      o   When the system is started, informational messages

                          are displayed to inform you that the parameters are

                          not explicitly defined.

 

                      This has a minimal effect on your system's operation.  If

                      you prefer to define these parameters explicitly, you

                      must edit the PROTOCOL.INI file manually.  To find the

                      correct PROTOCOL.INI file, in the CONFIG.SYS file locate

                      a call to the protocol manager similar to the following

                      statement:

 

                              DEVICE = C:\NET\PROTMAN.DOS /I:C:\NET

 

                      The path to the right of /I: is the path to the

                      PROTOCOL.INI file.  If no path is shown, the PROTOCOL.INI

                      file can be found in the DLS directory.  When you locate

                      the PROTOCOL.INI file, add the following lines at the end

                      of the AT25LED section:

 

                              CONN_COMP_TIMER = 4

                              CONTROL_TIMEOUT = 120

                              FLUSH_TIMEOUT = 4

                              FRWRD_DELAY_TIME = 15

                              MAX_RETRY_CNT = 1

                              MAX_UNKN_FR_CNT = 1

                              PATH_SWTCH_DELY = 6

 

                      These lines assign default values to the parameters.  If

                      you want to assign other values, see the allowable range

                      of values for each parameter in Appendix A, "ATM

                      Forum-Compliant LAN Emulation Configuration Parameters

                      for DOS, Windows, and OS/2."

 

 

  USING ATMAID WITH AN EXISTING DLS SYSTEM

 

                      1.  At the ATMAID program Main panel, select EXIT.

 

                      2.  Go to the directory on your computer where the DLS

                          application is installed and start the DLS

                          installation program.  Refer to your DLS

                          documentation if you need help in running the

                          program.

 

 

 

 

         Appendix E.  LAN Emulation Driver Procedures for DOS and Windows  E-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      3.  Follow the displayed instructions for installing a

                          LAN adapter.

 

                      4.  When the program asks you to specify the location of

                          the OEMSETUP.INF file, insert the ATMAID Diskette (if

                          you have not already done so).

 

                          o   If you are installing token-ring LAN emulation,

                              type A:\TOK.

                          o   If you are installing Ethernet LAN emulation,

                              type A:\ETH.

 

                          Press ENTER.

 

                      5.  The DLS program allows you to enter values for

                          TURBOWAYS 25 parameters.  The program requires that

                          you enter two specific parameters:

 

                          o   The LES ATM address (which you recorded on page

                              2-2)

 

                          o   The LAN type (802.3+V2 for Ethernet LAN

                              emulation) or 802.5 for token-ring LAN emulation)

 

                          NOTE:  If you enter the LES ATM address, you must

                          enter it as a 40-character, hexadecimal address

                          enclosed by beginning and ending quotation marks

                          (""), such that the total number of characters that

                          you enter is 42.  You must also enclose the LAN type

                          with quotation marks (either "802.3+V2" or "802.5").

 

                      6.  Make sure that the I/O address configured by the DLS

                          program matches the I/O address that you recorded on

                          page 3-2.  If it does not match, change the address

                          configured by the DLS program to match the one that

                          you recorded.

 

                      7.  If you are using locally administered addresses in

                          your system instead of universally administered

                          addresses, you also must enter the locally

                          administered address, enclosed by beginning and

                          ending quotation marks (""), that you recorded on

                          page 2-2.

 

                      8.  It might be necessary to change the values of some

                          parameters according to the requirements of your

                          network.

 

                          A.  If your system obtains the address of the LAN

                              Emulation Server automatically (for example, if

                              an LECS is present in the network), change the

                              value of the Automatic Configuration Mode

                              parameter to Yes.

 

 

 

  E-12  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          B.  If your network requires an Emulated LAN Name to

                              be specified, enter the name during this process.

                              This name is allowed to contain both upper- and

                              lower-case letters and spaces.

 

                              NOTE:  Some systems convert mixed-case names back

                              to upper-case when the data in included in the

                              PROTOCOL.INI file.  Ensure that this parameter is

                              entered in the PROTOCOL.INI file exactly as it is

                              defined in the network.  If necessary, find the

                              PROTOCOL.INI file and use an editor to change the

                              case.  If the name that you define includes

                              spaces, the name should be enclosed in quotation

                              marks ("").

 

                      9.  When you have finished running the IBM DLS

                          installation program, remove the ATMAID Diskette and

                          go to step 25 on page 4-6.

 

                          NOTE:  For this procedure to work, it is necessary

                          for the AT25LE.LDR and AT25LE.EXE files to be copied

                          into the DLS directory.  This should happen

                          automatically, but, in some systems, it might not.

                          If these files are not copied automatically, you must

                          manually copy them from the X:\AT25LEI directory to

                          your DLS directory.

 

 

  INSTALLING A DLS SYSTEM

 

                      If you are installing a new DLS system from diskettes,

                      you can install DLS and configure the TURBOWAYS 25

                      adapter at the same time.

 

                      1.  Before you install the DLS system, you must create a

                          directory on the hard disk to contain the TURBOWAYS

                          25 device driver files and the appropriate

                          OEMSETUP.INF file.  (If you have already used the

                          ATMAID program to copy the TURBOWAYS 25 files onto

                          the hard disk, you can use the AT25LEI directory that

                          was created by the ATMAID program as the DLS

                          directory.)

 

                      2.  If you are not using the AT25LEI directory as the DLS

                          directory, copy the following three files from the

                          ATMAID Diskette to the DLS directory:

 

                          o   AT25LE.EXE

                          o   AT25LE.LDR

                          o   OEMSETUP.INF from one of the following

                              directories:

                              -   ETH (for Ethernet LAN emulation)

                              -   TOK (for token-ring LAN emulation)

 

 

 

         Appendix E.  LAN Emulation Driver Procedures for DOS and Windows  E-13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      3.  If you are using the AT25LEI directory as the DLS

                          directory, copy OEMSETUP.INF from one of the

                          following directories on the ATMAID Diskette to the

                          DLS directory:

 

                          o   ETH (for Ethernet LAN emulation)

                          o   TOK (for token-ring LAN emulation)

 

                          (The device driver files are already on the AT25LEI

                          directory and do not have to be copied again.)

 

                      4.  Run the DLS installation program.  When the program

                          asks you to specify the location of the OEMSETUP.INF

                          file, enter the full path of the DLS directory.  (For

                          example, if you are using the AT25LEI directory, you

                          would enter X:\AT25LEI, where x represents the drive

                                      _                 _

                          on which you installed the TURBOWAYS files.)

 

                      5.  It might be necessary to change the values of some

                          parameters according to the requirements of your

                          network.

 

                          A.  If your system obtains the address of the LAN

                              Emulation Server automatically (for example, if

                              an LECS is present in the network), change the

                              value of the Automatic Configuration Mode

                              parameter to Yes.

 

                          B.  If your network requires an Emulated LAN Name to

                              be specified, enter the name during this process.

                              This name is allowed to contain both upper- and

                              lower-case letters and spaces.

 

                              NOTE:  Some systems convert mixed-case names back

                              to upper-case when the data in included in the

                              PROTOCOL.INI file.  Ensure that this parameter is

                              entered in the PROTOCOL.INI file exactly as it is

                              defined in the network.  If necessary, find the

                              PROTOCOL.INI file and use an editor to change the

                              case.  If the name that you define includes

                              spaces, the name should be enclosed in quotation

                              marks ("").

 

                      6.  When you have finished running the IBM DLS

                          installation program, remove the ATMAID Diskette and

                          go to step 25 on page 4-6.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  E-14  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  NETMANAGE NEWT OR NETMANAGE CHAMELEON ENVIRONMENTS

  __________________________________________________

 

                      It is recommended that you use the NDIS interface of

                      NetManage NEWT or Chameleon with the TURBOWAYS 25

                      adapter.  If you want to use the ODI interface of

                      NetManage NEWT or Chameleon with the adapter, you must

                      perform the following manual configuration:

 

                      1.  Start Windows and install NEWT or Chameleon according

                          to the instructions in your NetManage documentation.

                          (The instructions are written for NEWT but also apply

                          to Chameleon.)

 

                      2.  Insert the following line in your CONFIG.SYS file

                          after the "DEVICE=" statement for the TURBOWAYS 25

                          _____

                          device driver (AT25LE.LDR):

 

                                  DEVICE=x:\NETMANAG\NETMANAG.DOS

                                         _

 

                          where x represents the drive on which you installed

                                _

                          the NEWT or Chameleon files.

 

                      3.  Go to your AUTOEXEC.BAT file and edit the file as

                          shown in the following example:

 

                              c:\NWCLIENT\LSL            (existing line)

                              c:\AT25LEI\ODI2NDI         (insert this line here)re)

                              c:\AT25LEI\NETBIND         (move this line here)  )

                              c:\NWCLIENT\IPXODI         (existing line)

                              c:\NWCLIENT\VLM            (existing line)

                              c:\xxxxxxx\NMODI  (must follow c:\NWCLIENT\VLM)

                                    _______

 

                          NOTE:  The line "c:\xxxxxxx\NMODI" might be in a

                                              _______

                          separate directory.

 

                      4.  Modify your NET.CFG file using the sample provided in

                          your NetManage documentation as a guide.

 

                      5.  Add the following stanza to the appropriate

                          PROTOCOL.INI file (Ethernet or token-ring):

 

                                  [NETMANAGE]

                                     DRIVERNAME=NETMNG$

                                     BINDINGS=AT25LED

 

                      6.  Go to step 25 on page 4-6.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

         Appendix E.  LAN Emulation Driver Procedures for DOS and Windows  E-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  FTP SOFTWARE ONNET

  __________________

 

                      In order for OnNet to operate correctly, the PCTCP.INI

                      file in the PCTCP directory must include the following

                      statement in the [pctcp kernel] stanza:

 

                             kernel-int = 0 x nn

                                              __

 

                      where nn represents a value from 62 to 80.

                            __

 

                      If this statement is not present in [pctcp kernel], you

                      must manually edit the PCTCP.INI file and add it.

 

                      You also must manually change the following line in the

                      [pctcp ifcust 0] stanza in the PCTCP.INI file from:

 

                             frame-type = DIX-Ethernet

 

                      to:

 

                             frame-type = Token-Ring

 

                      NOTE:  If you are using an interface that is named

                      something other than [ifcust 0], change the

                      correspondingly named stanza in the PCTCP.INI file.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  E-16  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPENDIX F.  CLASSICAL IP SPECIFIC DRIVER INSTALLATION PROCEDURES FOR DOS AND

  _____________________________________________________________________________

  WINDOWS

  _______

 

 

 

 

 

                      The TURBOWAYS 25 Classical IP driver supports IP protocol

                      stacks and applications that include IP protocol stacks.

                      This appendix describes the steps necessary to install

                      adapter device drivers in these environments.

 

                      Use Table F-1 to identify your program and the

                      appropriate section that describes the specific

                      procedures necessary to install the driver, go to the

                      applicable section, and perform the necessary steps

                      before continuing with Chapter 5, "Installing the

                      Classical IP Driver in a DOS or Windows System."

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  F-1. Specific Driver Installation Procedures   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IF YOU ARE USING: | GO TO:                            |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | IBM TCP/IP        | "IBM TCP/IP Environments" on      |

                      |                   | page F-2.                         |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | A program with IP | "Programs with IP Protocol        |

                      | protocol stacks   | Stacks" on page F-3.              |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | FTP Software      | "FTP Software OnNet" on page F-4. |

                      | OnNet             |                                   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Novell LAN        | "Novell LAN WorkPlace" on         |

                      | WorkPlace         | page F-5.                         |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              F-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  IBM TCP/IP ENVIRONMENTS

  _______________________

 

                      If you are installing the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter to work

                      with the IBM TCP/IP for DOS application program, you can

                      install and configure the adapter in one of the following

                      ways:

 

                      o   If the IBM TCP/IP program is already installed, go to

                          step 3 on page 5-2.  The ATMAID program configures

                          the device driver so that it can run with IBM TCP/IP.

 

                          NOTE:  If you are replacing another adapter as a part

                          of this process, you might need to edit your

                          CONFIG.SYS and PROTOCOL.INI files manually in order

                          to remove any references to the previous adapter.

 

                      o   If you are installing the IBM TCP/IP application

                          program and the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter at the same

                          time, you can use the AT25IPD.DDI file, supplied with

                          the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, to do this.  See "Using the

                          TCP/IP Configuration Program."

 

                      o   If you do not want to use the AT25IPD.DDI file to

                          install IBM TCP/IP, you can install IBM TCP/IP by

                          using a placeholder device driver.  See "Programs

                          with IP Protocol Stacks" on page F-3.

 

 

  CORRECTIVE SERVICE DISKETTE FOR IBM TCP/IP

 

                      To ensure correct functioning of IBM TCP/IP for DOS

                      Version 2.1.1 with the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, you must

                      apply corrective service diskette (CSD) UB10767.

                      Application of the CSD upgrades the level of TCP/IP to

                      2.1.1.4.  If you have difficulty running TCP/IP

                      applications such as File Transfer Protocol (FTP) and

                      PING, contact your IBM technical support representative

                      (see "Help and Service Information" on page 12-13) to

                      obtain the CSD.

 

 

  USING THE TCP/IP CONFIGURATION PROGRAM

 

                      You can use the configuration program that is included in

                      the TCP/IP application program to facilitate TURBOWAYS 25

                      driver installation by performing the following steps:

 

                      1.  The directory of the ATMAID Diskette includes a file

                          (AT25IPD.DDI) that can supplement the NDIS.DDI file

                          that is included in the IBM TCP/IP application

                          program.  Append the a:\AT25IPD.DDI file to the

                          NDIS.DDI file.

 

 

 

 

  F-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      2.  Invoke the TCP/IP CUSTOM program.  If necessary,

                          refer to your TCP/IP documentation for information

                          about the CUSTOM program.

 

                      3.  Using the NDIS Interfaces function from the

                          Configuration pull-down menu, select TURBOWAYS 25

                          CLASSICAL IP ADAPTER.

 

                      4.  Exit the CUSTOM program, and go to step 3 on

                          page 5-2.

 

                          NOTE:  When you use the TCP/IP configuration program

                          in this manner, the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter

                          automatically sets a predetermined value for the

                          adapter's locally administered address parameter.  If

                          the LAN adapters in your network use locally

                          administered addresses instead of universally

                          administered addresses, make sure that, during step

                          11 on page 5-3, you change this preset address to the

                          address that you recorded on page 2-2.

 

 

  USING IBM TCP/IP CUSTOM AFTER DRIVER INSTALLATION

 

                      When you run the IBM TCP/IP CUSTOM  program after you

                      have configured the TURBOWAYS 25 device driver, CUSTOM

                      asks you if you want to replace certain TURBOWAYS 25

                      DEVICE= statements in the CONFIG.SYS file with other TCP

                      DEVICE= statements.  Do not let CUSTOM change the DEVICE=

                      statements.  Doing so can cause your system to fail.

 

 

  TCP/IP AND REMOVING THE DRIVER

 

                      In a computer that has no other bound driver and uses the

                      TCP Auto-Start facility to start TCP/IP automatically,

                      removal of the TURBOWAYS 25 device driver can cause the

                      computer to halt.  To prevent this, you must either

                      install another device driver or disable TCP Auto-Start.

 

 

  PROGRAMS WITH IP PROTOCOL STACKS

  ________________________________

 

                      Most TCP/IP programs, such as IBM TCP/IP for DOS, provide

                      IP protocol stacks.

 

                      To use these programs with the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter:

 

                      1.  Completely install the application program and its

                          protocol stacks.  Refer to your application program

                          documentation for installation instructions.

 

                      2.  If possible, install your application program without

                          naming an adapter or MAC device driver.  The ATMAID

 

 

           Appendix F.  Classical IP Driver Procedures for DOS and Windows  F-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          program will allow you to configure your application

                          program to work with the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.  In

                          some cases, you must install an adapter or MAC device

                          driver in order to complete the installation of the

                          application program.  If so, install one of the NDIS

                          device drivers that are included with the application

                          program.  This device driver will be used as a

                          placeholder until you can install the TURBOWAYS 25

                          device driver AT25IP.LDR (see step 24 on page 5-4).

                          Record the name of this driver so that it will be

                          available when you replace it.

 

                      3.  The ATMAID program recognizes any other protocols

                          already installed and will configure the TURBOWAYS 25

                          device driver to work with these protocols.

 

                          After the application program has been fully

                          installed, perform one of the following actions:

 

                          o   If you are in an IBM TCP/IP environment, go to

                              "Corrective Service Diskette for IBM TCP/IP" on

                              page F-2.

 

                          o   If you are not using an IBM TCP/IP environment,

                              go to step 3 on page 5-2.

 

 

  FTP SOFTWARE ONNET

  __________________

 

                      In order for OnNet to operate correctly, the PCTCP.INI

                      file in the PCTCP directory must include the following

                      statement in the [pctcp kernel] stanza:

 

                             kernel-int = 0 x nn

                                              __

 

                      where nn represents a number from 62 to 80.

                            __

 

                      If this statement is not present in [pctcp kernel], you

                      must manually edit the PCTCP.INI file and add it.

 

                      You also must manually change the following line in the

                      [pctcp ifcust 0] stanza in the PCTCP.INI file from:

 

                             frame-type = DIX-Ethernet

 

                      to:

 

                             frame-type = Token-Ring

 

                      NOTE:  If you are using an interface that is named

                      something other than [ifcust 0], change the

                      correspondingly named stanza in the PCTCP.INI file.

 

 

 

 

  F-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  NOVELL LAN WORKPLACE

  ____________________

 

                      If you have already installed LAN WorkPlace, go to step 3

                      on page 5-2.

 

                      NOTE:  Do NOT install the TURBOWAYS 25 device driver

                                ___

                      BEFORE you install the LAN WorkPlace software.

                      ______

 

                      1.  If you are in the ATMAID program, select EXIT at the

                          ATMAID program Main panel and remove the ATMAID

                          Diskette.

 

                      2.  Run the LAN WorkPlace installation program.  You

                          might need to refer to your LAN WorkPlace

                          documentation for information on running the program.

 

                      3.  Exit the installation program before configuring LAN

                          WorkPlace.  Copy the following four files from the

                          AT25IPI directory to the NetWare client directory

                          (usually NWCLIENT):

 

                          o   ODI2NDI.COM

                          o   ODI2NDI.INS

                          o   LT8.MSG

 

                      4.  Start the LAN WorkPlace Configuration program.  You

                          might need to refer to your LAN WorkPlace

                          documentation for information on running the program.

 

                      5.  When you are asked to choose a LAN adapter brand,

                          select ATM CLASSICAL IP ODI2NDI ENABLER.

 

                      6.  Finish configuring LAN WorkPlace, select OK to save

                          the configuration settings, and exit the program.

 

                      7.  Go to step 3 on page 5-2.  In step 16 on page 5-3, be

                          sure to select ATM CLASSICAL IP ODI2NDI ENABLER for

                          the protocol driver.

 

 

  LAN WORKPLACE CONFIGURATION PROGRAM PROBLEMS

 

                      Running the LAN WorkPlace configuration program any time

                      after you have configured the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter with

                      the ATMAID program removes the following statement from

                      the LAN WorkPlace STARTNET.BAT file:

 

                                   c:\AT25IPI\NETBIND.COM

 

                      If your LAN WorkPlace system does not function correctly,

                      make sure that this statement is present in the

                      STARTNET.BAT file, immediately after the following

                      statements:

 

 

 

           Appendix F.  Classical IP Driver Procedures for DOS and Windows  F-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                   c:\NWCLIENT\LSL /c=c:\NWCLIENT\NET.CFG

                                   c:\NWCLIENT\ODI2NDI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  F-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPENDIX G.  DRIVER MESSAGES

  ____________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This appendix contains messages that can be received from

                      the NDIS MAC drivers and the ODI-to-NDIS mapper.  The

                      messages are either displayed or logged to a file.  See

                      Table G-1 to determine where you should go for more

                      information on the messages you are receiving.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  G-1. Driver Messages                           |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | MESSAGE          | FOR MORE INFORMATION               |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | Message prefix   | Go to "NDIS MAC Driver Messages    |

                      | ATW              | for DOS and Windows" on page G-2   |

                      |                  | or "OS/2 Driver Messages" on       |

                      |                  | page G-18.                         |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | Message prefix   | Go to "ODI-to-NDIS Mapper Messages |

                      | LT8              | for DOS and Windows" on page G-10. |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | Message prefix   | Refer to your LSP documentation.   |

                      | DXM              |                                    |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | Windows NT       | Go to "Windows NT Driver Messages" |

                      | messages         | on page G-18.                      |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

                      | Other messages   | Consult your network application   |

                      |                  | documentation:  for example, your  |

                      |                  | TCP/IP documentation.              |

                      +------------------+------------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              G-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

  ATW0001 O ATW0004

 

 

  NDIS MAC DRIVER MESSAGES FOR DOS AND WINDOWS

  ____________________________________________

 

                      This section contains the messages for the NDIS MAC

                      driver.  If you receive a message that is not listed

                      here, contact service as described in "Help and Service

                      Information" on page 12-13.

 

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0001 THE VALUE SPECIFIED FOR THE PARAMETER XX IN

                             PROTOCOL.INI IS NOT THE CORRECT TYPE.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The value provided for the parameter

                             in the MAC section in PROTOCOL.INI is not the

                             correct type.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file to change

                             the value for the parameter.  See the appropriate

                             parameter table listed in Table H-1 on page H-2

                             for a description of the valid types for each NDIS

                             MAC driver parameter.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0002 AN UNRECOVERABLE ERROR OCCURRED IN THE TURBOWAYS

                             ATM DEVICE DRIVER PROGRAM.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  An internal software error occurred.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Contact your service personnel.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0003 TURBOWAYS ATM ADAPTER UNIVERSAL ADDRESS IS

                             XXXXXXXXXXXX.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  This is an informational message.

 

                             USER ACTION:  No action is required.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0004 TURBOWAYS ATM ADAPTER IS USING A LOCAL ADDRESS OF

                             XXXXXXXXXXXX.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  This is an informational message.

 

                             USER ACTION:  No action is required.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  G-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                              ATW0005 O ATW0008

 

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0005 TURBOWAYS ATM ADAPTER IS NOT RESPONDING.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The adapter is not responding to a

                             request to initialize.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Use the ATMAID Diskette to run the

                             adapter diagnostics.  See "Testing the Adapter" on

                             page 3-6 for instructions.

 

                             If the diagnostics run without error, contact your

                             service personnel.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0006 DUPLICATE DEVICE DRIVER STATEMENTS EXIST IN

                             CONFIG.SYS.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  There are more than the required

                             number of Device statements for the NDIS MAC

                             driver loader in the CONFIG.SYS file.  Only one

                             occurrence of the Device statement is required to

                             support all of the TURBOWAYS 25 adapters

                             installed.  Additional occurrences of the Device

                             statement will be ignored.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the CONFIG.SYS file to remove

                             the duplicate Device statement that loads the NDIS

                             MAC driver.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0007 THE REQUIRED PARAMETER DRIVERNAME WAS NOT FOUND

                             IN THE PROTOCOL.INI FILE.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The Drivername parameter was not

                             found in the NDIS MAC driver section of the

                             PROTOCOL.INI file.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file to add

                             the following statement in the MAC section in

                             PROTOCOL.INI:

 

                               Drivername = xxxxxxx

                                            _______

 

                             where xxxxxxx represents the NDIS driver name.

                                   _______

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0008 THE PROTOCOL MANAGER COULD NOT BE OPENED.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  An unexpected error occurred when

                             the program attempted to open the Protocol

                             Manager.  The NDIS MAC driver has been removed.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Search the hard disk for the

                             Protocol Manager.  Note the path where the module

 

 

                                              Appendix G.  Driver Messages  G-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

  ATW0009 O ATW0012

 

 

                             was found.  Edit the CONFIG.SYS file to change the

                             Device statement for the Protocol Manager to

                             specify the path where the module was found.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0009 AN UNRECOVERABLE ERROR OCCURRED WHILE THE

                             TURBOWAYS ATM DEVICE DRIVER PROGRAM WAS ATTEMPTING

                             TO REGISTER WITH THE PROTOCOL MANAGER.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The device driver was unable to

                             register with the Protocol Manager.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Reinstall the Protocol Manager and

                             try the operation again.  If you still receive an

                             error, contact your service personnel.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0010 NO ADAPTER SUPPORTED BY THIS DEVICE DRIVER WAS

                             FOUND IN THE SYSTEM.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  A TURBOWAYS 25 adapter was not found

                             in this computer.  The TURBOWAYS 25 adapter is

                             required to run the NDIS MAC driver.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Install a TURBOWAYS 25 adapter in

                             this computer or remove the Device statement for

                             the MAC driver loader from the CONFIG.SYS file.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0011 THE UNRECOGNIZED PARAMETER XX WAS FOUND IN THE

                             PROTOCOL.INI FILE.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  An unrecognized parameter was found

                             while processing the NDIS MAC driver section of

                             the PROTOCOL.INI file.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file to remove

                             the parameter or change the parameter to a valid

                             name.  See the appropriate parameter table listed

                             in Table H-1 on page H-2 for an explanation of the

                             supported parameters.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0012 THE VALUE SPECIFIED FOR NETWORK ADDRESS IN

                             PROTOCOL.INI IS NOT VALID.  THE UNIVERSAL ADDRESS

                             WILL BE SUBSTITUTED.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The value specified for the network

                             address parameter (MAC_ADDR) in the NDIS MAC

                             section of the PROTOCOL.INI file is not valid for

                             one of the following reasons:

 

                             o   Local station address not valid

                             o   Address too long

 

 

  G-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                              ATW0013 O ATW0015

 

 

                             o   Address too short

                             o   Contains non-hexadecimal digits

                             o   Not enclosed in double quotes

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file to remove

                             or correct the NetAddress parameter.  A valid

                             value for this parameter is 12 hexadecimal digits,

                             which are enclosed in double quotes (" ").  The

                             address must be in the range X'400000000000' to

                             X'7FFFFFFFFFFF'.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0013 XX INITIALIZATION COMPLETE.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  This is an informational message,

                             where xx is the network type.

 

                             USER ACTION:  No action is required.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0014 A HARDWARE FAILURE OCCURRED DURING THE ATTEMPT TO

                             OPEN THE ADAPTER.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  A hardware error occurred when the

                             adapter tried to open onto the network.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Use the ATMAID Diskette to run the

                             adapter diagnostics.  See "Testing the Adapter" on

                             page 3-6 for instructions.

 

                             If no errors are found, contact your service

                             personnel.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0015 A MEDIA ERROR HAS OCCURRED.  ENSURE THAT THE

                             ADAPTER IS CONNECTED TO THE NETWORK.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  While attempting to open the

                             TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, the system received an

                             indication that the adapter is not connected to

                             the network.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Ensure that an adapter cable is

                             connected to the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, that the

                             cable is connected directly or indirectly to a

                             25-Mbps ATM switch or concentrator, and that you

                             have used cables that correspond to the adapter's

                             ATM Forum pin assignment (see Appendix I, "ATM

                             25-Mbps Interface Wiring Standards and Cable

                             Specifications" on page I-1 for information on the

                             appropriate cables).

 

                             If the error continues, perform the following

                             steps:

 

 

                                              Appendix G.  Driver Messages  G-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

  ATW0016 O ATW0018

 

 

                             1.  Verify that the access unit is operating

                                 correctly.

                             2.  Replace the adapter cable with a cable that is

                                 known to be good.

                             3.  Use the ATMAID Diskette to run the adapter

                                 diagnostics.  See "Testing the Adapter" on

                                 page 3-6 for instructions.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0016 THE VALUE SPECIFIED FOR THE PARAMETER XX IN

                             PROTOCOL.INI IS NOT WITHIN THE ALLOWABLE RANGE.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The value provided for the parameter

                             in the MAC section in PROTOCOL.INI is not within

                             the allowable range.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file to change

                             the value for the parameter.  See the appropriate

                             parameter table listed in Table H-1 on page H-2

                             for a description of the valid values for each

                             NDIS MAC driver parameter.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0017 THE VALUE SPECIFIED FOR THE PARAMETER XX IN

                             PROTOCOL.INI IS NOT IN THE ALLOWABLE SET OF

                             VALUES.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The value provided for the parameter

                             in the MAC section in PROTOCOL.INI is not in the

                             allowable set of values.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file to change

                             the value for the parameter.  See the appropriate

                             parameter table listed in Table H-1 on page H-2

                             for a description of the allowable values for each

                             NDIS MAC driver parameter.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0018 TURBOWAYS ATM ADAPTER IS UNABLE TO REGISTER ITS

                             LOCAL ATM ADDRESS ON THE ILMI CHANNEL WITH THE

                             SWITCH.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The adapter timed out while

                             attempting to register its local ATM address on

                             the ILMI channel with the switch.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Ensure that an adapter cable is

                             connected to the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, that the

                             cable is connected directly or indirectly to a

                             25-Mbps ATM switch or concentrator, and that you

                             have used cables that correspond to the adapter's

                             ATM Forum pin assignment (see Appendix I, "ATM

                             25-Mbps Interface Wiring Standards and Cable

 

 

 

  G-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                              ATW0019 O ATW0021

 

 

                             Specifications" on page I-1 for information on the

                             appropriate cables).

 

                             If the error continues, perform the following

                             steps:

 

                             1.  Verify that the access unit is operating

                                 correctly.

                             2.  Replace the adapter cable with a cable that is

                                 known to be good.

                             3.  Use the ATMAID Diskette to run the adapter

                                 diagnostics.  See "Testing the Adapter" on

                                 page 3-6 for instructions.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0019 THE STRING SPECIFIED FOR THE PARAMETER XX IN

                             PROTOCOL.INI IS THE WRONG LENGTH.  PROCESSING WILL

                             CONTINUE WITH THE DEFAULT VALUE.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The string provided for the

                             parameter in the MAC section in PROTOCOL.INI is

                             the wrong length.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file to change

                             the length of the string specified for the

                             parameter.  See the appropriate parameter table

                             listed in Table H-1 on page H-2 for a description

                             of the allowable values for each NDIS MAC driver

                             parameter.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0020 THE STRING SPECIFIED FOR THE PARAMETER XX IN

                             PROTOCOL.INI IS THE WRONG LENGTH.  PROCESSING

                             CANNOT CONTINUE BECAUSE NO DEFAULT VALUE EXISTS.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The string provided for the

                             parameter in the MAC section in PROTOCOL.INI is

                             the wrong length.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file to change

                             the length of the string specified for the

                             parameter.  See the appropriate parameter table

                             listed in Table H-1 on page H-2 for a description

                             of the allowable values for each NDIS MAC driver

                             parameter.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0021 PARAMETER XX IN PROTOCOL.INI WAS NOT FOUND.

                             PROCESSING WILL CONTINUE WITH THE DEFAULT VALUE.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The parameter xx in the MAC section

                             in PROTOCOL.INI was not found.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file and

 

 

                                              Appendix G.  Driver Messages  G-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

  ATW0022 O ATW0024

 

 

                             supply the parameter and its value.  See the

                             appropriate parameter table listed in Table H-1 on

                             page H-2 for a description of the allowable values

                             for each NDIS MAC driver parameter.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0022 PARAMETER XX IN PROTOCOL.INI WAS NOT FOUND.

                             PROCESSING WILL NOT CONTINUE BECAUSE NO DEFAULT

                             VALUE EXISTS.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The parameter xx in the MAC section

                             in PROTOCOL.INI was not found.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file and

                             supply the parameter and its value.  See the

                             appropriate parameter table listed in Table H-1 on

                             page H-2 for a description of the allowable values

                             for each NDIS MAC driver parameter.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0023 THE PARAMETER XX IN PROTOCOL.INI OCCURS MORE THAN

                             ONCE.  ONLY THE FIRST OCCURRENCE WILL BE

                             RECOGNIZED.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  This parameter appears more than

                             once in the PROTOCOL.INI file.  Only the value for

                             the first occurrence will be used.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file and

                             remove all but one occurrence of the parameter.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0024 TURBOWAYS ATM ADAPTER IS UNABLE TO REGISTER ITS

                             ATM NETWORK ADDRESS.  THIS CONFIGURATION IS

                             PROBABLY ATTEMPTING TO USE AN ADDRESS THAT IS

                             ALREADY IN USE.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The adapter was unable to register

                             its ATM network address.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Ensure that the value of the

                             MAC_ADDR parameter in the PROTOCOL.INI file is

                             unique in the ATM network.  If necessary, ask your

                             network administrator for a unique locally

                             administered address or delete the MAC_ADDR

                             parameter from the PROTOCOL.INI file so that the

                             adapter will be known on the network by its

                             universally administered address.  (See the

                             appropriate parameter table listed in Table H-1 on

                             page H-2 for more information about the MAC_ADDR

                             parameter.)

 

 

 

 

 

  G-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                              ATW0025 O ATW0025

 

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      ATW0025 PRESS ANY KEY TO CONTINUE...

 

                             EXPLANATION:  An error condition has been detected

                             during device driver initialization.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Record the numbers and text of any

                             error messages listed before this one, locate each

                             error message in this appendix, and take the

                             appropriate action.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                              Appendix G.  Driver Messages  G-9

 

 

 

 

 

 

  LT80101 O LT80103

 

 

  ODI-TO-NDIS MAPPER MESSAGES FOR DOS AND WINDOWS

  _______________________________________________

 

                      This section contains the messages for the ODI-to-NDIS

                      mapper (ODI2NDI).

 

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80101 UNRECOGNIZED NET.CFG PARAMETER - x.

                                                               _

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The parameter x is not supported by

                                                         _

                             the ODI-to-NDIS mapper.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the mapper section (ODI2NDI) of

                             the PROTOCOL.INI file to remove the parameter or

                             change it to a valid keyword.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80102 ODI2NDI ALREADY LOADED OR CANNOT BE UNLOADED.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The ODI-to-NDIS mapper (ODI2NDI) has

                             already been loaded.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             1.  Edit the AUTOEXEC.BAT file to remove the

                                 duplicate Device statement for ODI2NDI.COM.

 

                             2.  Reboot the computer to verify that the mapper

                                 will be installed correctly.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80103 MAXTXFRAMESIZE PARAMETER IS TOO SMALL.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The value of the MaxTxFrameSize

                             parameter for the NDIS MAC driver is too small for

                             the ODI-to-NDIS mapper.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             The TURBOWAYS 25 equivalent of the MaxTxFrameSize

                             is MAX_FRAME_SIZE.  Follow the recommended actions

                             below:

 

                             1.  See the appropriate parameter table listed in

                                 Table H-1 on page H-2 for an explanation of

                                 the MAX_FRAME_SIZE parameter.

 

                             2.  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file to change the value

                                 of the MAX_FRAME_SIZE parameter in the MAC

                                 section.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  G-10  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                              LT80198 O LT80208

 

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80198 THE ATTEMPT TO ADD THE PROTOCOL ID FOR THE

                             NETWARE MULTIPLE LINK INTERFACE DRIVER (MLID)

                             FAILED.  ODI2NDI CANNOT FUNCTION.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  Because the attempt to add the MLID

                             protocol ID has failed, the ODI-to-NDIS mapper

                             will not work.

 

                             USER ACTION:  You might have too many protocol IDs

                             defined.  Delete the protocol IDs that are not

                             required.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80199 THE ATTEMPT TO ALLOCATE MEMORY FOR VIRTUAL BOARDS

                             FAILED.  ODI2NDI CANNOT FUNCTION.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The ODI-to-NDIS mapper could not

                             obtain memory.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Contact your service personnel.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80204 ODI2NDI COULD NOT FIND THE LINK SUPPORT LAYER

                             (LSL) MODULE.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The LSL.COM module is used to

                             communicate with the NetWare protocols that use

                             the adapter.  The ODI-to-NDIS mapper (ODI2NDI)

                             cannot find the module.  The module must be loaded

                             before the mapper is loaded.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             1.  Ensure that the NetWare shell for DOS is

                                 installed.

 

                             2.  Edit the AUTOEXEC.BAT file.  Move the Device

                                 statement for LSL.COM before the DEVICE

                                 statement for ODI2NDI.COM, or add such a

                                 statement if one does not exist.

 

                             3.  Reboot the computer to verify that the mapper

                                 and LSL.COM will be loaded successfully.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80208 ODI2NDI SET PACKET FILTER FOR ADAPTER n FAILED.

                                                                    _

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The ODI-to-NDIS mapper could not

                             specify which frames to receive.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

 

 

 

                                             Appendix G.  Driver Messages  G-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

  LT80209 O LT80210

 

 

                             1.  Verify that the MAC driver loader has been

                                 loaded and that the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter is

                                 operational.

 

                             2.  Use the ATMAID Diskette to run the adapter

                                 diagnostics on the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.  See

                                 "Testing the Adapter" on page 3-6 for

                                 instructions.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80209 ODI2NDI SET LOOK-AHEAD SIZE FOR ADAPTER n FAILED.

                                                                      _

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The ODI-to-NDIS mapper has tried to

                             specify the amount of data in the frame that must

                             be available so that the mapper can interrogate

                             the frame.  That action will ensure that the frame

                             is owned by the mapper.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             1.  Verify that the NDIS MAC driver has been

                                 loaded and that the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter is

                                 operational.

 

                             2.  Use the ATMAID Diskette to run the adapter

                                 diagnostics on the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.  See

                                 "Testing the Adapter" on page 3-6 for

                                 instructions.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80210 ODI2NDI SET NETADDRESS FOR ADAPTER n FAILED.

                                                                 _

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The mapper section of the

                             PROTOCOL.INI file contains a value for the

                             NetAddress parameter.  That parameter specifies

                             the node address to be used for the TURBOWAYS 25

                             adapter.  However, the mapper is unable to set the

                             address for the adapter.

 

                             The problem might have been caused by another

                             protocol setting a different node address for the

                             TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  G-12  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                              LT80211 O LT80213

 

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file to:

 

                             1.  Verify that the NetAddress value is valid.

                                 See the appropriate parameter table listed in

                                 Table H-1 on page H-2 for a description of the

                                 valid values.

 

                             2.  Verify that a different NetAddress parameter

                                 has not been specified in the NDIS MAC driver

                                 section for the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.

 

                             3.  Verify that another protocol that binds the

                                 adapter NDIS MAC driver has not set a

                                 different value for the NetAddress.  For DOS

                                 systems, it is recommended that the NetAddress

                                 parameter be configured in the NDIS MAC driver

                                 instead of in the mapper and protocol drivers

                                 that use the adapter.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80211 ODI2NDI OPEN FOR ADAPTER n FAILED.  UNABLE TO USE

                                                       _

                             ADAPTER n.

                                     _

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The ODI-to-NDIS mapper could not

                             open the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             1.  Check the display to verify that the MAC

                                 driver loader has been loaded and initialized

                                 successfully.

 

                             2.  Verify that the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter is

                                 operational.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80213 ODI2NDI UNABLE TO BIND TO NDIS MAC DRIVER x.

                                                                        _

                             UNABLE TO USE ADAPTER n.

                                                   _

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The ODI-to-NDIS mapper could not

                             bind the specified NDIS MAC driver for the

                             specified adapter.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             1.  Check the display to verify that the MAC

                                 driver loader has been loaded and initialized

                                 successfully.

 

                             2.  Verify that the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter in the

                                 computer is operational.

 

                             3.  Use the ATMAID Diskette to run the adapter

                                 diagnostics on the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.  See

 

 

                                             Appendix G.  Driver Messages  G-13

 

 

 

 

 

 

  LT80217 O LT80218E

 

 

                                 "Testing the Adapter" on page 3-6 for

                                 instructions.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80217 THE OPEN ADAPTER REQUEST TO NDIS MAC DRIVER x

                                                                          _

                             FAILED.  UNABLE TO USE ADAPTER n.

                                                            _

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The ODI-to-NDIS mapper is unable to

                             open the adapter.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             1.  Check the display to verify that the MAC

                                 driver loader has been loaded and initialized

                                 successfully.

 

                             2.  Verify that the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter in the

                                 computer is operational.

 

                             3.  Use the ATMAID Diskette to run the adapter

                                 diagnostics on the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.  See

                                 "Testing the Adapter" on page 3-6 for

                                 instructions.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80217E THE OPEN ADAPTER REQUEST TO NDIS MAC DRIVER x

                                                                           _

                             TIMED OUT.  UNABLE TO USE ADAPTER n.

                                                               _

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The ODI-to-NDIS mapper is unable to

                             open the adapter.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             1.  Check the LES ATM address to verify that it is

                                 correct.

 

                             2.  Check the physical connection to make sure

                                 that it is established.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80218E ODI2NDI SECTION MISSING FROM PROTOCOL.INI.

                             ODI2NDI CANNOT FUNCTION.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The mapper (ODI2NDI) must have a

                             section in the PROTOCOL.INI file, but the section

                             is not in the file.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file to add a

                             section for the mapper (ODI2NDI).  Reboot the

                             computer to load the mapper.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  G-14  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                              LT80219 O LT80221

 

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80219 ODI2NDI REQUIRES BINDINGS STATEMENT IN

                             PROTOCOL.INI.  ODI2NDI CANNOT FUNCTION.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The mapper (ODI2NDI) must have a

                             section in the PROTOCOL.INI file.  After the

                             section name, a Bindings statement must be

                             included to bind the mapper with the NDIS MAC

                             driver for each adapter the mapper will use.

                             However, no Bindings statement is in the mapper

                             section or there is a syntax error in the Bindings

                             statement.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file.  Add a

                             Bindings statement to the mapper (ODI2NDI) section

                             if one does not exist, or ensure that the syntax

                             of the Bindings statement is "Bindings = ODINDI$".

                             Reboot the computer to load the mapper.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80220 TOO MANY NDIS MAC DRIVER BINDINGS IN

                             PROTOCOL.INI.  ODI2NDI CANNOT FUNCTION.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The mapper (ODI2NDI) must have a

                             section in the PROTOCOL.INI file.  After the

                             section name, a Bindings statement must be

                             included to bind the mapper with the NDIS MAC

                             driver for the adapter that the mapper will use.

                             For DOS systems, the mapper can bind only one NDIS

                             MAC driver.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the PROTOCOL.INI file to change

                             the Bindings statement in the mapper (ODI2NDI)

                             section.  Ensure that only one MAC section name

                             appears in the statement.  Reboot the computer to

                             load the mapper.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80221 ODI2NDI COULD NOT LOCATE THE PROTOCOL MANAGER.

                             ODI2NDI CANNOT FUNCTION.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The PROTOCOL.INI file contains the

                             parameter values that the mapper (ODI2NDI) must

                             use.  However, the mapper cannot find the file.

                             The file should be in the path specified in the

                             Device statement that loads the Protocol Manager.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the CONFIG.SYS file to verify

                             that it contains a Device statement for the

                             Protocol Manager.  The following is an example of

                             such a statement:

 

                               Device = C:\xxxxxxx\PROTMAN.DOS /i: C:\yyyyyyy

                                           _______                    _______

 

 

 

                                             Appendix G.  Driver Messages  G-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

  LT80222 O LT80224

 

 

                             where xxxxxxx represents the TURBOWAYS

                                   _______

                             installation directory and yyyyyyy represents the

                                                        _______

                             directory containing the PROTOCOL.INI file.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80222 ODI2NDI COULD NOT OBTAIN THE CONFIGURATION IMAGE

                             FROM THE PROTOCOL MANAGER.  ODI2NDI CANNOT

                             FUNCTION.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The Protocol Manager did not respond

                             to the request to send the configuration image to

                             the ODI-to-NDIS mapper.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             1.  Ensure that the PROTOCOL.INI file exists and

                                 does not contain errors.  Reboot the computer

                                 after you have verified the file.

 

                             2.  It is possible that a program loaded between

                                 the Protocol Manager file and the ODI2NDI.COM

                                 file has corrupted the image in memory.

                                 Contact your network administrator for

                                 assistance.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80223 ODI2NDI COULD NOT REGISTER WITH THE PROTOCOL

                             MANAGER.  ODI2NDI CANNOT FUNCTION.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  An error occurred when the

                             ODI-to-NDIS mapper tried to register with the

                             Protocol Manager.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Contact your network administrator

                             for assistance.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80224 INCONSISTENT FRAME TYPE x CONFIGURED FOR ODI2NDI

                                                      _

                             FOR ADAPTER n.  ODI2NDI MIGHT NOT FUNCTION

                                         _

                             CORRECTLY.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The mapper (ODI2NDI) supports six

                             frame types for the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter:  four

                             for Ethernet emulation (ETHERNET_802.2,

                             ETHERNET_SNAP, ETHERNET_802.3, and ETHERNET_II)

                             and two for token-ring emulation (TOKEN-RING and

                             TOKEN-RING_SNAP).  However, the frame type

                             specified in the mapper section of the

                             PROTOCOL.INI file is not consistent with those

                             frame types.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the mapper (ODI2NDI) section in

                             the PROTOCOL.INI file to change the frame type to

                             one of the supported frame types.  See the

 

 

  G-16  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                              LT80225 O LT80226

 

 

                             appropriate parameter table listed in Table H-1 on

                             page H-2 for a description of the valid values.

                             Reboot the computer to load the mapper.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80225 FRAME TYPES CONFIGURED FOR ODI2NDI ARE NOT

                             SUPPORTED BY ADAPTER n.  ODI2NDI MIGHT NOT

                                                  _

                             FUNCTION CORRECTLY.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The mapper (ODI2NDI) supports six

                             frame types for the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter:  four

                             for Ethernet emulation (ETHERNET_802.2,

                             ETHERNET_SNAP, ETHERNET_802.3, and ETHERNET_II)

                             and two for token-ring emulation (TOKEN-RING and

                             TOKEN-RING_SNAP).  However, the frame type

                             specified in the mapper section of the

                             PROTOCOL.INI file is not consistent with those

                             frame types.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the mapper (ODI2NDI) section in

                             the PROTOCOL.INI file to change the frame type to

                             one of the supported frame types.  See the

                             appropriate parameter table listed in Table H-1 on

                             page H-2 for a description of the valid values.

                             Reboot the computer to load the mapper.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      LT80226 NETADDRESS CONFIGURED FOR ODI2NDI ARE NOT VALID.

                             ODI2NDI MIGHT NOT FUNCTION CORRECTLY.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The value of the NetAddress

                             (MAC_ADDR) parameter in the mapper section of the

                             PROTOCOL.INI file is not valid.  The address might

                             have too many digits, too few digits, or other

                             errors.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Edit the TURBOWAYS 25 device driver

                             MAC address and change it to a valid value.  See

                             the appropriate parameter table listed in

                             Table H-1 on page H-2 for a description of the

                             valid values.  Reboot the computer to load the

                             mapper.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                             Appendix G.  Driver Messages  G-17

 

 

 

 

 

 

  5001 O 5001

 

 

  OS/2 DRIVER MESSAGES

  ____________________

 

                      To obtain an explanation of any OS/2 driver message, type

                      HELP ATWXXXX at the OS/2 command line, where atwxxxx is

                                                                   _______

                      the message identifier.

 

                      An explanation of the message and, if appropriate, an

                      action to correct the problem will appear.

 

 

  WINDOWS NT DRIVER MESSAGES

  __________________________

 

                      This section contains the event ID numbers and messages

                      for the Windows NT drivers that you can display in the

                      Windows NT Event Viewer.

 

                      NOTE:  In this section, Device represents the name of the

                                              ______

                      Windows NT driver that you are using:  AT25LE (LAN

                      emulation) or AT25IP (Classical IP).

 

                      If you receive a message that is not listed here, contact

                      service as described in "Help and Service Information" on

                      page 12-13.

 

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      5001   DEVICE : COULD NOT ALLOCATE THE RESOURCES

                             ______

                             NECESSARY FOR OPERATION.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  Either the device driver has

                             insufficient memory for operation, or the device

                             driver is not configured correctly.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             1.  Check for insufficient memory.

 

                                 o   If the machine has less than 16 MB of

                                     memory, increase memory to 16 MB.

 

                                 o   If the machine has 16 or more MB of

                                     memory, either reduce the Maximum Frame

                                     Size (4544 or lower for LAN emulation;

                                     9180 for Classical IP) or install more

                                     memory.

 

                             2.  Verify that the device driver configuration

                                 parameters are set correctly by performing the

                                 following steps:

 

                                 a.  Select CONTROL PANEL.

 

                                 b.  Select NETWORK.

 

 

 

  G-18  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                    5002 O 5004

 

 

                                 c.  In the Installed Adapter Cards list,

                                     select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER, and

                                     then select CONFIGURE.  (See Appendix C,

                                     "ATM Forum-Compliant LAN Emulation

                                     Configuration Parameters for Windows NT

                                     and Windows 95" or Appendix D, "Classical

                                     IP Configuration Parameters for Windows NT

                                     and Windows 95" for descriptions of the

                                     configuration parameters.)

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      5002   DEVICE : HAS DETERMINED THAT THE ADAPTER IS NOT

                             ______

                             FUNCTIONING CORRECTLY.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The device driver has detected a

                             hardware error.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Use the ATMAID Diskette to run the

                             adapter diagnostics.  See "Testing the Adapter" on

                             page 3-6 for instructions.

 

                             If the diagnostics run without error, contact your

                             service personnel.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      5004   DEVICE : COULD NOT CONNECT TO THE INTERRUPT NUMBER

                             ______

                             SUPPLIED.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The adapter is configured

                             incorrectly, or a resource conflict exists.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             1.  Use the ATMAID Diskette to view the adapter

                                 configuration.  If the adapter is not

                                 configured correctly, configure the adapter to

                                 match the device driver configuration.

 

                             2.  Check for resource conflicts; run the Windows

                                 NT Diagnostics (see "Viewing Resources

                                 (Windows NT)" on page 12-7) to see which

                                 interrupts are being used by the system.  Then

                                 use the ATMAID Diskette to configure the

                                 adapter to use another interrupt.

 

                             3.  Use the ATMAID Diskette to run the adapter

                                 diagnostics.  See "Testing the Adapter" on

                                 page 3-6 for instructions.

 

                                 If the diagnostics run without error, contact

                                 your service personnel.

 

 

 

 

 

                                             Appendix G.  Driver Messages  G-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

  5005 O 5005

 

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      5005   DEVICE : HAS ENCOUNTERED AN INTERNAL ERROR AND HAS

                             ______

                             FAILED.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The adapter is unable to communicate

                             with the network correctly.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             1.  Ensure that an adapter cable is connected to

                                 the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, that the cable is

                                 connected directly or indirectly to a 25-Mbps

                                 ATM switch or concentrator, and that you have

                                 used cables that correspond to the adapter's

                                 ATM Forum pin assignment (see Appendix I, "ATM

                                 25-Mbps Interface Wiring Standards and Cable

                                 Specifications" on page I-1 for information on

                                 the appropriate cables).

 

                                 If the error continues, perform the following

                                 steps:

 

                                 a.  Verify that the access unit is operating

                                     correctly.

                                 b.  Replace the adapter cable with a cable

                                     that is known to be good.

                                 c.  Use the ATMAID Diskette to run the adapter

                                     diagnostics.  See "Testing the Adapter" on

                                     page 3-6 for instructions.

 

                             2.  Check the Network Address parameter.  If a

                                 locally administered address is specified in

                                 the Network Address parameter in the device

                                 driver configuration, perform one of the

                                 following actions:

 

                                 o   Verify that the address is unique within

                                     the network.

 

                                 o   Remove the locally administered address

                                     (by deleting the value in the Network

                                     Address parameter) so that the adapter

                                     uses its universally administered address.

 

                             3.  Verify that your ATM switch or concentrator is

                                 operating correctly and that the port where

                                 the adapter is connected is enabled.

 

                             4.  Check the Uni Version parameter by performing

                                 the following steps:

 

                                 a.  Select CONTROL PANEL.

 

                                 b.  Select NETWORK.

 

 

  G-20  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                    5008 O 5009

 

 

                                 c.  In the Installed Adapter Cards list,

                                     select IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER, and

                                     then select CONFIGURE.

 

                                 d.  Select ADVANCED to see the configured Uni

                                     Version parameter value.  Make sure that

                                     it matches the UNI signalling used by the

                                     switch, or set the parameter to Auto

                                     Detect.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      5008   DEVICE : HAS ENCOUNTERED AN INVALID NETWORK

                             ______

                             ADDRESS.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The value specified for the Network

                             Address parameter in the adapter configuration is

                             not valid for one of the following reasons:

 

                             o   Local station address is not valid

                             o   Address is too long

                             o   Address is too short

                             o   Address contains non-hexadecimal digits

 

                             USER ACTION:  Verify that the device driver

                             configuration parameters are set correctly by

                             performing the following steps:

 

                             1.  Select CONTROL PANEL.

 

                             2.  Select NETWORK.

 

                             3.  In the Installed Adapter Cards list, select

                                 IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER, and then select

                                 CONFIGURE.  (See Appendix C, "ATM

                                 Forum-Compliant LAN Emulation Configuration

                                 Parameters for Windows NT and Windows 95" or

                                 Appendix D, "Classical IP Configuration

                                 Parameters for Windows NT and Windows 95" for

                                 descriptions of the configuration parameters.)

 

                                 NOTE:  The address must be in the range

                                 X'400000000000' to X'7FFFFFFFFFFF'.

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      5009   DEVICE : DOES NOT SUPPORT THE CONFIGURATION

                             ______

                             SUPPLIED.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  One or more of the device driver

                             parameters are configured incorrectly.

 

                             USER ACTION:  Check the device driver

                             configuration by performing the following steps:

 

                             1.  Select CONTROL PANEL.

 

 

                                             Appendix G.  Driver Messages  G-21

 

 

 

 

 

 

  5010 O 5010

 

 

                             2.  Select NETWORK.

 

                             3.  In the Installed Adapter Cards list, select

                                 IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ISA ADAPTER, and then select

                                 CONFIGURE.  (See Appendix C, "ATM

                                 Forum-Compliant LAN Emulation Configuration

                                 Parameters for Windows NT and Windows 95" or

                                 Appendix D, "Classical IP Configuration

                                 Parameters for Windows NT and Windows 95" for

                                 descriptions of the configuration parameters.)

 

                      ---------------------------------------------------------

                      5010   DEVICE : THE ADAPTER HAS RETURNED AN INVALID VALUE

                             ______

                             TO THE DRIVER.

 

                             EXPLANATION:  The adapter is configured

                             incorrectly, or a resource conflict exists.

 

                             USER ACTION:

 

                             1.  Use the ATMAID Diskette to view the adapter

                                 configuration.  If the adapter is not

                                 configured correctly, configure the adapter to

                                 match the device driver configuration.

 

                             2.  Check for resource conflicts; run the Windows

                                 NT Diagnostics (see "Viewing Resources

                                 (Windows NT)" on page 12-7) to see which

                                 interrupts and DMA channels are being used by

                                 the system.  Then use the ATMAID Diskette to

                                 configure the adapter to use another interrupt

                                 or another DMA channel.

 

                             3.  Use the ATMAID Diskette to run the adapter

                                 diagnostics.  See "Testing the Adapter" on

                                 page 3-6 for instructions.

 

                                 If the diagnostics run without error, contact

                                 your service personnel.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  G-22  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPENDIX H.  DRIVER FILE NAMES

  ______________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This appendix contains information on some of the file

                      names that the TURBOWAYS 25 drivers use.

 

 

  DETERMINING THE NAMES USED BY YOUR DRIVER

  _________________________________________

 

                      The different drivers of the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter contain

                      different file names and use different parameters.

                      Table H-1 on page H-2 contains information about various

                      names and parameter tables used by the adapter drivers.

                      Use this table to determine the names and parameter

                      tables that apply to your selected driver.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              H-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  H-1 (Page 1 of 3). Driver Names and Parameter  |

                      |                           Tables for the TURBOWAYS 25 |

                      |                           ATM ISA Adapter             |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | SYSTEM      |                                         |

                      | ENVIRONMENT |                                         |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | DOS AND WINDOWS                                       |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | ATM         | INSTALLATION DIRECTORY: AT25LEI         |

                      | Forum-Compli|nt                                       |

                      | LAN         | LOADABLE MAC DRIVER: AT25LE.EXE         |

                      | Emulation   |                                         |

                      |             | MAC DRIVER LOADER: AT25LE.LDR           |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NDIS DRIVER NAME: AT25LE$               |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | MAC SECTION:   AT25LED                  |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | PROTOCOL MANAGER: PROTMAN.DOS           |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | PARAMETER TABLES: Table A-1 on page A-1 |

                      |             |                or Table A-2 on page A-8 |

                      |             |                                         |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | Classical   | INSTALLATION DIRECTORY: AT25IPI         |

                      | IP          |                                         |

                      |             | LOADABLE MAC DRIVER: AT25IP.EXE         |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | MAC DRIVER LOADER: AT25IP.LDR           |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NDIS DRIVER NAME: AT25IP$               |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | MAC SECTION:   AT25IPD                  |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | PROTOCOL MANAGER: PROTMAN.DOS           |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | PARAMETER TABLES: Table B-1 on page B-1 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  H-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  H-1 (Page 2 of 3). Driver Names and Parameter  |

                      |                           Tables for the TURBOWAYS 25 |

                      |                           ATM ISA Adapter             |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | SYSTEM      |                                         |

                      | ENVIRONMENT |                                         |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | OS/2                                                  |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | ATM         | INSTALLATION DIRECTORY: IBMCOM/MACS     |

                      | Forum-Compli|nt                                       |

                      | LAN         | LOADABLE MAC DRIVER: AT25LE.OS2         |

                      | Emulation   |                                         |

                      |             | NDIS DRIVER NAME: AT25LE$               |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | MAC SECTION:   AT25LEIO_nif             |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | PARAMETER TABLES: Table A-1 on page A-1 |

                      |             |                or Table A-2 on page A-8 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | Classical   | INSTALLATION DIRECTORY: IBMCOM/MACS     |

                      | IP          |                                         |

                      |             | LOADABLE MAC DRIVER: AT25LE.EXE         |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | NDIS DRIVER NAME: AT25IP$               |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | MAC SECTION:   AT25IPIO_nif             |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | PARAMETER TABLES: Table B-1 on page B-1 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | WINDOWS NT                                            |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | ATM         | INSTALLATION DIRECTORY:                 |

                      | Forum-Compli|nt              \"xxxx"\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS |

                      | LAN         |                where "xxxx" represents  |

                      | Emulation   |                the Windows NT           |

                      |             |                installation directory   |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | LOADABLE MAC DRIVER: AT25LE.SYS         |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | PARAMETER TABLES: Table C-1 on page C-1 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | Classical   | INSTALLATION DIRECTORY:                 |

                      | IP          |                \"xxxx"\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS |

                      |             |                where "xxxx" represents  |

                      |             |                the Windows NT           |

                      |             |                installation directory   |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | LOADABLE MAC DRIVER: AT25IP.SYS         |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | PARAMETER TABLES: Table D-1 on page D-1 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

 

 

 

                                            Appendix H.  Driver File Names  H-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  H-1 (Page 3 of 3). Driver Names and Parameter  |

                      |                           Tables for the TURBOWAYS 25 |

                      |                           ATM ISA Adapter             |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | SYSTEM      |                                         |

                      | ENVIRONMENT |                                         |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | WINDOWS 95                                            |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | ATM         | INSTALLATION DIRECTORY: \"xxxx"\SYSTEM  |

                      | Forum-Compli|nt              where "xxxx" represents  |

                      | LAN         |                the Windows 95           |

                      | Emulation   |                installation directory   |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | LOADABLE MAC DRIVER: AT25LE.VXD         |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | PARAMETER TABLES: Table C-1 on page C-1 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

                      | Classical   | INSTALLATION DIRECTORY: \"xxxx"\SYSTEM  |

                      | IP          |                where "xxxx" represents  |

                      |             |                the Windows 95           |

                      |             |                installation directory   |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | LOADABLE MAC DRIVER: AT25IP.VXD         |

                      |             |                                         |

                      |             | PARAMETER TABLES: Table D-1 on page D-1 |

                      +-------------+-----------------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  H-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPENDIX I.  ATM 25-MBPS INTERFACE WIRING STANDARDS AND CABLE SPECIFICATIONS

  ____________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      This appendix contains information about the two wiring

                      standards used for wiring ATM 25-Mbps RJ-45 connectors,

                      discusses how to determine the appropriate cables to use

                      with either standard, and provides specifications for

                      those cables and an RJ-45 ATM wrap plug.  Use the

                      specifications to purchase or make the cables and wrap

                      plug.

 

 

  ATM 25-MBPS WIRING STANDARDS

  ____________________________

 

                      ATM 25-Mbps devices (adapters, concentrator ports, and

                      switch ports) use one of two standards for wiring the

                      inputs and outputs to RJ-45 connectors.  The initial ATM

                      25 proposal specified the use of the token-ring (802.5)

                      standard (see Table I-1 on page I-2 for the pin

                      assignment).  The final, ATM Forum-approved standard

                      specifies the use of a different pin assignment (see

                      Table I-2 on page I-2).

 

                      This TURBOWAYS 25 adapter conforms to the ATM Forum

                      wiring standard.  Earlier versions of the TURBOWAYS 25

                      adapter conform to the 802.5 standard.  ATM networks can

                      contain a mixture of both ATM Forum- and 802.5-compliant

                      devices.

 

 

  DETERMINING YOUR TURBOWAYS 25 WIRING STANDARD

 

                      This TURBOWAYS 25 adapter has an ORANGE dot on its

                                                       ______

                      bracket.  Its RJ-45 pin assignment conforms to the ATM

                      Forum standard.

 

                      Other 25-Mbps ATM adapters can have a GREEN dot on their

                                                            _____

                      brackets.  Their RJ-45 pin assignments conform to the

                      802.5 standard.

 

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | TURBOWAYS 25,     | ATM Forum pin assignment          |

                      | Orange Dot        |                                   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | TURBOWAYS 25,     | 802.5 pin assignment              |

                      | Green Dot         |                                   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              I-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  RJ-45 CONNECTOR PIN ASSIGNMENTS

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  I-1. 802.5 Pin Assignment (Green Dot)          |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      | TWISTED|         |                  |                 |

                      |  PAIR  |   PIN   |  ATM WORKSTATION |       ATM       |

                      |        |         |                  | SWITCH/CONCENTRA|OR

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    3   |  Pin 1  |      Unused      |      Unused     |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    3   |  Pin 2  |      Unused      |      Unused     |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    2   |  Pin 3  |     Transmit-    |     Receive-    |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    1   |  Pin 4  |     Receive+     |    Transmit+    |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    1   |  Pin 5  |     Receive -    |    Transmit-    |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    2   |  Pin 6  |     Transmit+    |     Receive+    |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    4   |  Pin 7  |      Unused      |      Unused     |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    4   |  Pin 8  |      Unused      |      Unused     |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  I-2. ATM Forum Pin Assignment (Orange Dot)     |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      | TWISTED|         |                  |                 |

                      |  PAIR  |   PIN   |  ATM WORKSTATION |       ATM       |

                      |        |         |                  | SWITCH/CONCENTRA|OR

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    3   |  Pin 1  |     Transmit+    |     Receive+    |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    3   |  Pin 2  |     Transmit-    |     Receive-    |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    2   |  Pin 3  |      Unused      |      Unused     |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    1   |  Pin 4  |      Unused      |      Unused     |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    1   |  Pin 5  |      Unused      |      Unused     |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    2   |  Pin 6  |      Unused      |      Unused     |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    4   |  Pin 7  |     Receive+     |    Transmit+    |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

                      |    4   |  Pin 8  |     Receive-     |    Transmit-    |

                      +--------+---------+------------------+-----------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

  I-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CABLING CONSIDERATIONS

 

                      The wiring standards used by your system and your ATM

                      25-Mbps devices determine the type of STP or UTP cables

                      that you must use.  Cables conforming to the 802.5

                      standard and cables conforming to the ATM Forum standard

                      are available.

 

 

  CABLE SYSTEMS

  _____________

 

                      The following sections discuss the UTP adapter cable, the

                      RJ-45 UTP conversion cable, and the RJ-45 STP cable and

                      describe their usage.

 

 

  UTP ADAPTER CABLE

 

                      If you need to connect the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter using UTP

                      cabling, you must purchase or make a UTP cable.

                      Table I-3 describes the specifications for the UTP cable.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  I-3. Specifications for the UTP Cable          |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | CHARACTERISTIC    | SPECIFICATION                     |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Cable type        | UTP cable with two twisted pairs  |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Connectors        | Two RJ-45 connectors or an RJ-45  |

                      |                   | and an RJ-11 connector.  See      |

                      |                   | Figure I-2 on page I-5 for an     |

                      |                   | illustration of the connectors.   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

  RJ-45 UTP CONVERSION CABLE

 

                      If you are connecting the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter to an ATM

                      25-Mbps device that has a different pin assignment than

                      that of the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, you must use the IBM

                      RJ-45 UTP Conversion cable (P/N 10H3904) or its

                      equivalent in addition to the UTP cable.

 

 

                      Figure  I-1. IBM RJ-45 UTP Conversion Cable

 

                      The UTP Conversion cable converts the 802.5 pin

                      assignment to the ATM Forum pin assignment and vice

                      versa.  This makes possible interoperability between the

                      new ATM Forum cabling system wiring and the 802.5 for

                      customers who have a mix of both wiring systems.

 

 

 

 

                    Appendix I.  Wiring Standards and Cable Specifications  I-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      Table I-4 describes the specifications for the UTP

                      Conversion cable.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  I-4. Specifications for UTP Conversion Cable   |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | CHARACTERISTIC    | SPECIFICATION                     |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Cable type        | UTP cable with four twisted pairs |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Connectors        | One RJ-45 jack and one RJ-45      |

                      |                   | plug.  See Table I-5 on page I-7  |

                      |                   | for a depiction of the wiring.    |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

                      | Minimum cable     | EIA/TIA-568 category 3 or         |

                      | quality           | equivalent                        |

                      +-------------------+-----------------------------------+

 

 

  UTP CONVERSION CABLE USAGE GUIDELINES

 

                      To minimize cable system confusion during future

                      equipment upgrades, IBM recommends that you use the UTP

                      Conversion cable in conjunction with the UTP cable when

                      the RJ-45 pin assignments are not the same at both ends

                      of the UTP cable connecting a TURBOWAYS 25 adapter to a

                      switch or a concentrator port.

 

 

  STP ADAPTER CABLE

 

                      If you need to connect ATM 25-Mbps devices using STP

                      cabling, you must purchase or make an STP adapter cable

                      that is compatible with your wiring system.

 

                      Two RJ-45 STP cables are available from IBM which can

                      attach TURBOWAYS 25 adapters, concentrators, and switches

                      to 802.5 cables.  The STP cable conforming to ATM Forum

                      wiring standards (P/N 42H0544) has an ORANGE dot near the

                                                            ______

                      RJ-45 jack.  The STP cable conforming to 802.5 standards

                      (P/N 60G1063) has a GREEN dot near the RJ-45 jack.

                                          _____

 

                      +-------+--------------------------+--------------------+

                      | IBM   | CABLE                    | PIN ASSIGNMENT     |

                      | P/N   |                          |                    |

                      +-------+--------------------------+--------------------+

                      | 42H054| RJ-45 STP Cable (Orange  | ATM Forum          |

                      |       | Dot)                     |                    |

                      +-------+--------------------------+--------------------+

                      | 60G106| RJ-45 STP Cable (Green   | 802.5              |

                      |       | Dot)                     |                    |

                      +-------+--------------------------+--------------------+

 

 

 

 

  I-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  STP CABLE USAGE GUIDELINES

 

                      o   Match the color dot of the IBM RJ-45 STP cable to the

                          color dot of the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter, the connecting

                          switch, or the concentrator port that you are cabling

                          (that is, green to green, orange to orange).

 

                      o   If an adapter, switch, or concentrator does not have

                          a color dot, match the IBM RJ-45 STP cable to the

                          adapter, switch, or concentrator so that both the

                          cable and the hardware have same RJ-45 pin

                          assignment.  (Refer to your hardware documentation

                          for information on its RJ-45 pin assignment.)

 

                      ATTENTION: Do not use the UTP Conversion cable (P/N

                      10H3904) or any other unshielded cable in an STP cable

                      system.  To do so will cause an impedance discontinuity

                      and loss of the STP cable shield connection.

 

 

  WIRING SPECIFICATIONS

  _____________________

 

                      The following sections provides specifications for the

                      UTP Adapter cables (for both ATM Forum and 802.5 pin

                      assignments), the UTP Conversion cable, and the ATM wrap

                      plug.

 

 

  UTP ADAPTER CABLE CONNECTORS (ORANGE DOT)

 

                      The following section describes the UTP cable connectors

                      for use with a ATM Forum TURBOWAYS 25 adapter (orange

                      dot).

 

                      As stated in Table I-3, the adapter end of the UTP cable

                      must be terminated with an RJ-45 modular plug connector.

                      The network end of the cable can be terminated with an

                      RJ-45 or an RJ-11 connector.  Figure I-2 illustrates the

                      two types of connectors.

 

 

                      Figure  I-2. RJ-45 and RJ-11 Modular Connectors (ATM

                                   Forum-Orange Dot)

 

                      Figure I-3 illustrates the wiring for a UTP adapter cable

                      terminated with two RJ-45 modular connectors.  Figure I-4

                      on page I-6 illustrates the wiring for a cable terminated

                      with an RJ-45 and an RJ-11 connector.

 

 

                      Figure  I-3. Wiring in a UTP Adapter Cable with RJ-45

                                   Connectors (ATM Forum-Orange Dot)

 

 

 

 

                    Appendix I.  Wiring Standards and Cable Specifications  I-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      Figure  I-4. Wiring in a UTP Adapter Cable with RJ-45 and

                                   RJ-11 Connectors (ATM Forum-Orange Dot)

 

 

 

  UTP ADAPTER CABLE CONNECTORS (GREEN DOT)

 

                      The following section describes the UTP cable connectors

                      for use when you are connecting a 802.5 TURBOWAYS 25

                      adapter (green dot) to an ATM 25-Mbps device with the

                      same pin assignment.

 

                      As stated in Table I-3, the adapter end of the UTP cable

                      must be terminated with an RJ-45 modular plug connector.

                      The network end of the cable can be terminated with an

                      RJ-45 or an RJ-11 connector.  Figure I-5 illustrates the

                      two types of connectors.

 

 

                      Figure  I-5. RJ-45 and RJ-11 Modular Connectors

                                   (802.5-Green Dot)

 

                      Figure I-6 illustrates the wiring for a UTP adapter cable

                      terminated with two RJ-45 modular connectors.  Figure I-7

                      illustrates the wiring for a cable terminated with an

                      RJ-45 and an RJ-11 connector.

 

 

                      Figure  I-6. Wiring in a UTP Adapter Cable with RJ-45

                                   Connectors (802.5-Green Dot)

 

 

 

                      Figure  I-7. Wiring in a UTP Adapter Cable with RJ-45 and

                                   RJ-11 Connectors (802.5-Green Dot)

 

 

 

  UTP CONVERSION CABLE WIRING

 

                      Table I-5 on page I-7 shows the wiring of the RJ-45 UTP

                      Conversion cable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  I-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  I-5. UTP Conversion Cable Wiring               |

                      +-------+-------+-----------------------+-------+-------+

                      |       | RJ-45 |                       | RJ-45 |       |

                      | TWISTE| JACK  |                       | PLUG  | TWISTE|

                      |  PAIR | (FEMAL|)                      | (MALE)|  PAIR |

                      +-------+-------+-----------------------+-------+-------+

                      |   3   | Pin 1 | Connects to           | Pin 3 |   3   |

                      +-------+-------+-----------------------+-------+-------+

                      |   3   | Pin 2 | Connects to           | Pin 6 |   3   |

                      +-------+-------+-----------------------+-------+-------+

                      |   2   | Pin 3 | Connects to           | Pin 1 |   2   |

                      +-------+-------+-----------------------+-------+-------+

                      |   1   | Pin 4 | Connects to           | Pin 7 |   1   |

                      +-------+-------+-----------------------+-------+-------+

                      |   1   | Pin 5 | Connects to           | Pin 8 |   1   |

                      +-------+-------+-----------------------+-------+-------+

                      |   2   | Pin 6 | Connects to           | Pin 2 |   2   |

                      +-------+-------+-----------------------+-------+-------+

                      |   4   | Pin 7 | Connects to           | Pin 4 |   4   |

                      +-------+-------+-----------------------+-------+-------+

                      |   4   | Pin 8 | Connects to           | Pin 5 |   4   |

                      +-------+-------+-----------------------+-------+-------+

 

 

  RJ-45 ATM WRAP PLUG SPECIFICATIONS

 

                      If you are using UTP cabling and you want to run the wrap

                      test, you will need an RJ-45 ATM wrap plug (P/N 42H0540)

                      or equivalent.  This wrap plug can be used with both

                      orange-dot and green-dot TURBOWAYS 25 adapters.

 

                      Table I-6 shows the pinouts of the ATM wrap plug.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  I-6. ATM Wrap Plug (P/N 42H0540) Pinouts       |

                      +-------+---------------+---------------+---------------+

                      | Pin 1 | Wraps to      | Pin 7         |               |

                      +-------+---------------+---------------+---------------+

                      | Pin 2 | Wraps to      | Pin 8         |               |

                      +-------+---------------+---------------+---------------+

                      | Pin 3 | Wraps to      | Pin 4         |               |

                      +-------+---------------+---------------+---------------+

                      | Pin 5 | Wraps to      | Pin 6         |               |

                      +-------+---------------+---------------+---------------+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                    Appendix I.  Wiring Standards and Cable Specifications  I-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  I-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPENDIX J.  UNDERSTANDING THE ADAPTER LABELS

  _____________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

                      Figure J-1 illustrates the two labels on the bracket of

                      the TURBOWAYS 25 adapter.

 

 

                      Figure  J-1. The Adapter Labels

 

                      The ORANGE DOT LABEL indicates that the adapter can

                          ________________

                      communicate at 25 (25.6) Mbps over an ATM Forum-compliant

                      cabling system network.

 

                      The universally administered address label displays the

                          ______________________________________

                      adapter's universally administered address.  This is the

                      MAC address that was encoded in the adapter memory at the

                      factory.  This 12-digit, hexadecimal address is recorded

                      on the label in 2-digit increments from left to right,

                      starting on the first row.  In the illustration, the

                      universally administered address is X'0004 AC2C 0001' in

                      noncanonical format, most significant bit (MSB) first.

                      The universally administered address is unique and is

                      used by network software to distinguish the adapter from

                      others on the network.

 

                      If you would prefer the adapter to be known on the

                      network by a locally administered address, you must

                      configure the adapter to use a locally administered

                      address.  The procedure under "Configuring the Adapter"

                      on page 3-1 will guide you through starting the ATMAID

                      program, which allows you to configure parameters such as

                      the address.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              J-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  J-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPENDIX K.  CUSTOMIZING DRIVER PARAMETERS FOR THE DOS LAN SUPPORT PROGRAM

  __________________________________________________________________________

  NDIS

  ____

 

 

 

 

 

                      This appendix describes the DOS LAN Support Program NDIS

                      (LSP NDIS) driver parameter values and tells you how to

                      edit the parameter values in CONFIG.SYS manually.

 

                      NOTE:  The highlighted letters distinguish each device

                      driver from the other LSP NDIS device drivers.

 

 

  LSP NDIS DRIVER SUMMARY

  _______________________

 

                      LSP NDIS contains the following drivers:

 

                      o   Interrupt arbitrator

 

                          DXMA0MOD.SYS   Required driver that dispatches the

                             __

                                         other drivers in response to a X'5C'

                                         interrupt.  It has one parameter that

                                         defines the language in which

                                         load-time messages are displayed.

 

                      o   IEEE 802.2 Protocol driver

 

                          DXME0MOD.SYS   Enables communication between an NDIS

                             __

                                         MAC driver Version 2.01 and earlier

                                         and an application program that uses

                                         the IEEE 802.2 interface.

 

                                         The following files are associated

                                         with DXME0MOD.SYS:

 

                                         PROTMAN.DOS      NDIS protocol manager

 

                                         PROTOCOL.INI     Data file that

                                                          contains the

                                                          configuration

                                                          parameters for NDIS

                                                          modules

 

                                         NETBIND.COM      NDIS binding utility

 

                      o   NetBIOS interface device driver (not used with

                          DXMJ0MOD.SYS)

 

                          DXMT0MOD.SYS   Provides NetBIOS application programs

                             __

                                         with a program interface to the

                                         adapter support device drivers.  It

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              K-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                         cannot be used unless DXME0MOD.SYS has

                                         been configured.

 

                      o   NetBIOS protocol driver

 

                          DXMJ0MOD.SYS   Enables communication between an NDIS

                             __

                                         MAC driver and an application program

                                         that uses the NetBIOS interface.

 

                                         The following files are associated

                                         with DXMJ0MOD.SYS:

 

                                         PROTMAN.DOS      NDIS protocol manager

 

                                         PROTOCOL.INI     Data file that

                                                          contains the

                                                          configuration

                                                          parameters for NDIS

                                                          modules

 

                                         NETBIND.COM      NDIS binding utility

 

 

  PARAMETER FOR THE INTERRUPT ARBITRATOR DEVICE DRIVER (DXMA0MOD.SYS)

  ___________________________________________________________________

 

                      DXMA0MOD.SYS has one parameter that defines the language

                      in which load-time messages are displayed.  This

                      parameter corresponds to one of the values defined as DOS

                      country codes in the IBM PC DOS user's guide for your

                      version of DOS.  If the parameter is specified, it is

                      entered in CONFIG.SYS using the following syntax:

 

                        DEVICE=\xxxxxxx\DXMA0MOD.SYS ccc

                                _______              ___

 

                      where xxxxxxx represents the installation directory and

                            _______

                      ccc represents the country code.

                      ___

 

                      Only the country code for U.S. English (001) is

                      supported.

 

 

  PARAMETERS FOR DXME0MOD.SYS

  ___________________________

 

 

 

  SYNTAX EXAMPLE

 

                      Parameters are entered in CONFIG.SYS using the following

                      syntax:(1)

 

 

  ---------------

 

  (1) In CONFIG.SYS, the list of parameters must be continued on one line.

 

 

  K-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                 DEVICE=\xxxxxxx\DXME0MOD.SYS N X ADDR0,WRK0,XMIT_SWAP0,MINSAP0,INSAP0,

                         _______

                        MINLINK0,ADDR1,WRK1,XMIT_SWAP1,MINSAP1,MINLINK1

 

                      where xxxxxxx represents the installation directory.

                            _______

 

                      A 0 as the last character of a parameter name in this

                        _

                      example means that this parameter is used for the primary

                      or only adapter; a 1 means that the parameter is used for

                                         _

                      the alternate adapter when the primary adapter is

                      present.  The range of values for each of these

                      parameters is the same for either the primary or the

                      alternate adapter, but CONFIG.SYS must be edited

                      differently.

 

 

  LIST OF PARAMETERS

 

                      The parameters for DXME0MOD.SYS are listed in Table K-1.

                      See the sections referred to for detailed descriptions of

                      them.

 

                      NOTE:  When using MINLINK or MINSAP, you might need to

                      increase the work space for the adapter.  See "Work

                      Space" on page K-7 for more information about the work

                      space parameter.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  K-1 (Page 1 of 2). Parameters for DXME0MOD.SYS |

                      +-----------+-----------------------------+-------------+

                      | PARAMETER | FUNCTION                    | SEE:        |

                      +-----------+-----------------------------+-------------+

                      | N         | Enables the device driver   | "The N      |

                      |           | to interpret the MINSAP and | Parameter"  |

                      |           | MINLINK parameters          | on page K-6 |

                      |           | correctly.  You must use    |             |

                      |           | this parameter when you use |             |

                      |           | MINSAP or MINLINK.          |             |

                      +-----------+-----------------------------+-------------+

                      | X         | Used with a version of an   | "The X      |

                      |           | application program that    | Parameter"  |

                      |           | has been configured to work | on page K-6 |

                      |           | with an Ethernet adapter    |             |

                      |           | using LSP Version 1.2.      |             |

                      +-----------+-----------------------------+-------------+

                      | ADDR      | Sets the adapter address.   | "Adapter    |

                      |           |                             | Address" on |

                      |           |                             | page K-6    |

                      +-----------+-----------------------------+-------------+

                      | WRK       | Sets the internal work      | "Work       |

                      |           | space of the adapter.       | Space" on   |

                      |           |                             | page K-7    |

                      +-----------+-----------------------------+-------------+

 

 

 

 

                   Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  K-1 (Page 2 of 2). Parameters for DXME0MOD.SYS |

                      +-----------+-----------------------------+-------------+

                      | PARAMETER | FUNCTION                    | SEE:        |

                      +-----------+-----------------------------+-------------+

                      | XMIT_SWAP | Sets the frame format when  | "Transmit/Sw|p"

                      |           | using an Ethernet adapter.  | on page K-8 |

                      +-----------+-----------------------------+-------------+

                      | MINSAP    | Sets the minimum number of  | "MINSAP" on |

                      |           | service access points       | page K-8    |

                      |           | (SAPs).  The N parameter    |             |

                      |           | must be present when this   |             |

                      |           | parameter is used.          |             |

                      +-----------+-----------------------------+-------------+

                      | MINLINK   | Sets the minimum number of  | "MINLINK"   |

                      |           | link stations.  The N       | on page K-9 |

                      |           | parameter must be present   |             |

                      |           | when this parameter is      |             |

                      |           | used.                       |             |

                      +-----------+-----------------------------+-------------+

 

 

  GLOBAL AND POSITIONAL PARAMETERS

 

                      The N and X parameters are global parameters.  They must

                                                 _________________

                      follow the device driver name, precede the first address,

                      and be separated from them and from each other by spaces.

                      These global parameters, if used, must precede the

                      positional parameters.

 

                      The parameters separated by commas are positional

                                                             __________

                      parameters.  They must be entered in the sequence shown

                      __________

                      in "Syntax Example" on page K-2.  Each positional

                      parameter is always followed by a comma except when it is

                      at the end of the list.  If a positional parameter is

                      missing, the single comma that would follow it is used to

                      mark its place.

 

                      The name of the device driver must always be followed by

                      a space.  For more information about entering these

                      parameters manually, see "Examples of Editing the

                      Parameter List."

 

 

  EXAMPLES OF EDITING THE PARAMETER LIST

 

                      If two adapters are installed in the same computer, the

                      parameters for the primary adapter are entered first,

                      followed by the parameters for the alternate adapter.

                      When editing a parameter list, observe these rules:

 

                      o   Use a blank to separate the parameter list from

 

                            DEVICE=\xxxxxxx\DXME0MOD.SYS

                                    _______

 

 

  K-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          where xxxxxxx represents the installation directory.

                                _______

 

                      o   Follow each positional parameter by a comma except

                          when the parameter is at the end of the list.

 

                      o   If a parameter that is not at the end of the list is

                          missing, use the single comma that would follow it to

                          mark its place.

 

                      To specify a locally administered address for the primary

                      adapter, use the following line:

 

                        DEVICE=\xxxxxxx\DXME0MOD.SYS 400000000001

                                _______

 

                      where xxxxxxx represents the installation directory.

                            _______

 

                      In this example, "400000000001" is the new address for

                      the primary adapter, which overrides the default address

                      encoded on the adapter.  All other defaults are retained.

 

                      You must enter the WRK parameters as one or two decimal

                      digits.  This value is interpreted as the number of KB of

                      work space to reserve.  If no value is specified, or if

                      the value is less than the default, the default value

                      will be used.  A value greater than 64 will be reduced to

                      64.  To specify a work space different from the default,

                      add the parameter as in the following example:

 

                        DEVICE=\xxxxxxx\DXME0MOD.SYS ,20

                                _______

 

                      where xxxxxxx represents the installation directory.

                            _______

 

                      In this example, 20 is the new size of the work space for

                                       __

                      the primary or only adapter (20 KB).  All other defaults

                      are retained.  Note the comma before the work space size.

                      This comma indicates that a parameter (the primary

                      adapter address) has been omitted.

 

                      To increase the work space for the primary adapter to 20

                      KB, the workspace for the alternate adapter to 10 KB, and

                      to specify MINSAP of 2 and MINLINK of 2 for each adapter,

                      you would use this statement:

 

                        DEVICE=\xxxxxxx\DXME0MOD.SYS N ,20,,2,2,,10,,2,2

                                _______

 

                      where xxxxxxx represents the installation directory.

                            _______

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                   Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  EDITING THE PARAMETER FOR PROTMAN.DOS

 

                      PROTMAN.DOS is a file required when NDIS adapters are

                      used.  It has one parameter (the /I: parameter) that must

                      be included when PROTOCOL.INI is located in any directory

                      other than \LANMAN.

 

 

  DESCRIPTIONS OF THE DXME0MOD.SYS PARAMETERS

 

                      The following sections describe the parameters for

                      DXME0MOD.SYS in more detail.

 

 

  THE N PARAMETER

 

                      This parameter (the letter N) alerts the software to read

                                                 _

                      values for MINSAP and MINLINK.  If you enter values for

                      MINSAP and MINLINK, but do not enter the N parameter, the

                      MINSAP and MINLINK parameters will be ignored if there is

                      one adapter or misinterpreted if there are two.

 

 

  THE X PARAMETER

 

                      Some application programs designed to work with IBM LSP

                      Version 1.2 require LSP NDIS 1.03 to identify Ethernet

                      adapters to the application program in a different way.

                      The large majority of LSP application programs that are

                      available today do not require this parameter, but if you

                      have a version of an application program that has been

                      configured to work with an Ethernet adapter using LSP

                      Version 1.2, you might have to include the X parameter.

 

 

  ADAPTER ADDRESS

 

                      The address of the adapter is in the range that is

                      administered universally by the standards committees for

                      LANs.  This universally administered address is the

                      default address for the adapter if no other address is

                      assigned.

 

                      Your network administrator can assign a locally

                      administered address that will override the universally

                      administered address.  This address must consist of 12

                      hexadecimal digits that range from X'4000 0000 0000' to

                      X'7FFF FFFF FFFF'.  Values outside this range could be

                      incompatible with other products on the network.

 

                      IBM recommends that the address be restricted to decimal

                      values.  The locally administered address can range from

                      X'4000 0000 0000' to X'4000 7999 9999' decimal.

 

 

 

  K-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      You can configure DXME0MOD.SYS manually with a locally

                      administered address in one of two ways:

 

                      o   By using a keyword parameter in PROTOCOL.INI

                      o   By using the ADDR parameter

 

                      Using the ADDR parameter is not recommended; using the

                      keyword parameter in PROTOCOL.INI is the preferred

                      method.  For instructions on using the keyword parameter,

                      see "Configuring the Network Adapter Address" on

                      page K-25.

 

                      NOTES:

 

                      1.  Make sure that the address is recorded on the

                          physical and logical address locator charts.  These

                          charts and an explanation of them can be found in the

                          IBM Token-Ring Network Introduction and Planning

                          ________________________________________________

                          Guide, GA27-3677.

                          _____

 

                      2.  Each address must be unique on the LAN segment.  An

                          error will result when two or more adapters with the

                          same address attempt to use the same LAN segment.

                          Each address should be unique on the network and

                          unique on the LAN segment.

 

 

  WORK SPACE

 

                      The LSP NDIS driver DXME0MOD.SYS allows a maximum

                      internal work space of 64 KB per adapter, all of which

                      might or might not be needed.  The amount of work space

                      depends on the requirements of the application program.

                      The default work space is 16 KB for each adapter in your

                      computer.  This default is twice the 8-KB size allocated

                      by the stand-alone LAN Support Program Version 1.3 or

                      higher.

 

                      The values of this parameter are set as follows:

 

                      o   If a value of 0 is entered, the work space is set to

                          the default of 16 KB.

 

                      o   If a value of 1 to 7 is entered, the work space is

                          set to 8 KB.

 

                      o   If a value of 8 to 64 is entered, the work space is

                          set to that value in KB.

 

                      o   If a value of 65 to 99 is entered, the work space is

                          set to 64 KB.

 

                      As the number of SAPs, link stations, or sessions

                      increases, you might have to increase the work space.

 

 

                   Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  TRANSMIT/SWAP

 

                      The transmit function of this parameter determines the

                          ________

                      frame format.  Frames can be transmitted on the Ethernet

                      network in one of two formats: Ethernet DIX Version 2.0

                      or IEEE 802.3.  The default is to transmit IEEE 802.3

                      frames.

 

                      The swap function determines whether addresses are

                          ____

                      transmitted with or without their bits swapped.

                      Addresses can be transmitted with their bits swapped on a

                      byte basis.  For example, if the value X'10007BC00402' is

                      an address and address bit swapping is on, the address

                      will be transmitted as X'0800DE032040'.  The default is

                      to transmit with the address bits swapped.  Changing the

                      parameter so that the address bits are not swapped is not

                      recommended.

 

                      The XMIT_SWAP parameter must be entered as a single

                      decimal digit; each digit defines one of the following

                      user options:

 

                      0  Transmit IEEE 802.3 frame and swap address bits

                         (default).

 

                      1  Transmit Ethernet DIX Version 2.0 frame and swap

                         address bits.

 

                      2  Transmit IEEE 802.3 frame and do not swap address

                         bits.

 

                      3  Transmit Ethernet DIX Version 2.0 frame and do not

                         swap address bits.

 

                      If you are using IEEE 802.5 frames on a token-ring

                      network, the value of this parameter does not affect the

                      network.  However, it must be a valid number (0, 1, 2, or

                      3).

 

 

  MINSAP

 

                      This parameter is used to define the minimum number of

                      SAPs that the adapter will support when opened.  It

                      enables multiple 802.2 applications to coexist.  For

                      example, IBM Personal Communications/3270 and IBM

                      Application System/400 applications can run on the same

                      workstation if MINSAP is set to a high enough value to

                      include the total number of SAPs required by both

                      application programs.

 

                      The N parameter must be present when this parameter is

                      used.  If MINSAP is omitted, 0 is used as its value.  The

                      range is 0-127.

 

 

  K-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  MINLINK

 

                      This parameter sets the minimum number of link stations

                      that the adapter will support when opened.  It enables

                      multiple 802.2 applications to coexist.  For example, IBM

                      Personal Communications/3270 and IBM Application

                      System/400 applications can run on the same workstation

                      if MINLINK is set to a high enough value to include the

                      total number of link stations required by both

                      application programs.  (The MINSAP parameter must also be

                      set to a high enough value to include the total number of

                      SAPs required by both application programs.)

 

                      The N parameter N must be present when this parameter is

                      used.  If MINLINK is omitted, 0 is used as its value.

                      The range is 0-254.

 

 

  NETBIOS DRIVER PARAMETERS (PARAMETERS FOR DXMT0MOD.SYS)

  _______________________________________________________

 

                      This section refers to DXMT0MOD.SYS parameters only.  For

                      information about DXMJ0MOD.SYS parameters, see

                      "Parameters for DXMJ0MOD.SYS" on page K-24.

 

                      The NetBIOS interface has many optional parameters

                      available to customize the driver for certain network

                      application programs.

 

                      Only one of the parameters, the ENABLE parameter, is

                      position dependent.  If used, it must be entered as the

                      first parameter.  For example:

 

                        DEVICE=\xxxxxxx\DXMT0MOD.SYS ENABLE

                                _______

 

                      where xxxxxxx represents the installation directory.

                            _______

 

                      NOTE:  "ENABLE" may be abbreviated as E.

                                                            _

 

                      The processing of a NetBIOS command occurs when the X'5C'

                      interrupt is issued.  Because interrupts are disabled for

                      a short time, some loss of data might occur in an

                      asynchronous adapter if it is used simultaneously with a

                      LAN adapter.

 

                      If the computer contains an asynchronous adapter that is

                      used simultaneously with a LAN adapter, you should use

                      the ENABLE parameter.  In this case, the NetBIOS command

                      will be processed at a later time, during a LAN adapter

                      appendage interrupt.  Because interrupts are enabled,

                      data is not lost.  Because of the short delay; however,

                      there might be some loss in performance.

 

 

 

 

 

                   Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  KEYWORD VALUES FOR DXMT0MOD.SYS OLD PARAMETERS

 

                      The new releases of the NetBIOS driver DXMT0MOD.SYS use

                      keyword parameters.  The name of the parameter, called

                      the keyword, is set equal to its value.  The keyword with

                          _______

                      its value can be placed at any position in the list of

                      parameters.  However, in previous releases NetBIOS used

                      positional parameters.

 

 

  KEYWORD VALUES FOR DXMT0MOD.SYS NEW PARAMETERS

 

                      Table K-2 on page K-12 shows all the new NetBIOS keywords

                      and their default values.

 

 

  MANUALLY CONFIGURING THE OPEN.ON.LOAD PARAMETER

 

                      If no command line parameters are specified for

                      DXMT0MOD.SYS, the parameters default to the NetBIOS old

                      parameters, and the parameter OPEN.ON.LOAD is equal by

                      default to No (O=N).  If you specify any command line

                      parameter for DXMT0MOD.SYS, the NetBIOS new parameters

                      become the defaults, and the parameter OPEN.ON.LOAD is

                      equal by default to Yes (O=Y).

 

                      With NDIS adapters, the default value O=Y causes an error

                      message.  When O=Y, DXMT0MOD.SYS tries to open the

                      adapter at load time and fails because NETBIND, the COM

                      file that enables the adapter to open, is not invoked

                      until AUTOEXEC.BAT is invoked.

 

                      To prevent this problem, you should specify the

                      OPEN.ON.LOAD parameter equal to N (O=N) if you change any

                      DXMT0MOD.SYS parameter values.

 

 

  EDITING CONFIG.SYS FOR DXMT0MOD.SYS COMMAND LINE PARAMETERS

 

                      When DXMTOMOD.SYS is using the DXMT0MOD.SYS new

                      parameters, each keyword is set equal to its value, so

                      keyword parameters are not position dependent.  They need

                      to be separated by a blank as shown in the examples that

                      follow, and they must also be on the same line.

 

                      Note that keywords can be defined for either one or two

                      adapters; if there are two adapters, the keywords are

                      separated by a slash (/).  Any undefined keywords take

                      the default value.  If the / is used, any undefined

                      keywords to the left of it apply to the primary adapter

                      and any undefined keywords to the right of it apply to

                      the alternate adapter.  The = sign used to the right of

                                                  _

                      the slash indicates that all parameter values specified

                      for the primary adapter are duplicated for the alternate

 

 

  K-10  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      adapter.  O=N must be specified for each adapter unless

                      the = sign is used.

                          _

 

                      One or more keywords can be specified for each adapter as

                      follows:

 

                      o   For the primary or only adapter, or to specify

                          keywords for the primary adapter and use all keyword

                          defaults for the alternate adapter, see the following

                          example:

 

                 DEVICE=\xxxxxxx\DXMT0MOD.SYS E O=N ST=64 S=64 N=32 C=32        =32

                                    _______

 

                          where xxxxxxx represents the installation directory.

                                _______

 

                          Note that some of the keyword values (for example,

                          DG) are defaults for the primary adapter as well.

                          When a parameter is not stated, a default value is

                          implied.

 

                          In this instance, 64 sessions are defined, and the

                          ENABLE parameter is activated.  Remember that ENABLE

                          is the parameter that activates the Enable function,

                          and that it is the only position-dependent NetBIOS

                          new parameter.  If used, it must precede any other

                          NetBIOS parameters listed.  (You can represent

                          "ENABLE" with the abbreviation E.)

                                                         _

 

                      o   To specify keywords for the alternate adapter and use

                          all keyword defaults for the primary adapter, if it

                          exists (note the "/"), see the following example:

 

                 DEVICE=\xxxxxxx\DXMT0MOD.SYS O=N / O=N ST=16 S=32 C=32         32

                                    _______

 

                          where xxxxxxx represents the installation directory.

                                _______

 

                      o   To specify keywords for both the primary and

                          alternate adapters (note the "/"), see the following

                          example:

 

                 DEVICE=\xxxxxxx\DXMT0MOD.SYS O=N ST=16 S=32 C=16 / O=N ST=8 S=8=N ST=8 S=8

                                    _______

 

                          where xxxxxxx represents the installation directory.

                                _______

 

                      o   To specify keywords for the primary adapter and

                          define the alternate adapter the same way (note the

                          "/ ="), see the following example:

 

                 DEVICE=\xxxxxxx\DXMT0MOD.SYS O=N ST=16 S=32 C=16 / =

                                    _______

 

                          where xxxxxxx represents the installation directory.

                                _______

 

 

 

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      NOTES:

 

                      1.  The DXMT0MOD.SYS parameters are used to customize the

                          system, if required.

 

                      2.  The keywords STATIONS, SESSIONS, and COMMANDS provide

                          maximum values that can be used; if a program issues

                          a RESET command, and the RESET indicates a value

                          larger than indicated by these keywords, the keyword

                          value will be used.

 

                      3.  If any of these keywords are used, all other keywords

                          will assume the default values indicated in

                          Table K-2.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  K-2 (Page 1 of 2). NetBIOS (DXMT0MOD.SYS) New  |

                      |                           Keyword Values              |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      |                 | ABBREVI|           |        |       |

                      | KEYWORD         | ATIONS | VALID VALU|SMINIMUM| DEFAUL|

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | STATIONS        |   ST   |  0 to 254 |    1   |   16  |

                      |                 |        |  (Note 1) |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | SESSIONS        |    S   |  0 to 254 |    1   |   16  |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | COMMANDS        |    C   |  0 to 255 |    1   |   12  |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | NAMES           |    N   |  0 to 254 |    2   |   17  |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | OPEN.ON.LOAD    |    O   |  Yes (Y)  |    -   |  Yes  |

                      |                 |        |   N (No)  |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | DATAGRAM.MAX    |   DG   |  Y (Yes)  |    -   |   No  |

                      |                 |        |   N (No)  |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | CLOSE.ON.RESET  |   CR   |  Y (Yes)  |    -   |   No  |

                      |                 |        |   N (No)  |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | CALL.FAR        |   CF   |  Y (Yes)  |    -   |   No  |

                      |                 |        |   N (No)  |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | DHB.SIZE        |   DS   | 0, 200 to |7 9200  | (Note |)

                      |                 |        |  (Note 1) |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | DHB.NUMBER      |   DN   |   0 to 9  |    -   | (Note |)

                      |                 |        |  (Note 1) |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | RECEIVE.BUFFER.S|ZE  R   | 0 to 9999 | (Note 3| (Note |)

                      |                 |        |  (Note 1) |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | TRANSMIT.TIMEOUT|   TT   |  0 to 20  |    0   |   1   |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

 

 

  K-12  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  K-2 (Page 2 of 2). NetBIOS (DXMT0MOD.SYS) New  |

                      |                           Keyword Values              |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      |                 | ABBREVI|           |        |       |

                      | KEYWORD         | ATIONS | VALID VALU|SMINIMUM| DEFAUL|

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | TRANSMIT.COUNT  |   TC   |  0 to 10  |    0   |   6   |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | DLC.MAXOUT      |   MO   |   0 to 9  |    0   |   2   |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | DLC.MAXIN       |   MI   |   0 to 9  |    0   |   1   |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | RING.ACCESS     |   RA   |   0 to 3  |    0   |   0   |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | EXTRA.SAPS      |   ES   |  0 to 99  |    0   |   0   |

                      |                 |        |  (Note 1) |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | EXTRA.STATIONS  |   EST  |  0 to 254 |    0   |   0   |

                      |                 |        |  (Note 1) |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | REMOTE.NAME.DIRE|TORRND  |  0 to 255 |    0   |   0   |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | REMOTE.DATA     |   RDC  |  Y (Yes)  |    -   |   No  |

                      | GRAM.CONTROL    |        |   N (No)  |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | RESET.VALUES    |   RV   |  Y (Yes)  |    -   |   No  |

                      |                 |        |   N (No)  |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | ADAP.ADD.NOT.REV|RSEANR  |  Y (Yes)  |    -   |   No  |

                      |                 |        |   N (No)  |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | DLC.RETRY.COUNT |   RC   |  0 to 255 |    0   |   8   |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | DLC.T1          |   T1   |  0 to 10  |    0   |   5   |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | DLC.T2          |   T2   |  0 to 11  |    0   |   2   |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | DLC.TI          |   TI   |  0 to 10  |    0   |   10  |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

                      | PIGGYBACKED     |   PBA  |   0 to 5  |    0   |   0   |

                      | ACKNOWLEDGMENTS |        |           |        |       |

                      +-----------------+--------+-----------+--------+-------+

 

                      NOTES:

 

                      1.  If this value is too large, the adapter fails to

                          open.  The maximum value allowed here typically

                          exceeds current adapter maximum values.

 

                      2.  The default value set by the NetBIOS interface device

                          driver is based on the number of stations.  See

                          "DXMT0MOD.SYS Adapter Transmit and Receive Buffer

                          Default Sizes" on page K-23.

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      3.  If a value is specified for RECEIVE.BUFFER.SIZE, its

                          value is not checked by the NetBIOS interface device

                          driver.  The value is checked by the adapter upon

                          opening.  Current adapters require a minimum value of

                          96.

 

 

  NETBIOS DEVICE DRIVER KEYWORD PARAMETER DESCRIPTIONS

 

                      Each keyword has an abbreviated version, which is

                      indicated in parentheses following the keyword:

 

                      STATIONS= (ST=)

 

                                o   Indicates the maximum number of NetBIOS

                                    interface link stations that can be

                                    defined.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 254.

 

                                    -   The realistic maximum is affected by

                                        the size of the shared RAM on the

                                        adapter.

 

                                    -   The EXTRA.STATIONS value reduces the

                                        maximum for the NetBIOS interface.

 

                                o   If other than the default is used,

                                    CLOSE.ON.RESET must be set to Y (Yes).

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default value is 16.

 

                      SESSIONS= (S=)

 

                                o   Indicates the maximum number of NetBIOS

                                    interface device driver sessions that can

                                    be defined.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 254.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default value is 16.

 

                                    If the value is less than that of STATIONS,

                                    it will be set to the value of STATIONS.

 

                      COMMANDS= (C=)

 

                                o   Indicates the maximum number of NetBIOS

                                    interface commands node control block (NCB)

                                    that can be outstanding at one time.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 255.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default value is 12.

 

 

  K-14  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      NAMES= (N=)

 

                                o   Indicates the maximum number of NetBIOS

                                    interface device driver names that can be

                                    defined, including NAME_NUMBER_1.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 254.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default value is 17.

 

                                o   If the parameter is 1, the value will be

                                    set to 2.

 

                      OPEN.ON.LOAD= (O=)

 

                                o   Must be N (NO).

 

                                o   If Y (YES), an error message is displayed

                                    at load time.  See "Manually Configuring

                                    the OPEN.ON.LOAD Parameter" on page K-10

                                    for more information.

 

                      DATAGRAM.MAX= (DG=)

 

                                o   Indicates that the maximum length datagram

                                    transmitted by the NetBIOS interface device

                                    driver will be based on the size of the

                                    transmit buffer or data hold buffer (DHB)

                                    of the adapter.  Usually, a datagram is

                                    limited to 512 bytes.

 

                                o   Must be specified as either Y (Yes) or N

                                    (No).

 

                                o   If coded as Y (Yes), the maximum length of

                                    a datagram is:

 

                                        x - 86 (the size of the transmit buffer

                                        _

                                        less 86 bytes)

 

                                    where x represents the DHB length.

                                          _

 

                                o   If omitted or N, this function is not

                                    performed.

 

                      CLOSE.ON.RESET= (CR=)

 

                                o   Indicates that the NetBIOS interface will

                                    close the adapter and reopen it when a

                                    RESET is issued.

 

                                o   Must be specified as either Y (Yes) or N

                                    (No).

 

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                o   Must be specified as Y if you want to

                                    change the number of link stations.

 

                                o   If omitted or N, this function will not be

                                    performed.

 

                      CALL.FAR= (CF=)

 

                                o   Prevents an application program from

                                    intercepting the X'5C' interrupt issued by

                                    the NetBIOS device driver DXMT0MOD.SYS.  If

                                    an application program intercepts this

                                    interrupt incorrectly, LAN Support Program

                                    processing is terminated.

 

                                o   Must be specified as either Y (Yes) or N

                                    (No).  The default value is N.

 

                                o   If specified as Y, this keyword must also

                                    be set to Y for any other application

                                    programs that could intercept X'5C'

                                    interrupts.

 

                                    For two adapters, enter this parameter on

                                    the command line once.

 

                                o   If omitted or N, this function will not be

                                    performed.  The default value is N.

 

                      DHB.SIZE= (DS=)

 

                                o   Indicates the size of the DHB (the transmit

                                    buffers of the adapter).

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number within the range

                                    acceptable to the adapter.  Note that the

                                    minimum size allowed by the NetBIOS

                                    interface is 200.  Therefore, the value

                                    entered must be either 0 or a number from

                                    200 to 17 960.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the value is determined by

                                    the NetBIOS interface.  See "DXMT0MOD.SYS

                                    Adapter Transmit and Receive Buffer Default

                                    Sizes" on page K-23 for information about

                                    the NetBIOS default values.

 

                      DHB.NUMBER= (DN=)

 

                                o   Indicates the number of DHBs allocated by

                                    the adapter.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number within the range

                                    acceptable to the adapter.

 

 

  K-16  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the value is determined by

                                    the NetBIOS interface device driver.  See

                                    "DXMT0MOD.SYS Adapter Transmit and Receive

                                    Buffer Default Sizes" on page K-23 for

                                    information about the NetBIOS default

                                    values.

 

                      RECEIVE.BUFFER.SIZE= (R=)

 

                                o   Indicates the size of the receive buffers

                                    of the adapter.  A minimum of eight adapter

                                    buffers of the specified size will be

                                    allocated.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number within the range

                                    acceptable to the adapter.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the value is determined by

                                    the NetBIOS interface.  See "DXMT0MOD.SYS

                                    Adapter Transmit and Receive Buffer Default

                                    Sizes" on page K-23 for information about

                                    the NetBIOS default values.

 

                      TRANSMIT.TIMEOUT= (TT=)

 

                                o   Indicates the time between transmission of

                                    queries (for example, CALL).

 

                                o   Is indicated in 1/2-second periods.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 20.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default is 1 (1/2

                                    second).

 

                      TRANSMIT.COUNT= (TC=)

 

                                o   Indicates the number of times queries (for

                                    example, CALL) are transmitted.

 

                                o   Must have a decimal value from 1 to 10.  If

                                    a number from 1 to 10 is specified, that

                                    number is the value.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default is 6.

 

                      DLC.MAXOUT= (MO=)

 

                                o   Sets the MAXOUT value for all NetBIOS

                                    interface link stations.  The MAXOUT value

                                    indicates the number of I-frames sent

                                    before waiting for an acknowledgment.

 

 

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                o   The sender's MAXOUT value must always be

                                    greater than the receiver's MAXIN value.

 

                                o   Must have a decimal value from 1 to 9.  If

                                    a number from 1 to 9 is specified, that

                                    number is the value.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default is 2.

 

                      DLC.MAXIN= (MI=)

 

                                o   Sets the MAXIN value for all NetBIOS

                                    interface link stations.  The MAXIN value

                                    indicates the number of I-frames received

                                    before sending an acknowledgment.

 

                                o   The receiver's MAXIN value must always be

                                    less than the sender's MAXOUT value.

 

                                o   Must have a decimal value from 1 to 9.  If

                                    a number from 1 to 9 is specified, that

                                    number is the value.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default is 1.

 

                      RING.ACCESS= (RA=)

 

                                o   Indicates the ring access priority for this

                                    adapter for NetBIOS device driver interface

                                    messages.  This parameter is valid for

                                    token-ring adapters only.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 3.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default is 0.

 

                                o   The higher the number, the higher the

                                    priority.

 

                      EXTRA.SAPS= (ES=)

 

                                o   Indicates additional SAPs requested by the

                                    NetBIOS interface when it implicitly opens

                                    the adapter by activating the parameters

                                    specified on the NetBIOS command line.

                                    These SAPs are not used by the NetBIOS

                                    interface.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 99.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, no additional SAPs are

                                    requested.

 

 

 

 

  K-18  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                NOTES:

 

                                1.  If this value exceeds the adapter maximum

                                    value, the error will be detected when the

                                    adapter fails to open.

 

                                2.  If this value is less than the value of

                                    MINSAP, the value of MINSAP will be used.

 

                      EXTRA.STATIONS= (EST=)

 

                                o   Indicates additional link stations

                                    requested by the NetBIOS interface when it

                                    implicitly opens the adapter by activating

                                    the parameters specified on the NetBIOS

                                    command line.  These link stations are not

                                    used by the NetBIOS interface.

 

                                o   Requesting extra stations reduces link

                                    stations available for use on the NetBIOS

                                    interface.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 254.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, no additional stations are

                                    requested.

 

                                NOTES:

 

                                1.  If this value exceeds the adapter maximum

                                    value, the error will be detected when the

                                    adapter fails to open.

 

                                2.  If this value is less than the value of

                                    MINLINK, the value of MINLINK will be used.

 

                      REMOTE.NAME.DIRECTORY= (RND=)

 

                                o   Can be coded as a number from 0 to 255.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the REMOTE.NAME.DIRECTORY

                                    (RND) function is not implemented.  All

                                    CALLS, STATUS QUERIES, and SEND DATAGRAMS

                                    will operate as in previous levels of

                                    NetBIOS and broadcast messages to all

                                    NetBIOS nodes.

 

                                o   If a non-0 value is coded, the RND function

                                    is implemented with the value indicating

                                    the number of remote names that can be

                                    saved by the local node.  Note that 4 is

                                    the minimum number of name entries; if

                                    coded as 1, 2, or 3, the value of 4 is

                                    used.  When RND is implemented (after the

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                    local station has located a remote name),

                                    the remote node address is saved and

                                    subsequent messages to that name will be to

                                    a specific node rather than a broadcast to

                                    all nodes.  This is true for CALLS, STATUS

                                    QUERIES, and SEND DATAGRAMS (see next

                                    keyword, REMOTE.DATAGRAM.CONTROL).

 

                                    IMPORTANT: Using the RND function can

                                    significantly improve performance in

                                    situations where large numbers of

                                    DATAGRAMS, CALLS, and REMOTE_ADAPTER_STATUS

                                    commands are used.

 

                                    ATTENTION: When the RND function is being

                                    used, a duplicate network name will not be

                                    detected by a CALL function unless it is

                                    the first time that the remote (CALL) name

                                    has been used.

 

                      REMOTE.DATAGRAM.CONTROL= (RDC=)

 

                                o   Is meaningless if REMOTE.NAME.DIRECTORY is

                                    omitted or coded as 0.

 

                                o   If omitted or coded as N (No), SEND

                                    DATAGRAMS will not use the RND function.

 

                                o   If coded as Y (Yes), SEND DATAGRAMS will

                                    also use the RND for sending to remote

                                    nodes.  Note that if a bridge in the

                                    transmission path drops out, datagrams give

                                    no indication that the path is no longer

                                    valid.  Therefore, if this function is

                                    used, you might want to update the RND if

                                    you become aware that the remote node is

                                    not receiving datagrams.  You can update

                                    the RND by having the application program

                                    issue a FIND_NAME command with a receive

                                    buffer length of 0.  This function allows

                                    an application to update the RND without

                                    having to invoke either a CALL or REMOTE

                                    ADAPTER STATUS.

 

                      RESET.VALUES= (RV=)

 

                                o   If omitted or coded as N (No), RESET works

                                    as it does in earlier releases of NetBIOS.

 

                                o   If coded as Y (Yes), when a RESET is

                                    issued:

 

                                    -   If the number of sessions is coded as 0

                                        in the RESET, the default will be the

 

 

  K-20  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                        value defined by the keyword

                                        "SESSIONS=" rather than the normal

                                        default value of 6.

 

                                    -   If the number of commands is coded as 0

                                        in the RESET, the default will be the

                                        value defined by the keyword

                                        "COMMANDS=" rather than the normal

                                        default value of 12.

 

                      ADAP.ADDR.NOT.REVERSED= (ANR=)

 

                                o   If omitted or coded as N (No), the

                                    universally administered address of the

                                    adapter as used in the ADAPTER_STATUS

                                    command and in NAME_NUMBER_1 will be

                                    byte-reversed (that is, if the value is

                                    X'010203040506', it will be saved as

                                    X'060504030201').

 

                                o   If coded as Y (Yes), the universally

                                    administered address of the adapter as used

                                    in the ADAPTER_STATUS command and in

                                    NAME_NUMBER_1 will not be byte-reversed

                                    (that is, if the value is X'010203040506',

                                    it will be saved as X'010203040506').

 

                      DLC.RETRY.COUNT= (RC=)

 

                                o   Determines the number of retry attempts to

                                    be made by the logical link control (LLC)

                                    code.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal value from 1 to 255.  If

                                    a number from 1 to 255 is specified, that

                                    number is the value.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default value of 8 is

                                    used.  The default value is equal to 9

                                    seconds.  More detailed information about

                                    the values of this parameter is found in

                                    the IBM Local Area Network Technical

                                        ________________________________

                                    Reference, SC30-3383.

                                    _________

 

                      DLC.T1= (T1=)

 

                                o   Determines the value of the T1 response

                                    timer in the LLC code.  The T1 timer sets

                                    the maximum time to wait for an

                                    acknowledgment before retransmitting a

                                    link-level frame.

 

 

 

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                o   Must be a decimal value from 0 to 10.  See

                                    Table K-3 on page K-23 for correlations

                                    between parameters and seconds.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default value of 5 is

                                    used.

 

                      DLC.T2= (T2=)

 

                                o   Determines the value of the T2

                                    acknowledgment timer in the LLC code.  The

                                    T2 timer sets the maximum delay before

                                    sending an acknowledgment.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal value from 0 to 11.  See

                                    Table K-3 on page K-23 for correlations

                                    between parameters and seconds.

 

                                o   If 11, the T2 timer function is not

                                    implemented.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default value of 2 is

                                    used.

 

                      DLC.TI= (TI=)

 

                                o   Determines the value of the TI inactivity

                                    timer in the LLC code.  The TI timer sets

                                    how long to wait before generating a data

                                    link control (DLC) status if there is no

                                    link station traffic.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal value from 0 to 10.  If a

                                    number is specified, that number is the

                                    value.  See Table K-3 on page K-23 for

                                    correlations between parameters and

                                    seconds.

 

                                o   If omitted or 0, the default value of 10 is

                                    used.

 

                      PIGGYBACKED.ACKNOWLEDGMENTS= (PBA=)

 

                                o   Specifies whether the NetBIOS protocol

                                    sends and receives acknowledgments

                                    piggybacked with incoming data.  If PBA is

                                    enabled, the acknowledgment of the frame

                                    received is sent as a piggyback on the next

                                    frame transmitted.  If PBA is disabled, a

                                    separate acknowledgment frame is sent.

                                    Network performance might be improved when

                                    PBA is enabled.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal value from 0 to 5.

 

 

  K-22  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                o   If changed to 0, the workstation neither

                                    sends nor requests piggybacked

                                    acknowledgments.  If the workstation is

                                    used in a low traffic environment, setting

                                    PBA=0 is recommended.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default value of 0 is used.

 

                                o   If the default parameter is not changed,

                                    the workstation sends and requests

                                    piggybacked acknowledgments.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  K-3. DLC Timer Values                          |

                      +------------------+------------------+-----------------+

                      | DLC.T1           | DLC.T2           | DLC.TI          |

                      | (RESPONSE)       | (ACKNOWLEDGMENT) | (INACTIVITY)    |

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      | Parm  | Seconds  | Parm  | Seconds  | Parm  | Seconds |

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      | T1=1  | 0.2-0.4  | T2=1  | 0.04-0.08| TI=1  | 1-2     |

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      | T1=2  | 0.4-0.6  | T2=2(1| 0.08-0.12|1TI=2  | 2-3     |

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      | T1=3  | 0.6-0.8  | T2=3  | 0.12-0.16| TI=3  | 3-4     |

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      | T1=4  | 0.8-1.0  | T2=4  | 0.16-0.20| TI=4  | 4-5     |

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      | T1=5(1| 1.0-1.2(1| T2=5  | 0.20-0.24| TI=5  | 5-6     |

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      | T1=6  | 1-2      | T2=6  | 0.4-0.8  | TI=6  | 5-10    |

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      | T1=7  | 2-3      | T2=7  | 0.8-1.2  | TI=7  | 10-15   |

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      | T1=8  | 3-4      | T2=8  | 1.2-1.6  | TI=8  | 15-20   |

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      | T1=9  | 4-5      | T2=9  | 1.6-2.0  | TI=9  | 20-25   |

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      | T1=10 | 5-6      | T2=10 | 2.0-2.4  | TI=10(|)25-30(1)|

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      |       |          | T2=11 | Disabled |       |         |

                      +-------+----------+-------+----------+-------+---------+

                      | (1) Default value                                     |

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

 

 

  DXMT0MOD.SYS ADAPTER TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE BUFFER DEFAULT SIZES

  ______________________________________________________________

 

                      When the adapter is opened by NetBIOS (DXMT0MOD.SYS),

                      transmit and receive buffer sizes of the adapter are

                      determined by NetBIOS, unless specifically overridden.

                      The adapter type and the number of link stations are used

                      to determine these values, as shown in the following

                      table.

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      NOTE:  The Data Holding Buffer (DHB) = the adapter

                      transmit buffer size.  The Number of DHBs (DHB.NUMBER) =

                      the number of transmit buffers.

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  K-4. IBM NDIS Adapter                          |

                      +-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+

                      | NUMBER OF   | NUMBER OF   | TRANSMIT    | RECEIVE     |

                      | LINK        | TRANSMIT    | BUFFERS IN  | BUFFERS IN  |

                      | STATIONS    | BUFFERS     | BYTES       | BYTES       |

                      +-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+

                      | 1 to 32     |  2          | 4192        | 280         |

                      +-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+

                      | 33 to 48    |  2          | 4192        | 280         |

                      +-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+

                      | 49 to 64    |  1          | 4192        | 280         |

                      +-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+

                      | More than   |             |             |             |

                      | 64          |  2          | 2040        | 280         |

                      +-------------+-------------+-------------+-------------+

 

 

  DXMT0MOD.SYS DETERMINATION OF SESSION DATA TRANSMIT FRAME SIZE

  ______________________________________________________________

 

                      When a session is established between two NetBIOS nodes,

                      the length of the largest data frame sent between the two

                      sessions is determined by three factors:

 

                      o   The size of the sender's transmit buffer

                      o   The amount of receive-buffer space in the receiver

                      o   The maximum frame that can pass any bridge in the

                          path

 

                      On each side (node) the receive-buffer space calculation

                      is made in the following way:

 

                      o   The number of receive buffers is calculated.

                      o   One-half of the number of receive buffers is

                          multiplied by the data size of one buffer.  This

                          determines the maximum size frame that can be

                          transmitted to the session.  The purpose of this is

                          to ensure that one adapter can hold two maximum-size

                          received frames.

 

 

  PARAMETERS FOR DXMJ0MOD.SYS

  ___________________________

 

                      Many parameters are available to customize DXMJ0MOD.SYS,

                      which is the NetBIOS protocol driver for NDIS MAC

                      drivers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  K-24  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CONFIGURING THE NETWORK ADAPTER ADDRESS

 

                      For specification of a locally administered address for

                      an NDIS MAC driver that is bound to DXMJ0MOD.SYS, the

                      address must be configured in the MAC section of the

                      PROTOCOL.INI file.  This address must consist of 12

                      hexadecimal digits enclosed by double quotation marks,

                      for example, ""400000000001"".

 

                      Using this method with DXME0MOD.SYS, instead of using the

                      ADDR parameter, is recommended in all configurations and

                      is required when more than one NDIS protocol stack is

                      used.  With this method, the locally administered address

                      specified in PROTOCOL.INI will be used no matter which

                      protocol stack opens the adapter first.

 

 

  EDITING PARAMETERS FOR DXMJ0MOD.SYS

 

                      If you change these values manually, edit PROTOCOL.INI.

                      Parameter values placed in PROTOCOL.INI override the

                      default values.

 

                      The parameters in PROTOCOL.INI are in the form Keyword =

                                                                     _________

                      Value.  Each parameter must be on a separate line in the

                      _____

                      [DXMJ0MOD] section.  The parameters can be in any order.

 

                      The following example shows the [DXMJ0MOD] section of

                      PROTOCOL.INI before configuration:

 

                         [DXMJ0MOD]

                                 DRIVERNAME = NETBEUI$

                                 BINDINGS =

 

                      To edit this file, add the keyword and its value on a

                      separate line.  Each line should come after "Bindings =".

                      If PROTOCOL.INI is set up to bind the adapter using the

                      MAC section, and if a value of 18 is added for SESSIONS,

                      the [DXMJ0MOD] section of PROTOCOL.INI looks like this:

 

                         [DXMJ0MOD]

                                 DRIVERNAME = NETBEUI$

                                 BINDINGS = xxxxxxx

                                            _______

                                 SESSIONS = 18

 

                      where xxxxxxx represents the MAC section.

                            _______

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  KEYWORD VALUES FOR DXMJ0MOD.SYS

 

                      Table K-5 shows the keywords and their default values for

                      the NetBIOS protocol driver for NDIS MAC drivers

                      (DXMJ0MOD.SYS).

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  K-5 (Page 1 of 2). NetBIOS Protocol Driver for |

                      |                           NDIS MAC Drivers            |

                      |                           (DXMJ0MOD.SYS) Keyword      |

                      |                           Values                      |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         |           | MINI- |         |

                      |                         | VALID     | MUM   | DEFAULT |

                      | KEYWORD                 | VALUES    | VALUE | VALUE   |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         | I (IEEE   |       |         |

                      |                         | 802.3) /  |       |         |

                      |                         | D (DIX    |       | I (IEEE |

                      | ETHERAND_TYPE           | 2.0)      | -     | 802.3)  |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         | Y (Yes)   |       |         |

                      | USEADDRREV              | N (No)    | -     | Yes     |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | SESSIONS                | 1 to 254  | 1     | 16      |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | NCBS                    | 1 to 255  | 1     | 15      |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | NAMES                   | 2 to 254  | 2     | 21      |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         | Y (Yes)   |       |         |

                      | USEMAXDATAGRAM          | N (No)    | -     | No      |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         | 0 to      |       |         |

                      | ADAPTRATE               | 65 535    | 0     | 1000    |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | WINDOWERRORS            | 0 to 10   | 0     | 0       |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         | 512 to    |       |         |

                      | STACKSIZE               | 4096      | 512   | 2048    |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         | 1000 to   |       |         |

                      | TI                      | 65 535    | 1000  | 30000   |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         | 50 to     |       |         |

                      | T1                      | 65 535    | 50    | 1000    |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         | 50 to     |       |         |

                      | T2                      | 65 535    | 50    | 200     |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | MAXIN                   | 1 to 127  | 1     | 1       |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | MAXOUT                  | 1 to 127  | 1     | 1       |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

 

 

  K-26  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      +-------------------------------------------------------+

                      | Table  K-5 (Page 2 of 2). NetBIOS Protocol Driver for |

                      |                           NDIS MAC Drivers            |

                      |                           (DXMJ0MOD.SYS) Keyword      |

                      |                           Values                      |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         |           | MINI- |         |

                      |                         | VALID     | MUM   | DEFAULT |

                      | KEYWORD                 | VALUES    | VALUE | VALUE   |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         | 500 to    |       |         |

                      | NetBIOSTIMEOUT          | 10 000    | 500   | 500     |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | NetBIOSRETRIES          | 1 to 50   | 1     | 8       |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | NAMECACHE               | 0 to 255  | 0     | 0       |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | PIGGYBACKACKS           | 0/1       | -     | 1       |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | LOOPPACKETS             | 1 to 1000 | 1     | 1       |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | DATAGRAMPACKETS         | 2 to 1000 | 2     | 2       |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | PACKETS                 | 1 to 1000 | 1     | 50      |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | PIPELINE                | 1 to 200  | 1     | 20      |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         | 512 to    |       |         |

                      | MAXDATARCV              | 16 384    | 512   | 4168    |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         | 1 to      |       |         |

                      | MAXTRANSMITS            | 10 000    | 1     | 6       |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | MINTRANSMITS            | 0 to 9999 | 0     | 2       |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      |                         | 1 to      |       |         |

                      | DLCRETRIES              | 65 535    | 1     | 8       |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

                      | LANABASE                | 0 to 254  | 0     | 0       |

                      +-------------------------+-----------+-------+---------+

 

 

  KEYWORD PARAMETER DESCRIPTIONS FOR THE NETBIOS PROTOCOL DRIVER FOR NDIS

  ADAPTERS (DXMJ0MOD.SYS)

 

                      ETHERAND_TYPE

 

                                o   Specifies the default protocol conventions

                                    to use when the NetBIOS protocol is bound

                                    to an Ethernet network adapter driver that

                                    supports both IEEE 802.3 and DIX 2.0

                                    conventions.

 

 

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-27

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                o   Must be specified as either I (IEEE 802.3)

                                    or D (DIX 2.0).

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is I (IEEE 802.3).

 

                      USEADDRREV

 

                                o   Specifies whether the address used for the

                                    universally administered address and

                                    NAME_NUMBER_1 is reversed.

 

                                o   Must be specified as either Y (Yes) or N

                                    (No).

 

                                o   If set to Y, the universally administered

                                    address used in the ADAPTER_STATUS command

                                    and in NAME_NUMBER_1 will be byte-reversed

                                    (that is, if the address is

                                    X'010203040506', it will be saved as

                                    X'060504030201').

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is Y.

 

                      SESSIONS

 

                                o   Specifies the maximum number of NetBIOS

                                    sessions that can be open simultaneously.

                                    The NetBIOS protocol uses a session each

                                    time it adds or finds a NetBIOS name.

 

                                o   Increase the value of this parameter if

                                    ADD.NAME or FIND.NAME requests occur

                                    simultaneously.

 

                                o   If a request fails because of a lack of

                                    sessions, the protocol returns an

                                    interface-busy error.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 1 to 254.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 16.

 

                      NCBS

 

                                o   Specifies the number of network control

                                    block (NCB) descriptors to allocate for

                                    managing NCBs submitted to the NetBIOS

                                    protocol.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 1 to 255.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 15.

 

 

 

 

  K-28  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      NAMES

 

                                o   Specifies the maximum number of NetBIOS

                                    names that can be defined.  One name is

                                    reserved for defining the station address

                                    of the network adapter.  If the NetBIOS

                                    protocol is bound to multiple network

                                    adapter drivers, this parameter specifies

                                    the maximum number of NetBIOS names in the

                                    name table of each network adapter driver.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 2 to 254.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 21.

 

                      USEMAXDATAGRAM

 

                                o   Specifies whether to request the full

                                    transmit buffer size for datagrams.

 

                                o   Must be specified as either Y (Yes) or N

                                    (No).

 

                                o   If set to N, the length of a datagram has a

                                    maximum of 512 bytes.  If this parameter is

                                    set to Y, the full transmit buffer size is

                                    used for datagrams.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is N.

 

                      ADAPTRATE

 

                                o   Specifies the time, in milliseconds,

                                    between runs of the adaptive window

                                    algorithm.  For each link, the NetBIOS

                                    protocol uses the adaptive window algorithm

                                    to change the Maximum Receives Outstanding

                                    and Maximum Transmits Outstanding parameter

                                    values to match the values set on the

                                    remote workstation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 65 535.

 

                                o   If 0, the algorithm is turned off.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 1000.

 

                      WINDOWERRORS

 

                                o   Specifies the number of dropped packets

                                    that the adaptive window allows before

                                    decreasing the Maximum Transmits

                                    Outstanding parameter value.  Increase the

                                    value of this parameter on a network with a

                                    heavy workload.  Decrease the value of this

                                    parameter on a network with a light

                                    workload.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 10.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 0.

 

                      STACKSIZE

 

                                o   Specifies the internal stack space used

                                    when called by the timer interrupt, receive

                                    interrupt, or NCB interrupt.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 512 to 4096.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 2048.

 

                      TI

 

                                o   Specifies the inactivity timer value in

                                    milliseconds.  The inactivity timer

                                    determines how often the NetBIOS protocol

                                    checks an inactive link to verify that the

                                    link is still operational.  To minimize

                                    unnecessary link checks, it is recommended

                                    that this parameter be set to the default

                                    of 30 000 milliseconds.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 1000 to

                                    65 535.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 30 000.

 

                                o   For more information, see the Response

                                    Timer (T1) parameter.

 

                      T1

 

                                o   Specifies the transmission timer value for

                                    NetBIOS links and determines, in

 

 

  K-30  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                    milliseconds, the delay before transmitting

                                    a link-level frame again if no

                                    acknowledgment is received.  The three

                                    timer parameters must have the following

                                    relationship: T2 < T1 <TI.  The T1

                                    parameter value should be approximately two

                                    to five times the T2 parameter value.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 50 to 65 535.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 1000.

 

                      T2

 

                                o   Specifies the delayed acknowledgment timer

                                    value and determines, in milliseconds, the

                                    length of the delay before acknowledging a

                                    received frame, when the number of frames

                                    received is less than the Maximum Receives

                                    Outstanding parameter value.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 50 to 65 535.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 200.

 

                      MAXIN

 

                                o   Specifies the number of NetBIOS message

                                    packets to receive before sending an

                                    acknowledgment.

 

                                o   The Maximum Receives Outstanding parameter

                                    value should be less than or equal to the

                                    Maximum Transmits Outstanding parameter

                                    value.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 1 to 127.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 1.

 

                      MAXOUT

 

                                o   Specifies the number of NetBIOS message

                                    packets to send before expecting an

                                    acknowledgment.

 

                                o   The Maximum Transmits Outstanding parameter

                                    value should be greater than the Maximum

                                    Receives Outstanding parameter value.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 1 to 127.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 1.

 

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      NETBIOSTIMEOUT

 

                                o   Specifies the time, in milliseconds, that

                                    the NetBIOS protocol waits between

                                    transmission attempts.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 500 to

                                    10 000.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 500.

 

                                o   For more information, see the

                                    NetBIOSRETRIES parameter.

 

                      NETBIOSRETRIES

 

                                o   Specifies the number of times the NetBIOS

                                    protocol attempts transmissions at the

                                    NetBIOS level before assuming that the

                                    receiver is not present.  The transmission

                                    activities include name claims, session

                                    setups, and other similar actions.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 1 to 50.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 8.

 

                                o   For more information, see the

                                    NetBIOSTIMEOUT parameter.

 

                      NAMECACHE

 

                                o   Specifies the number of remote names that

                                    the workstation contacts.

 

                                o   If set to 0, the remote name directory is

                                    not used.  The remote name directory

                                    reduces the number of frames broadcast to

                                    the NetBIOS functional address on the

                                    network.  The remote name directory sends a

                                    frame to a specific node whenever possible.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 255.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 0.

 

                      PIGGYBACKACKS

 

                                o   Specifies whether the NetBIOS protocol

                                    sends and receives acknowledgments

                                    piggybacked with incoming data.

 

                                o   Must be either 0 or 1.

 

 

 

  K-32  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                o   If set to 1, the workstation sends and

                                    requests piggybacked acknowledgments.  If

                                    this parameter is set to 0, the workstation

                                    neither sends nor requests piggybacked

                                    acknowledgments.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 1.

 

                      LOOPPACKETS

 

                                o   Specifies the number of internal loop-back

                                    packet descriptors.  Loop-back packets are

                                    used when sending I-frames or UI-frames, if

                                    the sending node and the receiving node are

                                    the same.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 1 to 1000.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 1.

 

                      DATAGRAMPACKETS

 

                                o   Specifies the number of data descriptors to

                                    allocate for packeting NetBIOS datagrams

                                    into UI-frames.  Increase this parameter

                                    value when the NetBIOS protocol sends a

                                    large number of datagrams.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 2 to 1000.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 2.

 

                      PACKETS

 

                                o   Specifies the number of I-frame packet

                                    descriptors that the NetBIOS protocol can

                                    use to build DLC frames from NetBIOS

                                    messages.  Increase the value of this

                                    parameter if large frames are being sent

                                    through the network.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 1 to 1000.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 50.

 

                      PIPELINE

 

                                o   Specifies the number of NetBIOS message

                                    packets that are prebuilt and waiting in a

                                    pipeline for each session.  Increase the

                                    value of this parameter if long streams of

                                    packets are usually sent.  Decrease the

                                    value of this parameter if short,

                                    occasional groups of packets are sent.

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 1 to 200.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 20.

 

                      MAXDATARCV

 

                                o   Specifies, in bytes, the maximum receive

                                    data size.  This is the maximum size of the

                                    user data in any frame that this node will

                                    receive on a session.  The session partner

                                    will limit the size of the user data in

                                    frames transmitted over the session to this

                                    size or to the size available in its

                                    transmit buffer, whichever is smaller.

                                    NetBIOS takes into account the maximum size

                                    that bridges in the path will forward.  It

                                    will never send a frame larger than what

                                    the bridge will forward.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 512 to

                                    16 384.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 4168.

 

                      MAXTRANSMITS

 

                                o   Specifies the number of packets that the

                                    NetBIOS protocol can send at once to an

                                    NDIS MAC driver.  The NetBIOS protocol

                                    queues the packets internally when this

                                    parameter value is low.  The NDIS MAC

                                    driver must queue the packets when this

                                    parameter value is high.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 1 to 10 000.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 6.

 

                      MINTRANSMITS

 

                                o   When a network adapter driver returns an

                                    out-of-resource condition, the NetBIOS

                                    protocol stops sending packets.  This

                                    parameter specifies the number of

                                    transmission confirmations the NetBIOS

                                    protocol must receive from the network

                                    adapter driver before sending additional

                                    packets.  This value should be less than

                                    the Maximum Transmits parameter value.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 9999.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 2.

 

 

 

  K-34  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                      DLCRETRIES

 

                                o   Specifies the number of additional

                                    transmission attempts that the NetBIOS

                                    protocol makes before assuming that the DLC

                                    layer of the receiving workstation is not

                                    responding.  The value of this parameter

                                    can be low on a reliable network that does

                                    not drop many packets.  Increase this

                                    parameter value on a network that drops a

                                    large number of packets.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 1 to 65 535.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 8.

 

                      LANABASE

 

                                o   Specifies the base number for the primary

                                    adapter.  For example, if this parameter is

                                    set to 3, the primary adapter is identified

                                    as adapter 3 and the alternate adapter as

                                    adapter 4.  If the default of 0 is used,

                                    the primary adapter is adapter 0 and the

                                    alternate adapter is adapter 1.

 

                                o   Must be a decimal number from 0 to 254.

 

                                o   If omitted, the default is 0.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                  Appendix K.  Customizing Driver Parameters for LSP NDIS  K-35

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  K-36  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  APPENDIX L.  PRODUCT WARRANTIES, NOTICES, AND TRADEMARKS

  ________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

 

 

  IBM                                         International Business Armonk,sNYor10504ion

                                              ___________________________________________

  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

                          STATEMENT OF LIMITED WARRANTY

 

 

 

  The warranties provided by IBM in this Statement of Limited Warranty apply

  __________________________________________________________________________

  only to Machines you originally purchase for your use, and not for resale,

  __________________________________________________________________________

  from IBM or your reseller.  The term "Machine" means an IBM machine, its

  ________________________________________________________________________

  features, conversions, upgrades, elements, or accessories, or any combination

  _____________________________________________________________________________

  of them.  Unless IBM specifies otherwise, the following warranties apply only

  _____________________________________________________________________________

  in the country where you acquire the Machine.  If you have any questions,

  _________________________________________________________________________

  contact IBM or your reseller.

  _____________________________

 

 

  +---------------------------------------------------------------------------+

  |                                                                           |

  |                                                                           |

  | MACHINE:   IBM TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA Adapter                               |

  |                                                                           |

  | WARRANTY PERIOD*:   Lifetime                                              |

  |                                                                           |

  | *Contact your place of purchase for warranty service information.         |

    _________________________________________________________________

  +---------------------------------------------------------------------------+

 

 

  PRODUCTION STATUS

 

  Each Machine is manufactured from new parts, or new and used parts.  In some

  cases, the Machine may not be new and may have been previously installed.

  Regardless of the Machine's production status, IBM's warranty terms apply.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              L-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  THE IBM WARRANTY FOR MACHINES

 

  IBM warrants that each Machine 1) is free from defects in materials and

  workmanship and 2) conforms to IBM's Official Published Specifications.  The

  warranty period for a Machine is a specified, fixed period commencing on its

  Date of Installation.  The date on your receipt is the Date of Installation,

  unless IBM or your reseller informs you otherwise.

 

  During the warranty period IBM or your reseller, if authorized by IBM, will

  provide warranty service under the type of service designated for the Machine

  and will manage and install engineering changes that apply to the Machine.

 

  For IBM or your reseller to provide warranty service for a feature,

  conversion, or upgrade, IBM or your reseller may require that the Machine on

  which it is installed be 1) for certain Machines, the designated,

  serial-numbered Machine and 2) at an engineering-change level compatible with

  the feature, conversion, or upgrade.  Many of these transactions involve the

  removal of parts and their return to IBM.  You represent that all removed

  parts are genuine and unaltered.  A part that replaces a removed part will

  assume the warranty service status of the replaced part.

 

  If a Machine does not function as warranted during the warranty period, IBM

  or your reseller will repair it or replace it with one that is at least

  functionally equivalent, without charge.  The replacement may not be new, but

  will be in good working order.  If IBM or your reseller is unable to repair

  or replace the Machine, you may return it to your place of purchase and your

  money will be refunded.

 

  If you transfer a Machine to another user, warranty service is available to

  that user for the remainder of the warranty period.  You should give your

  proof of purchase and this Statement to that user.  However, for Machines

  which have a life-time warranty, this warranty is not transferable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  L-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  WARRANTY SERVICE

 

  To obtain warranty service for the Machine, you should contact your reseller

  or call IBM.  In the United States, call IBM at 1-800-IBM-SERV (426-7378).

  In Canada, call IBM at 1-800-565-3344.  You may be required to present proof

  of purchase.

 

  IBM or your reseller will provide certain types of repair and exchange

  service, either at your location or at IBM's or your reseller's service

  center, to restore a Machine to good working order.

 

  When a type of service involves the exchange of a Machine or part, the item

  IBM or your reseller replaces becomes its property and the replacement

  becomes yours.  You represent that all removed items are genuine and

  unaltered.  The replacement may not be new, but will be in good working order

  and at least functionally equivalent to the item replaced.  The replacement

  assumes the warranty service status of the replaced item.  Before IBM or your

  reseller exchanges a Machine or part, you agree to remove all features,

  parts, options, alterations, and attachments not under warranty service.  You

  also agree to ensure that the Machine is free of any legal obligations or

  restrictions that prevent its exchange.

 

  You agree to:

 

  1.  Obtain authorization from the owner to have IBM or your reseller service

      a Machine that you do not own; and

 

  2.  Where applicable, before service is provided --

 

      a.  Follow the problem determination, problem analysis, and service

          request procedures that IBM or your reseller provide,

 

      b.  Secure all programs, data, and funds contained in a Machine, and

 

      c.  Inform IBM or your reseller of changes in a Machine's location.

 

  IBM is responsible for loss of, or damage to, your Machine while it is 1) in

  IBM's possession or 2) in transit in those cases where IBM is responsible for

  the transportation charges.

 

 

 

  EXTENT OF WARRANTY

 

  IBM does not warrant uninterrupted or error-free operation of a Machine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                  Appendix L.  Product Warranties, Notices, and Trademarks  L-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  The warranties may be voided by misuse, accident, modification, unsuitable

  physical or operating environment, improper maintenance by you, removal or

  alteration of Machine or parts identification labels, or failure caused by a

  product for which IBM is not responsible.

 

  THESE WARRANTIES REPLACE ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR

  IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS

  OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THESE WARRANTIES

  GIVE YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY

  FROM JURISDICTION TO JURISDICTION.  SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE

  EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE

  EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.  IN THAT EVENT SUCH WARRANTIES

  ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE WARRANTY PERIOD.  NO WARRANTIES APPLY AFTER

  THAT PERIOD.

 

 

  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

 

  Circumstances may arise where, because of a default on IBM's part or other

  liability you are entitled to recover damages from IBM.  In each such

  instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages

  from IBM (including fundamental breach, negligence, misrepresentation, or

  other contract or tort claim), IBM is liable only for:

 

  1.  Damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property

      and tangible personal property; and

 

  2.  The amount of any other actual direct damages or loss, up to the greater

      of U.S. $100,000 or the charges (if recurring, 12 months' charges apply)

      for the Machine that is the subject of the claim.

 

  UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS IBM LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING:  1)

  THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR LOSSES OR DAMAGES (OTHER THAN THOSE UNDER

  THE FIRST ITEM LISTED ABOVE); 2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA;

  OR 3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC

  CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF IBM OR

  YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY.  SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT

  ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO

  THE ABOVE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  L-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  NOTICES

  _______

 

 

  References in this publication to IBM products, programs, or services do not

  imply that IBM intends to make these available in all countries in which IBM

  operates.  Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not

  intended to state or imply that only IBM's product, program, or service may

  be used.  Any functionally equivalent product, program, or service that does

  not infringe any of IBM's intellectual property rights may be used instead of

  the IBM product, program, or service.  Evaluation and verification of

  operation in conjunction with other products, except those expressly

  designated by IBM, are the user's responsibility.

 

  IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter

  in this document.  The furnishing of this document does not give you any

  license to these patents.  You can send license inquiries, in writing, to the

  IBM Director of Licensing, IBM Corporation, 500 Columbus Avenue, THORNWOOD NY

  10594 USA.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                  Appendix L.  Product Warranties, Notices, and Trademarks  L-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  ELECTRONIC EMISSION NOTICES

  ___________________________

 

 

  The following statements apply to this IBM product.  The statement for other

  IBM products intended for use with this product will appear in their

  accompanying manuals.

 

  FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION (FCC) STATEMENT

 

  NOTE:  This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for

  a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.  These limits

  are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in

  a residential installation.  This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate

  radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the

  instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.

  However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a

  particular installation.  If this equipment does cause harmful interference

  to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the

  equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the

  interference by one or more of the following measures:

 

  o   Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

  o   Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

  o   Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to

      which the receiver is connected.

  o   Consult an IBM authorized dealer or service representative for help.

 

  Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to

  meet FCC emission limits.  Proper cables and connectors are available from

  IBM authorized dealers.  IBM is not responsible for any radio or television

  interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or

  by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment.  Unauthorized

  changes or modifications could void the user's authority to operate the

  equipment.

 

  This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.  Operation is subject to

  the following two conditions:  (1) this device may not cause harmful

  interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,

  including interference that may cause undesired operation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  INDUSTRY CANADA CLASS B EMISSION COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

 

 

  This Class B digital apparatus meets the requirements of the Canadian

  Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.

 

 

 

 

 

  L-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  AVIS DE CONFORMITE AUX NORMES D'INDUSTRIE CANADA

 

 

  Cet appareil numerique de la classe B respecte toutes les exigences du

  Reglement sur le materiel brouilleur du Canada.

 

 

 

 

  EUROPEAN UNION (EU) MARK OF CONFORMITY STATEMENT

 

 

  This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council

  Directive 89/336/EEC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States

  relating to electromagnetic compatibility.  IBM cannot accept responsibility

  for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a

  non-recommended modification of the product, including the fitting of non-IBM

  option cards.

 

  This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class B

  Information Technology Equipment according to CISPR 22 / European Standard EN

  55022.  The limits for Class B equipment were derived for typical residential

  environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with

  licensed communication devices.

 

  Dieses Geraet ist berechtigt in Uebereinstimmung mit dem deutschen EMVG vom

  9.Nov.92 das EG-Konformitaetszeichen zu fuehren.  Der AuBteller der

  Konformitaetserklaerung ist die IBM United Kingdom Laboratories Limited, Mail

  Point 147, Hursley Park Winchester, Hampshire SO21 2JN, England.

 

  Dieses Geraet erfuellt die Bedingungen der EN 55022 Klasse B.

 

 

 

 

  JAPANESE VOLUNTARY CONTROL COUNCIL FOR INTERFERENCE (VCCI) STATEMENT

 

                      This equipment is in the 2nd Class category (information

                      equipment to be used in a residential area or an adjacent

                      area thereto) and conforms to the standards set by the

                      Voluntary Control Council for Interference by Information

                      Technology Equipment aimed at preventing radio

                      interference in such residential areas.

 

                      When used near a radio or TV receiver, it may become the

                      cause of radio interference.

 

                      Read the instructions for correct handling.

 

                                    Japanese VCCI Class 2 PC-size

 

 

 

 

 

 

                  Appendix L.  Product Warranties, Notices, and Trademarks  L-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  TRADEMARKS

  __________

 

 

  The following terms are trademarks of IBM Corporation in the United States or

  other countries or both:

 

  HelpCenter                              Operating System/2

  HelpWare                                OS/2

  IBM                                     TURBOWAYS

  Nways

 

  Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are trademarks or registered trademarks of

  Microsoft Corporation.

 

  Other company, product, and service names, which may be denoted by a double

  asterisk (**), may be trademarks or service marks of others.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  L-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

  _____________________

 

 

 

 

 

  AAL.  ATM adaptation layer.               ICS.  IBM Cabling System.

 

  ARP.  Address resolution protocol.        ICU.  ISA Configuration Utility.

 

  ATM.  Asynchronous Transfer Mode.         ID.  Identifier.

 

  ATMAID.  ATM Adapter Installation         IEEE.  Institute of Electrical and

  and Diagnostics.                          Electronics Engineers.

 

  BBS.  Bulletin board system.              ILMI.  Interim Local Management

                                            Interface.

  BUS.  Broadcast and Unknown Server.

                                            IP.  Internet Protocol.

  CE.  Communaute Europeene (CE mark

  of the European Communities).             IPX.  Internetwork Packet Exchange.

 

  CIP.  Classical Internet Protocol.        ISA.  Industry Standard

                                            Architecture.

  CSD.  Corrective service diskette.

                                            KB.  Kilobyte.

  DHB.  Data hold buffer.

                                            KBPS.  Kilobits per second.

  DHCP.  Dynamic Host Configuration

  Protocol.                                 LAN.  Local area network.

 

  DIX.  Digital Intel Xerox.                LAPS.  LAN Adapter and Protocol

                                            Support.

  DLC.  Data link control.

                                            LE.  LAN emulation.

  DLS.  DOS LAN Services.

                                            LEC.  LAN emulation client.

  DNS.  Domain name server.

                                            LECS.  LAN emulation configuration

  DOS.  Disk Operating System.              server.

 

  EIA/TIA.  Electronics Industries          LES.  LAN emulation server.

  Association/Telecommunications

  Industries Association.                   LLC.  Logical Link Control.

 

  EISA.  Extended Industry Standard         LSL.  Link Support Layer.

  Architecture.

                                            LSP.  LAN Support Program.

  FCC.  Federal Communications

  Commission.                               MAC.  Media access control.

 

  FTP.  File transfer protocol.             MB.  Megabyte.

 

  I.  Information.

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              X-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  MBPS.  Megabits per second.               SDU.  Service data unit.

 

  MLID.  Multiple Link Interface            SNAP.  Sub-Network Access Protocol.

  Driver.

                                            SPX.  Sequenced Packet Exchange.

  MPTS.  Multi-Protocol Transport

  Services.                                 STP.  Shielded twisted pair.

 

  MSB.  Most significant bit.               TCP/IP.  Transmission Control

                                            Protocol/Internet Protocol.

  NCB.  (1) Network control block.

  (2) Node control block.                   TSR.  Terminate and Stay Resident.

 

  NDIS.  Network driver interface           UI.  User interface.

  specification.

                                            UNI.  User node interface.

  NETBIOS.  Network basic input/output

  system.                                   URL.  Universal Resource Locator.

 

  ODI.  Open data-link interface.           UTP.  Unshielded twisted pair.

 

  PC.  Personal computer.                   VGA.  Video graphics array.

 

  PING.  Packet internet groper.            VLM.  Virtual Loadable Module.

 

  RFC.  Request for Comment.                WINS.  Windows Internet Name

                                            Service.

  SAP.  Service access point.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  X-2  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  GLOSSARY

  ________

 

 

 

 

 

  This glossary includes terms and definitions from the IBM Dictionary of

                                                        _________________

  Computing (New York; McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1994).

  _________

 

  o   The symbol (A) identifies definitions from the American National Standard

                                                     __________________________

      Dictionary for Information Systems, ANSI X3.172-1990, copyright 1990 by

      __________________________________

      the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).  Copies can be

      purchased from the American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway,

      New York, New York 10018.

 

  o   The symbol (I) identifies definitions from published parts of the

      Information Technology Vocabulary, developed by Subcommittee 1, Joint

      _________________________________

      Technical Committee 1, of the International Organization for

      Standardization and the International Electrotechnical Commission

      (ISO/IEC JTC1/SC1).

 

  o   The symbol (T) identifies definitions from draft international standards,

      committee drafts, and working papers being developed by ISO/IEC JTC1/SC1.

 

  The following cross-references are used in this glossary:

 

  CONTRAST WITH: This refers to a term that has an opposed or substantively

  different meaning.

 

  SYNONYM FOR: This indicates that the term has the same meaning as a preferred

  term, which was defined in its correct place in the glossary.

 

  SYNONYMOUS WITH: This is a backward reference from a defined term to all

  other terms that have the same meaning.

 

  SEE: This refers the reader to multiple-word terms that have the same last

  word.

 

  SEE ALSO: This refers the reader to related terms that have a related, but

  not synonymous, meaning.

 

     +---+                                  ADAPTER.  In a LAN, within a

     | A |                                  communicating device, a circuit card

     +---+                                  that, with its associated software

                                            and/or microcode, enables the device

  ACCESS UNIT.  A unit that allows          to communicate over the network.

  multiple attaching devices access to

  a token-ring network at a central         ADDRESS.  (1) In data communication,

  point such as a wiring closet or in       the IEEE-assigned unique code or the

  an open work area.                        unique locally administered code

                                            assigned to each device or

  ACTIVE.  Currently transmitting or        workstation connected to a network.

  receiving.                                (2) A character, group of

                                            characters, or a value that

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                              X-3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  identifies a register, a particular          +---+

  part of storage, a data source, or a         | C |

  data sink.  The value is represented         +---+

  by one or more characters. (T)

  (3) The location in the storage of a      CD-ROM.  High-capacity read-only

  computer where data is stored.            memory in the form of an optically

                                            read compact disc.

  APPLICATION PROGRAM.  (1) A program

  written for or by a user that             CHANNEL.  (1) A functional unit,

  applies to the user's work.  Some         controlled by a host computer, that

  application programs receive support      handles the transfer of data between

  and services from a special kind of       processor storage and local

  application program called a network      peripheral equipment.  (2) A path

  application program.  (2) A program       along which signals can be sent.

  used to connect and communicate with      (3) The portion of a storage medium

  stations in a network, enabling           that is accessible to a given

  users to perform                          reading or writing station.  (4) In

  application-oriented activities.          broadband transmission, a

                                            designation of a frequency band 6

  ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM).  A      MHz wide.

  connection-oriented access service

  to transfer data, voice, and video        CONFIGURATION.  (1) The manner in

  on broadband networks at very high        which hardware and software of an

  speeds.  These traffic types are          information processing system are

  mixed together over the available         organized and interconnected. (T)

  link bandwidth rather than being          (2) The task of defining the

  isolated into dedicated chunks of         hardware and software

  bandwidth.                                characteristics of a system or

                                            subsystem.

  ATM divides all traffic into

  fixed-length cells, each containing       CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS.  Variables

  48 bytes of user data and 5 bytes of      in a configuration definition, the

  overhead, and manages the flow of         values of which characterize the

  these cells through the network.          relationship of a product, such as a

                                            bridge, to other products in the

                                            same network.

     +---+

     | B |                                  CONNECT.  In a LAN, to physically

     +---+                                  join a cable from a station to an

                                            access unit or network connection

  BUS.  (1) In a processor, a physical      point.

  facility on which data is

  transferred to all destinations, but

  from which only addressed                    +---+

  destinations may read in accordance          | D |

  with appropriate conventions. (I)            +---+

  (2) A network configuration in which

  nodes are interconnected through a        DEFAULT.  Pertaining to an

  bidirectional transmission medium.        attribute, value, or option that is

  (3) One or more conductors used for       assumed when none is explicitly

  transmitting signals or power. (A)        specified.

 

                                            DEFAULT VALUE.  A value assumed when

                                            no value has been specified.

 

 

  X-4  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  DEVICE.  An input/output unit such        user can install an expansion board

  as a terminal, display, or printer.       such as a memory expansion option.

 

  DEVICE DRIVER.  The code needed to

  attach and use a device on a                 +---+

  computer or a network.                       | F |

                                               +---+

  DIAGNOSTICS.  Modules or tests used

  by computer users and service             FACEPLATE.  A wall-mounted or

  personnel to diagnose hardware            surface-mounted plate for connecting

  problems.                                 data and voice connectors to a

                                            cabling system.

 

     +---+                                  FEATURE.  A part of an IBM product

     | E |                                  that may be ordered separately by

     +---+                                  the customer.

 

  EMULATION.  (1) The imitation of all      FILE.  A named set of records stored

  or part of one computer system by         or processed as a unit. (T)

  another, primarily by hardware, so

  that the imitating system accepts         FILE TRANSFER PROTOCOL (FTP).  The

  the same data, executes the same          Internet protocol (and program) used

  programs, and achieves the same           to transfer files between hosts.  It

  results as the imitated computer          is an application layer protocol in

  system. (I) (A) (2) The use of            TCP/IP that uses TELNET and TCP

  programming techniques and special        protocols to transfer bulk-data

  machine features to permit a              files between machines or hosts.

  computing system to execute programs

  written for another system.               FRAME.  The unit of transmission in

                                            some LANs, including the IBM

  ETHERNET.  A 10-Mbps baseband local       Token-Ring Network and the IBM PC

  area network that allows multiple         Network.  It includes delimiters,

  stations to access the transmission       control characters, information, and

  medium at will without prior              checking characters.  On a

  coordination, avoids contention by        token-ring network, a frame is

  using carrier sense and deference,        created from a token when the token

  and resolves contention by collision      has data appended to it.  On a token

  detection and transmission.               bus network (IBM PC Network), all

  Ethernet uses carrier sense multiple      frames including the token frame

  access with collision detection           contain a preamble, start delimiter,

  (CSMA/CD).                                control address, optional data and

                                            checking characters, end delimiter,

  EXECUTION.  The process of carrying       and are followed by a minimum

  out an instruction or instructions        silence period.

  of a computer program by a computer.

  (I) (A)                                   GATEWAY.  (1) A computer that

                                            attaches two or more networks and

  EXPANSION SLOT.  In an IBM personal       routes data packets to their

  computer, one of several receptacles      destination through those networks.

  in the system board of the system         (2) In TCP/IP, a device used to

  unit or expansion unit into which a       connect two systems that use either

                                            the same or different communications

                                            protocols.

 

 

 

                                                                  Glossary  X-5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     +---+                                  INTERFERENCE.  The prevention of

     | H |                                  clear reception of broadcast

     +---+                                  signals.

 

  HARDWARE.  Physical equipment as

  opposed to programs, procedures,             +---+

  rules, and associated documentation.         | J |

  (I) (A)                                      +---+

 

  HEADER.  The portion of a message         JACK.  A connecting device to which

  that contains control information         a wire or wires of a circuit may be

  for the message such as one or more       attached and which is arranged for

  destination fields, name of the           insertion of a plug.

  originating station, input sequence

  number, character string indicating

  the type of message, and priority            +---+

  level for the message.                       | L |

                                               +---+

 

     +---+                                  LOCAL AREA NETWORK (LAN).  A

     | I |                                  computer network located on a user's

     +---+                                  premises within a limited

                                            geographical area.

  IBM CABLING SYSTEM (ICS).  A              NOTE:  Communication within a local

  permanently installed wiring system       area network is not subject to

  that eliminates the need to rewire        external regulations; however,

  when terminals are moved from one         communication across the LAN

  location to another within an office      boundary may be subject to some form

  complex.  It allows transmission of       of regulation. (T)

  data at very high speeds and is the

  foundation for installing a local         LOCALLY ADMINISTERED ADDRESS.  An

  area network.                             adapter address that the user can

                                            assign to override the universally

  INITIALIZE.  In a LAN, to prepare         administered address.  Contrast with

  the adapter (and adapter support          universally administered address.

                                            ________________________________

  code, if used) for use by an

  application program.

                                               +---+

  INTERFACE.  (1) A shared boundary            | M |

  between two functional units,                +---+

  defined by functional

  characteristics, common physical          MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) FRAME.

  interconnection characteristics,          Frames used to carry information to

  signal characteristics, and other         maintain the ring protocol and for

  characteristics as appropriate. (I)       exchange of management information.

  (2) A shared boundary.  An interface

  may be a hardware component to link       MICROCODE.  A code, representing the

  two devices or a portion of storage       instructions of an instruction set,

  or registers accessed by two or more      that is implemented in a part of

  computer programs. (A) (3) Hardware,      storage that is not

  software, or both, that links             program-addressable.

  systems, programs, or devices.

 

 

 

 

  X-6  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     +---+                                  or a setting of a switch, that may

     | N |                                  be used to influence the execution

     +---+                                  of a program.  (2) A hardware or

                                            software function that may be

  NAME.  An alphanumeric term that          selected or enabled as part of a

  identifies a data set, statement,         configuration process.  (3) A piece

  program, or cataloged procedure.          of hardware (such as a network

                                            adapter) that can be installed in a

  NETWORK.  A signal path connecting        device to modify or enhance device

  input/output devices to a system.  A      function.

  network may consist of multiple LAN

  segments connected together with

  bridging products.  See ring                 +---+

  (network).                                   | P |

                                               +---+

  NETWORK BASIC INPUT/OUTPUT SYSTEM

  (NETBIOS).  A message interface used      PARAMETER.  (1) A variable that is

  on LANs to provide message, print         given a constant value for a

  server, and file server functions.        specified application and that may

  The IBM NetBIOS application program       denote the application. (I) (A)

  interface (API) provides a                (2) An item in a menu or for which

  programming interface to the LAN so       the user specifies a value or for

  that an application program can have      which the system provides a value

  LAN communication without knowledge       when the menu is interpreted.

  and responsibility of the data link       (3) Data passed between programs or

  control (DLC) interface.                  procedures.

 

  NODE ADDRESS.  The address of an          PATH.  (1) In a network, any route

  adapter on a LAN.                         between any two nodes. (T) (2) The

                                            route traversed by the information

  NON-RETURN-TO-ZERO (INVERTED)             exchanged between two attaching

  TRANSMISSION (NRZI).                      devices in a network.  (3) A command

  Non-return-to-zero change-on-ones         in IBM Personal Computer Disk

  transmission (NRZ-1).                     Operating System (PC DOS) and IBM

                                            Operating System/2 (OS/2) that

                                            specifies directories to be searched

     +---+                                  for commands or batch files that are

     | O |                                  not found by a search of the current

     +---+                                  directory.

 

  OPEN.  To make an adapter ready for       PHYSICAL CONNECTION.  The ability of

  use.                                      two connectors to mate and make

                                            electrical contact.  In a network,

  OPERATING SYSTEM.  Software that          devices that are physically

  controls the execution of programs.       connected can communicate only if

  An operating system may provide           they share the same protocol.

  services such as resource

  allocation, scheduling, input/output      POINTER.  A physical or symbolic

  control, and data management. (A)         identifier of a unique target.

  Examples are IBM PC DOS and IBM

  OS/2.                                     PROCEDURE.  A set of instructions

                                            that gives a service representative

  OPTION.  (1) A specification in a         a step-by-step procedure for tracing

  statement, a selection from a menu,       a symptom to the cause of failure.

 

 

                                                                  Glossary  X-7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  PROCESSOR.  In a computer, a              SHORT-CARD ADAPTER.  A version of a

  functional unit that interprets and       LAN adapter that is physically

  executes instructions.  A processor       shorter than an older, functionally

  consists of at least an instruction       equivalent version of the same

  control unit and an arithmetic and        adapter.

  logic unit. (T)

                                            STANZA.  A group of lines in a file

  PROTOCOL.  A set of semantic and          that together have a common function

  syntactic rules that determines the       or define a part of the system.

  behavior of functional units in

  achieving communication. (I)              STATION.  (1) A communication device

                                            attached to a network.  The term

                                            used most often in LANs is an

     +---+                                  attaching device or workstation.

                                            ________________    ___________

     | R |                                  (2) An input or output point of a

     +---+                                  system that uses telecommunication

                                            facilities; for example, one or more

  RECEIVE.  To obtain and store             systems, computers, terminals,

  information transmitted from a            devices, and associated programs at

  device.                                   a particular location that can send

                                            or receive data over a

  REMOVE.  (1) To take an attaching         telecommunication line.

  device off a network.  (2) To stop

  an adapter from participating in          SUBNET MASK.  A bit template that

  data passing on a network.                identifies to the TCP/IP protocol

                                            code the bits of the host address

  RING NETWORK.  A network                  that are to be used for routing for

  configuration in which a series of        specific subnets.

  attaching devices is connected by

  unidirectional transmission links to      SUBNETWORK ACCESS PROTOCOL (SNAP).

  form a closed path.  A ring of an         A 5-byte protocol discriminator that

  IBM Token-Ring Network is referred        identifies the non-IEEE standard

  to as a LAN segment or as a               protocol family to which it belongs.

  Token-Ring Network segment.

                                            SUPPORT PROGRAM.  A program that

  RING (NETWORK).  Multiple rings may       provides the necessary functions or

  be connected together by means of         resources for the correct operation

  bridges to form a single network.         of a functional unit (such as an

                                            adapter).

 

     +---+                                  SWITCH.  On an adapter, a mechanism

     | S |                                  used to select a value for, enable,

     +---+                                  or disable a configurable option or

                                            feature.

  SERVER.  (1) A device, program, or

  code module on a network dedicated

  to providing a specific service to a         +---+

  network.  (2) On a LAN, a data               | T |

  station that provides facilities to          +---+

  other data stations.  Examples are a

  file server, print server, and mail       TELEPHONE TWISTED PAIR.  One or more

  server.                                   twisted pairs of copper wire in the

                                            unshielded voice-grade cable

                                            commonly used to connect a telephone

 

 

  X-8  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  to its wall jack.  Also referred to       allow cooperating computers to share

  as "unshielded twisted pair" (UTP).       resources across a heterogeneous

                                            network.

  TEXT EDITOR.  A program used to

  create, modify, and print or display

  text files.                                  +---+

                                               | U |

  THROUGHPUT.  A measure of the amount         +---+

  of information transmitted over a

  network in a given period of time.        UNIVERSALLY ADMINISTERED ADDRESS.

  For example, a network's data             In a local area network, the address

  transfer rate is usually measured in      permanently encoded in an adapter at

  bits per second.                          the time of manufacture.  All

                                            universally administered addresses

  TOKEN RING.  A network with a ring        are unique.  Contrast with locally

                                                                       _______

  topology that passes tokens from one      administered address.

                                            _____________________

  attaching device (node) to another.

  A node that is ready to send can          UNSHIELDED TWISTED PAIR (UTP).  See

  capture a token and insert data for       telephone twisted pair.

                                            ______________________

  transmission.

 

  TOKEN-RING NETWORK.  A ring network          +---+

  that allows unidirectional data              | V |

  transmission between data stations           +---+

  by a token-passing procedure over

  one transmission medium so that the       VERSION.  A separate IBM-licensed

  transmitted data returns to and is        program, based on an existing

  removed by the transmitting station.      IBM-licensed program, that usually

  (T) The IBM Token-Ring Network is a       has significant new code or new

  baseband LAN with a star-wired ring       function.

  topology that passes tokens from

  network adapter to network adapter.       VIRTUAL CIRCUIT.  Synonym for

                                            virtual connection.

                                            __________________

  TRACE.  (1) A record of the

  execution of a computer program.  It      VIRTUAL CONNECTION.  (1) A

  exhibits the sequences in which the       connection between two nodes on the

  instructions were executed.  (2) A        network that is established using

  record of the frames and bytes            the transport layer and that

  transmitted on a network.                 provides reliable data between

                                            nodes.  (2) A logical connection

  TRANSMISSION CONTROL                      established between two data

  PROTOCOL/INTERNET PROTOCOL                terminal equipment (DTE) devices.

  (TCP/IP).  A set of protocols that        Synonymous with virtual circuit.

                                                            _______________

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                  Glossary  X-9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  X-10  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  INDEX

  _____

 

 

 

 

 

     +---+                                  applications for DOS and Windows,

     | A |                                   communication (continued)

     +---+                                     using TCP/IP installation program

                                                (continued)

  ADAP.ADDR.NOT.REVERSED parameter for            LAN emulation  E-8

   T0  K-21                                 ARP (address resolution protocol)

  adapter                                    address  2-4

     See TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA Adapter       assistance, technical  12-13

  adapter cables                            ATM Forum 25-Mbps interface wiring

     specifications  I-1                     standards  I-1

     STP adapter cable  I-4                 ATM wrap plug  I-7

     UTP adapter cable  I-3                 ATMAID driver installation program

     UTP conversion cable  I-3                 See driver installation

  adapter configuration  3-1                automatic driver installation

  adapter installation                         See driver installation

     configuring  3-1

     EISA system  3-4

     prerequisites                             +---+

        addresses, special  2-2                | C |

        hardware  2-1                          +---+

        software  2-1

     reconfiguring  4-6, 5-5                cables, adapter

     testing  3-6                              specifications  I-1

  adapter reconfiguration  4-6, 5-5            STP adapter cable  I-4

  adapter testing  3-6                         UTP adapter cable  I-3

  ADAPTRATE parameter for J0  K-29             UTP conversion cable  I-3

  AntiVirus software, problems              CALL.FAR parameter for T0  K-16

   with  12-13                              calling IBM  12-14

  application programs that supply          Canadian compliance statement  L-6

   protocol drivers  E-9                    Chameleon  E-15

  application programs with IP              changes, summary of  xvii

   protocol stacks  F-3                     client software environments for DOS

  applications for DOS and Windows,          and Windows

   communication                               Classical IP

     File Transfer Protocol with                  FTP Software OnNet  F-4

      TCP/IP                                      LAN WorkPlace  F-5

        Classical IP  F-2                         TCP/IP  F-2

        LAN emulation  E-8                     LAN emulation

     interfaces                                   DLS  E-10

        IEEE 802.2 (DXME0$)  E-5                  FTP Software OnNet  E-16

        NDIS NetBIOS (NETBEUI$)  E-6              LSP  E-3

        NetBIOS (DXMT0MOD$)  E-5                  NetManage, NEWT or

        ODI (ODI2NDI$)  4-4                        Chameleon  E-15

     using TCP/IP installation program            Novell NetWare  E-2

        Classical IP  F-2                         TCP/IP  E-8

 

 

 

 

 

  (C) Copyright IBM Corp. 1997                                             X-11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  CLOSE.ON.RESET parameter for              configuration parameters (continued)

   T0  K-15                                    new, for DXMT0MOD.SYS  K-10

  COMMANDS parameter for T0  K-14              new, for NetBIOS  K-10

  communication applications for DOS           ODI-to-NDIS mapper in

   and Windows                                  PROTOCOL.INI, DOS, Windows, and

     File Transfer Protocol with                OS/2

      TCP/IP                                      LAN emulation  A-8

        Classical IP  F-2                      old, for NetBIOS

        LAN emulation  E-8                      (DXMT0MOD.SYS)  K-10

     interfaces                                positional  K-4

        IEEE 802.2 (DXME0$)  E-5               transmit/swap for

        NDIS NetBIOS (NETBEUI$)  E-6            DXME0MOD.SYS  K-8

        NetBIOS (DXMT0MOD$)  E-5               X parameter  K-6

        ODI (ODI2NDI$)  4-4                 configurations, removing  3-5

     using TCP/IP installation program      configuring the adapter  3-1

        Classical IP  F-2                   connector, RJ-45

        LAN emulation  E-8                     ATM Forum wiring standards  I-1

  communication software environments          token-ring (802.5) wiring

     See client software environments           standards  I-1

      for DOS and Windows                   conversion cable, UTP

  configuration parameter values,              description  I-3

   record of                                   wiring  I-6

     DMA channel  3-2, 3-4                  corrective service diskette

     I/O address  3-2, 3-4                     See CSD (corrective service

     in an EISA system  3-5                     diskette)

     interrupt level  3-2, 3-4              CSD (corrective service

  configuration parameters                   diskette)  12-14, E-8, F-2

     descriptions of keywords for the

      NetBIOS device driver  K-14

     editing for DXMJ0MOD.SYS  K-25            +---+

     editing for IEEE 802.2 protocol           | D |

      driver  K-2                              +---+

     ENABLE  K-9

     for DXMA0MOD.SYS  K-2                  DATAGRAM.MAX parameter for T0  K-15

     for DXME0MOD.SYS  K-2                  DATAGRAMPACKETS parameter for

     for IEEE 802.2 protocol                 J0  K-33

      driver  K-2                           device driver parameters

     global  K-4                               DXME0MOD.SYS transmit/swap  K-8

     MINLINK  K-9                              DXMJ0MOD.SYS  K-24

     MINSAP  K-8                               ENABLE  K-9

     N parameter  K-6                          NetBIOS  K-9

     NDIS MAC driver in PROTOCOL.INI,       device driver placeholder,

      DOS, Windows, and OS/2                 removing  4-6, 5-4

        Classical IP  B-1                   device drivers for LSP NDIS  K-1

        LAN emulation  A-1                  device drivers, reconfiguring

     NDIS MAC driver in PROTOCOL.INI,          Windows 95 (Classical IP)  11-5

      Windows NT and Windows 95                Windows 95 (LAN emulation)  10-4

        Classical IP  D-1                      Windows NT (Classical IP)  9-5

        LAN emulation  C-1                     Windows NT (LAN emulation)  8-5

     NetBIOS device driver  K-9

 

 

 

 

 

 

  X-12  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  device drivers, removing                  driver installation messages  12-5

     in a DOS or Windows system             driver messages  G-1

        Classical IP  5-5                      NDIS MAC driver  G-2

        LAN emulation  4-6                     ODI-to-NDIS mapper  G-10

     in a Windows 95 system                    OS/2 NDIS MAC driver  G-18

        Classical IP  11-6                     Windows NT NDIS MAC driver  G-18

        LAN emulation  10-4                 drivers

     in a Windows NT system                    description of parameters  K-1

        Classical IP  9-7                   DXME0MOD.SYS parameters

        LAN emulation  8-7                     See parameters, configuration

     in an OS/2 system                      DXMJ0MOD.SYS (NetBIOS protocol

        Classical IP  7-3                    driver for NDIS MAC driver)

        LAN emulation  6-4                     editing parameters  K-25

  DHB.NUMBER parameter for T0  K-16            keyword parameter

  DHB.SIZE parameter for T0  K-16               descriptions  K-27

  diskette images, obtaining  12-15               ADAPTRATE  K-29

  DLC.MAXIN parameter for T0  K-18                DATAGRAMPACKETS  K-33

  DLC.MAXOUT parameter for T0  K-17               DLCRETRIES  K-35

  DLC.RETRY.COUNT parameter for                   ETHERAND_TYPE  K-27

   T0  K-21                                       LANABASE  K-35

  DLC.T1 parameter for T0  K-21                   LOOPPACKETS  K-33

  DLC.T2 parameter for T0  K-22                   MAXDATARCV  K-34

  DLC.TI parameter for T0  K-22                   MAXIN  K-31

  DLCRETRIES parameter for J0  K-35               MAXOUT  K-31

  DLS (DOS LAN Services)                          MAXTRANSMITS  K-34

     DOS and Windows                              MINTRANSMITS  K-34

        LAN emulation  E-10                       NAMECACHE  K-32

  DMA channel, record of  3-2, 3-4                NAMES  K-29

  DOS and Windows, NetWare for  E-2               NetBIOSRETRIES  K-32

  DOS LAN Services                                NetBIOSTIMEOUT  K-32

     See DLS (DOS LAN Services)                   PACKETS  K-33

  driver file names, determining  H-1             PIGGYBACKACKS  K-32

  driver installation                             PIPELINE  K-33

     DOS and Windows                              SESSIONS  K-28

        Classical IP  5-1                         STACKSIZE  K-30

        driver messages  G-2                      T1  K-30

        LAN emulation  4-1                        T2  K-31

     OS/2                                         TI  K-30

        Classical IP, ATMAID                      USEADDRREV  K-28

         program  7-1                             USEMAXDATAGRAM  K-29

        driver messages  G-18                     WINDOWERRORS  K-30

        LAN emulation, ATMAID                  keyword, summary  K-26

         program  6-1                          network adapter address

     Windows 95                                 configuration  K-25

        Classical IP  11-1                     parameters  K-24

        LAN emulation  10-1                 DXMT0MOD.SYS (NetBIOS device driver

     Windows NT                              for IEEE 802.2)

        Classical IP  9-1                      ENABLE  K-9

        driver messages  G-18                  keyword parameter descriptions

        LAN emulation  8-1                        CALL.FAR  K-16

                                                  CLOSE.ON.RESET  K-15

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                    Index  X-13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  DXMT0MOD.SYS (NetBIOS device driver       EU mark of conformity statement  L-7

   for IEEE 802.2) (continued)              European Union (EU) mark of

     keyword parameter descriptions          conformity statement  L-7

      (continued)                           EXTRA.SAPS parameter for T0  K-18

        COMMANDS  K-14                      EXTRA.STATIONS parameter for

        DATAGRAM.MAX  K-15                   T0  K-19

        DHB.NUMBER  K-16

        DHB.SIZE  K-16

        DLC.MAXIN  K-18                        +---+

        DLC.MAXOUT  K-17                       | F |

        DLC.RETRY.COUNT  K-21                  +---+

        DLC.T1  K-21

        DLC.T2  K-22                        FCC statement  L-6

        DLC.TI  K-22                        file names, driver  H-1

        EXTRA.SAPS  K-18                    file, README.1ST  1-2

        EXTRA.STATIONS  K-19                files, obtaining updated  12-15

        NAMES  K-15                         Forum-compliant wiring

        OPEN.ON.LOAD  K-15                   standards  I-1

        PIGGYBACKED.ACK  K-22               FTP Software OnNet

        RECEIVE.BUFFER.SIZE  K-17              Classical IP  F-4

        REMOTE.DATAGRAM .CONTROL  K-20         LAN emulation  E-16

        REMOTE.NAME .DIRECTORY  K-19

        RESET.VALUES  K-20

        RING.ACCESS  K-18                      +---+

        SESSIONS  K-14                         | G |

        STATIONS  K-14                         +---+

        TRANSMIT.COUNT  K-17

        TRANSMIT.TIMEOUT  K-17              global parameter  K-4

     keyword, new parameter                 green dot (token-ring)

      summary  K-10                            RJ-45 pin assignments  I-2

     keyword, old parameter                    wiring standards  I-1

      summary  K-10

     parameters  K-9

  DXMT0MOD.SYS device driver new               +---+

   parameter summary  K-10                     | H |

  DXMT0MOD.SYS device driver old               +---+

   parameter summary  K-10

                                            help, service information  12-13

 

     +---+

     | E |                                     +---+

     +---+                                     | I |

                                               +---+

  electronic emission notices  L-6

  ENABLE parameter  K-9                     I/O address  3-2, 3-4

  environments, communication software      IEEE 802.2 protocol driver

     See client software environments        parameters

      for DOS and Windows                      See parameters, configuration

  ETHERAND_TYPE parameter for J0  K-27      Industry Canada compliance

                                             statement  L-6

 

 

 

 

 

 

  X-14  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  installation, adapter                     keywords (continued)

     configuring  3-1                          parameter descriptions for the

     EISA system  3-4                           NetBIOS protocol driver for NDIS

     prerequisites                              adapters (DXMJ0MOD.SYS)  K-27

        addresses, special  2-2

        hardware  2-1

        software  2-1                          +---+

     reconfiguring  4-6, 5-5                   | L |

     testing  3-6                              +---+

  installation, drivers

     DOS and Windows                        label  J-1

        Classical IP  5-1                   LAN emulation server address

        driver messages  G-2                   See LES (LAN emulation server)

        LAN emulation  4-1                      address

     OS/2                                   LAN Services, DOS

        Classical IP, ATMAID                   See DLS (DOS LAN Services)

         program  7-1                       LAN Support Program (LSP)  E-3

        driver messages  G-18               LAN WorkPlace, Novell  F-5

        LAN emulation, ATMAID               LANABASE parameter for J0  K-35

         program  6-1                       LES (LAN emulation server)

     Windows 95                              address  2-2

        Classical IP  11-1                  locally administered (MAC)

        LAN emulation  10-1                  address  2-2

     Windows NT                             LOOPPACKETS parameter for J0  K-33

        Classical IP  9-1                   LSP (LAN Support Program)  E-3

        driver messages  G-18               LSP NDIS parameters  K-1

        LAN emulation  8-1

  interrupt level  3-2, 3-4

  introduction to the TURBOWAYS 25 ATM         +---+

   ISA Adapter  1-1                            | M |

  IP address  2-3                              +---+

  IP subnet mask  2-3

                                            MAC address (locally

                                             administered)  2-2

     +---+                                  MAC driver, NDIS installation

     | K |                                     See driver installation

     +---+                                  mapper, ODI-to-NDIS installation

                                               See driver installation

  keywords                                  mark of conformity statement,

     DXMJ0MOD.SYS  K-26                      EU  L-7

     DXMT0MOD.SYS device driver new         MAXDATARCV parameter for J0  K-34

      parameter  K-10                       MAXIN parameter for J0  K-31

     DXMT0MOD.SYS device driver old         MAXOUT parameter for J0  K-31

      parameter  K-10                       MAXTRANSMITS parameter for J0  K-34

     NetBIOS device driver new              messages, driver

      parameter  K-10                          See driver messages

     NetBIOS device driver old              messages, driver installation

      parameter  K-10                          See driver installation

     parameter descriptions for the         MINLINK  K-9

      NetBIOS device driver (T0)  K-14

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                    Index  X-15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  MINLINK parameter  K-2                    NetBIOS device driver for IEEE 802.2

  MINSAP  K-8                                (continued)

  MINSAP parameter  K-2                        keyword parameter descriptions

  MINTRANSMITS parameter for J0  K-34           (continued)

                                                  RESET.VALUES  K-20

                                                  RING.ACCESS  K-18

     +---+                                        SESSIONS  K-14

     | N |                                        STATIONS  K-14

     +---+                                        TRANSMIT.COUNT  K-17

                                                  TRANSMIT.TIMEOUT  K-17

  N parameter  K-2, K-6                        keyword, new parameter

  NAMECACHE parameter for J0  K-32              summary  K-10

  NAMES parameter for J0  K-29                 keyword, old parameter

  NAMES parameter for T0  K-15                  summary  K-10

  names, driver file  H-1                      parameters  K-9

  NDIS device driver for DOS and            NetBIOS device driver new parameter

   Windows, placeholder                      summary  K-10

     Classical IP  F-4                      NetBIOS device driver old parameter

     LAN emulation  E-10                     summary  K-10

  NDIS MAC driver messages  G-2             NetBIOS protocol driver for NDIS

  NDIS MAC driver parameters in              adapters

   PROTOCOL.INI                                See DXMJ0MOD.SYS (NetBIOS

     DOS, Windows, and OS/2                     protocol driver for NDIS MAC

        Classical IP  B-1                       driver)

        LAN emulation  A-1                  NetBIOSRETRIES parameter for

     Windows NT and Windows 95               J0  K-32

        Classical IP  D-1                   NetBIOSTIMEOUT parameter for

        LAN emulation  C-1                   J0  K-32

  NetBIOS device driver for IEEE 802.2      NetManage, NEWT or Chameleon  E-15

     ENABLE  K-9                            NetWare client environment  E-2

     keyword parameter descriptions         NetWare shells  E-3

        CALL.FAR  K-16                      NETWORK CONTROL BLOCK DESCRIPTORS

        CLOSE.ON.RESET  K-15                 parameter for J0  K-28

        COMMANDS  K-14                      NEWT  E-15

        DATAGRAM.MAX  K-15                  notices, electronic emission  L-6

        DHB.NUMBER  K-16                    notices, safety  xiii

        DHB.SIZE  K-16                      Novell LAN WorkPlace  F-5

        DLC.MAXIN  K-18

        DLC.MAXOUT  K-17

        DLC.RETRY.COUNT  K-21                  +---+

        DLC.T1  K-21                           | O |

        DLC.T2  K-22                           +---+

        DLC.TI  K-22

        EXTRA.SAPS  K-18                    ODI workstations, NetWare for  E-3

        EXTRA.STATIONS  K-19                ODI-to-NDIS mapper messages  G-10

        NAMES  K-15                         ODI-to-NDIS mapper parameters in

        OPEN.ON.LOAD  K-15                   PROTOCOL.INI

        PIGGYBACKED.ACK  K-22                  DOS, Windows, and OS/2

        RECEIVE.BUFFER.SIZE  K-17                 LAN emulation  A-8

        REMOTE.DATAGRAM .CONTROL  K-20

        REMOTE.NAME .DIRECTORY  K-19

 

 

 

 

 

  X-16  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  OnNet, FTP Software                       parameters, configuration

     Classical IP  F-4                       (continued)

     LAN emulation  E-16                       ODI-to-NDIS mapper in

  OPEN.ON.LOAD parameter for T0  K-15           PROTOCOL.INI, DOS, Windows, and

  orange dot                                    OS/2 (continued)

     ATM Forum standards  I-1                     LAN emulation  A-8

     RJ-45 pin assignments  I-2                old, for NetBIOS

  orange dot label  J-1                         (DXMT0MOD.SYS)  K-10

                                               positional  K-4

                                               transmit/swap for

     +---+                                      DXME0MOD.SYS  K-8

     | P |                                     X parameter  K-6

     +---+                                  PIGGYBACKACKS parameter for J0  K-32

                                            PIGGYBACKED.ACK parameter for

  PACKETS parameter for J0  K-33             T0  K-22

  parameter values, configuration           pin assignments, RJ-45  I-2

   record                                   PIPELINE parameter for J0  K-33

     DMA channel  3-2, 3-4                  placeholder NDIS device driver for

     I/O address  3-2, 3-4                   DOS and Windows record

     in an EISA system  3-5                    Classical IP  F-4

     interrupt level  3-2, 3-4                 LAN emulation  E-10

  parameters for the LSP NDIS               positional parameter  K-4

   drivers  K-1                             prerequisites

  parameters, configuration                    See adapter installation

     descriptions of keywords for the       problem solving  12-1, 12-13

      NetBIOS device driver  K-14              adapter communication  12-7

     editing for DXMJ0MOD.SYS  K-25            adapter installation  12-3

     editing for IEEE 802.2 protocol           driver installation  12-4

      driver  K-2                              NETBIND  12-13

     ENABLE  K-9                               NetWare client

     for DXMA0MOD.SYS  K-2                      installation  12-12

     for DXME0MOD.SYS  K-2                     Protocol Manager  12-12

     for IEEE 802.2 protocol                programs, application, that supply

      driver  K-2                            protocol drivers  E-9

     global  K-4                            programs, application, with IP

     MINLINK  K-9                            protocol stacks  F-3

     MINSAP  K-8                            PROTOCOL.INI parameters

     N parameter  K-6                          See parameters, configuration

     NDIS MAC driver in PROTOCOL.INI,       publications, related  xvii

      DOS, Windows, and OS/2

        Classical IP  B-1

        LAN emulation  A-1                     +---+

     NDIS MAC driver in PROTOCOL.INI,          | Q |

      Windows NT and Windows 95                +---+

        Classical IP  D-1

        LAN emulation  C-1                  quoteini utility  12-12

     NetBIOS device driver  K-9

     new, for DXMT0MOD.SYS  K-10

     new, for NetBIOS  K-10

     ODI-to-NDIS mapper in

      PROTOCOL.INI, DOS, Windows, and

      OS/2

 

 

 

 

                                                                    Index  X-17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     +---+                                  removing the device driver

     | R |                                   placeholder  4-6, 5-4

     +---+                                  RESET.VALUES parameter for T0  K-20

                                            resolving problems

  README.1ST file  1-2                         See troubleshooting

  RECEIVE.BUFFER.SIZE parameter for         RING.ACCESS parameter for T0  K-18

   T0  K-17                                 RJ-45 pin assignments  I-2

  reconfiguring device drivers              RJ-45 wiring standards, ATM

     Windows 95 (Classical IP)  11-5         Forum  I-1

     Windows 95 (LAN emulation)  10-4       RJ-45 wiring standards, token-ring

     Windows NT (Classical IP)  9-5          (802.5)  I-1

     Windows NT (LAN emulation)  8-5

  reconfiguring the adapter  4-6, 5-5

  record of                                    +---+

     ARP server ATM address  2-4               | S |

     configuration parameter values            +---+

        in a Windows 95 system  10-2,

         11-2                               safety

        in an EISA system  3-5                 notices  xiii

     DMA channel  3-2, 3-4                  service information  12-13

     I/O address  3-2, 3-4                  SESSIONS parameter for J0  K-28

     interrupt level  3-2, 3-4              SESSIONS parameter for T0  K-14

     IP address  2-3                        shells, NetWare  E-3

     IP subnet mask  2-3                    software environments, client

     LES address  2-2                          See client software environments

     locally administered MAC                   for DOS and Windows

      address  2-2                          solving problems

     LSP protocols  E-7                        See troubleshooting

     placeholder NDIS device driver,        specifications, wiring

      DOS or Windows                           ATM wrap plug  I-7

        Classical IP  F-4                      UTP adapter cable connector

        LAN emulation  E-10                       green dot  I-6

  related publications  xvii                      orange dot  I-5

  REMOTE.DATAGRAM.CONTROL for T0  K-20         UTP conversion cable

  REMOTE.NAME.DIRECTORY parameter for           connector  I-6

   T0  K-19                                 STACKSIZE parameter for J0  K-30

  removing adapter settings  3-5            standards, ATM Forum wiring  I-1

  removing device drivers                   standards, token-ring (802.5)  I-1

     in a DOS or Windows system             STATIONS parameter for T0  K-14

        Classical IP  5-5                   STP (shielded twisted pair)

        LAN emulation  4-6                   cable  I-4

     in a Windows 95 system                 summary of changes  xvii

        Classical IP  11-6                  support, technical  12-13

        LAN emulation  10-4

     in a Windows NT system

        Classical IP  9-7

        LAN emulation  8-7

     in an OS/2 system

        Classical IP  7-3

        LAN emulation  6-4

 

 

 

 

 

 

  X-18  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     +---+                                     +---+

     | T |                                     | U |

     +---+                                     +---+

 

  T1 parameter for J0  K-30                 universally administered address

  T2 parameter for J0  K-31                    label  J-1

  TCP/IP environment, DOS and Windows       updated files, obtaining  12-15

     Classical IP  F-2                      USEADDREV parameter for J0  K-28

        after driver removal  F-3           USEMAXDATAGRAM parameter for

        IBM CUSTOM, problems  F-3            J0  K-29

     LAN emulation  E-8                     UTP (unshielded twisted pair)

        after driver removal  E-9            adapter cable

        IBM CUSTOM, problems  E-9              description  I-3

  technical support  12-13                     wiring

  telephone numbers, toll-free  12-14             green dot  I-6

  testing the adapter  3-6                        orange dot  I-5

  TI parameter for J0  K-30                 UTP conversion cable

  token-ring (802.5) wiring                    description  I-3

   standards  I-1                              wiring  I-6

  token-ring network adapter  K-6

  toll-free telephone numbers  12-14

  trademarks  L-8                              +---+

  transmit/swap parameter  K-2, K-8            | V |

  TRANSMIT.COUNT parameter for                 +---+

   T0  K-17

  TRANSMIT.TIMEOUT parameter for            values, record of configuration

   T0  K-17                                  parameters

  troubleshooting  12-1, 12-13                 DMA channel  3-2, 3-4

     adapter communication  12-7               I/O address  3-2, 3-4

     adapter installation  12-3                in an EISA system  3-5

     driver installation  12-4                 interrupt level  3-2, 3-4

     NETBIND  12-13

     NetWare client

      installation  12-12                      +---+

     Protocol Manager  12-12                   | W |

  TURBOWAYS 25 ATM ISA Adapter                 +---+

     installation

        See adapter installation            warranty  L-1

     installation, drivers                  WINDOWERRORS parameter for J0  K-30

        See driver installation             Windows NT driver messages  G-18

     introduction  1-1                      Windows, NetWare for  E-2

     label  J-1                             wiring specifications

     warranty  L-1                             ATM wrap plug  I-7

                                               UTP adapter cable connector

                                                  green dot  I-6

                                                  orange dot  I-5

                                               UTP conversion cable

                                                connector  I-6

                                            wiring standards  I-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                                    Index  X-19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  work space  K-7

  wrap plug, ATM  I-7

 

 

     +---+

     | X |

     +---+

 

  X parameter  K-6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  X-20  TURBOWAYS 25 ISA Adapter Installation and Testing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                         IBM

 

 

 

 

 

                         Printed in U.S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

